ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAABACADAEAFAGAHAIAJAKALAMANAOAPAQARASATAUAVAWAXAYAZBABBBCBDBEBFBGBHBIBJBKBLBMBNBOBPBQBRBSBTBUBVBW
1
qtyisbn
authoreditor1_lastname
authoreditors
authoreditors_affiliation
titlesubtitle
bibliographic_information
edition_number
copyright_year
price_status
price_eur
price_eur_br
price_eur_br_a
price_gbp
price_chf
price_usd
cover_type
additional_softcover
series_title
volume_number
subject_collectionproduct_categorymedium
springer_reference
language1
nr_of_arabic_pages
bic_code1
bic_code2
imprintpublisher_name
key_book_for_libraries
sales_highlight
delivery_status
pub_date_actual
pub_date_actual_sec_loc
pub_date_planned_first_release
pub_date_planned_sec_loc
distribution_information
lastedition
copyright_year_former_eds
isbn_predecessor_edition
table_of_contents_short
back_cover_copyinfo_textusp_editorialabout_the_author
publication_class
discount_group_nydiscount_group_sdc
ebook_package_code
ebook_package
ebook_info_no_e_rights
open_access
snt_discipline1snt_discipline2snt_discipline3snt_discipline4snt_discipline5snt_discipline6snt_discipline1_cluster
weight
contains_esm
signifier_multimedia
more_media_app
eantitlespringerlink linkga paramhyperlink
2
978-3-031-26291-3AaldersAlbert Ferdinand AaldersAlbert Ferdinand Aalders, Hedel, The NetherlandsCultivating Organizational ExcellenceA Practitioner’s ViewXXI, 214 p. 42 illus., 39 illus. in color.12023final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English214KJUKJCSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0WorldwideIn production2024-04-122024-04-121INTRODUCTION.- THE BASICS- THE DYNAMICS.- MEASURING (RESULTS).- ORGANIZATION LEARNING.- REWARD AND RECOGNITION.- ECOSYSTEM LEVERAGE.- CULTIVATING EXCELLENCEThis book offers a comprehensive approach to organizational excellence based on the author’s vast experience in managing excellence at highly innovative and dynamic organizations. It integrates various approaches into a consistent view of achieving excellence in the context of dynamic technological and societal developments. Starting from purpose and mission, it describes stakeholder mapping and analysis, and process and quality management. In turn, it sheds light on how to deal with business dynamics of various types and demonstrates how quantum-mechanical models can help to understand and manage dynamic organizational processes. The book then introduces readers to result measuring and performance management, followed by organizational learning and rewards and recognition. Moreover, it discusses (innovation) ecosystem leverage and organizational culture management as further important capabilities of excellent organizations. Best practices in corporate social responsibility and environmental, social and governance aspects are fully integrated throughout the book, which concludes by explaining how the UN Sustainable Development Goals can be applied to optimize business initiatives.The book is intended as a source of inspiration for managers working under highly dynamic organizational conditions, helping them take their businesses to higher levels. It also provides valuable industrial insights for scholars with an interest in organizational excellence.This book offers a comprehensive approach to organizational excellence based on the author’s vast experience in managing excellence at highly innovative and dynamic organizations. It integrates various approaches into a consistent view of achieving excellence in the context of dynamic technological and societal developments. Starting from purpose and mission, it describes stakeholder mapping and analysis, and process and quality management. In turn, it sheds light on how to deal with business dynamics of various types and demonstrates how quantum-mechanical models can help to understand and manage dynamic organizational processes. The book then introduces readers to result measuring and performance management, followed by organizational learning and rewards and recognition. Moreover, it discusses (innovation) ecosystem leverage and organizational culture management as further important capabilities of excellent organizations. Best practices in corporate social responsibility and environmental, social and governance aspects are fully integrated throughout the book, which concludes by explaining how the UN Sustainable Development Goals can be applied to optimize business initiatives. The book is intended as a source of inspiration for managers working under highly dynamic organizational conditions, helping them take their businesses to higher levels. It also provides valuable industrial insights for scholars with an interest in organizational excellence.Shares insights from the author’s long experience in an S&P 500 companyIntegrates various approaches into a consistent view of achieving excellenceInspires managers to lead their organizations to higher performanceFerrie Aalders holds a Ph.D. in Mathematics and Natural Sciences from Utrecht University (the Netherlands). During his career at Philips Research and Royal Philips, which spanned more than three decades, he held several advisory and management positions, including Secretary of the Eindhoven Research Management Team and improvement manager, Export Control Officer of Philips Corporate Technologies, and Head of Business Excellence in the Chief Technology Organization. From 2012 to 2019, he represented Royal Philips on the Strategy Committee of the European Foundation for Quality Management (EFQM) in Brussels.

Since December 2020 he has been a board member of the Stichting INK (Instituut Nederlandse Kwaliteit), which acts as the partner organization of the EFQM in the Netherlands. Ferrie Aalders has (co-)authored 14 publications on a variety of topics in physics and management and holds one US patent.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00OrganizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipInnovation and Technology ManagementSustainability/Organization/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031262913Cultivating Organizational Excellencehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031262913?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
3
978-981-99-0434-1Abu BakarRaida Abu Bakar; Rosmawani Che Hashim; Man Chung Low; Mohammad Rezaur Razzak; Sharmila JayasingamRaida Abu Bakar, Universiti Malaya, Kuala Lumpur; Rosmawani Che Hashim, Universiti Malaya, Kuala Lumpur; Man Chung Low, Universiti Malaya, Kuala Lumpur; Mohammad Rezaur Razzak, Sultan Qaboos University, Muscat, Oman; Sharmila Jayasingam, Universiti Malaya, Kuala LumpurEffects of the Covid-19 Pandemic on Employee Well-BeingPerspectives from a Developing EconomyXIV, 112 p. 11 illus., 9 illus. in color.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementMonographBook0English112KJMV2JMJSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-03-312024-03-311Chapter 1: Pandemic Around the World: The New Norm.- Chapter 2: I’m so lost: The Dissonance & Conflict in Me.-Chapter 3: You Don’t Have to Struggle in Silence: Let The Law Do Its Part.- Chapter 4: Will it ever go back to normal? Working since the pandemic: the changes, intensity, struggles, and hopes.- Chapter 5: Well-being of Non-Family Employees in Family Owned Businesses in the COVID-19 Era: Cases from Malaysia.- Chapter 6: The cloud over my social life.- Chapter 7: Perseverance over timeThis book contributes toward the understanding of the human experience at work during the pandemic and its implications on employee well-being in the context of Malaysia, a developing economy with its own set of unique challenges. <div> </div><div>Very little research has been done about this issue to date, particularly in Malaysia. This book aims to bridge this gap by examining the Malaysian perspective of the concept of employee well-being in detail with the overarching goal of serving as a guide toward overcoming the challenges wrought on by the ever-changing post-pandemic environment.</div><div> </div><div>Different conditions and experiences are discussed to contextualize the unique ways in which individuals react to difficulties with an emphasis on how organizations can assist at a micro-level to allow employees to overcome such difficulties.</div><div>This book contributes toward the understanding of the human experience at work during the pandemic and its implications on employee well-being in the context of Malaysia, a developing economy with its own set of unique challenges. </div><div> </div><div>Very little research has been done about this issue to date, particularly in Malaysia. This book aims to bridge this gap by examining the Malaysian perspective of the concept of employee well-being in detail with the overarching goal of serving as a guide toward overcoming the challenges wrought on by the ever-changing post-pandemic environment.</div><div> </div><div>Different conditions and experiences are discussed to contextualize the unique ways in which individuals react to difficulties with an emphasis on how organizations can assist at a micro-level to allow employees to overcome such difficulties.</div>Analyzes the challenges faced by employees in Malaysia during the pandemic and its effects on employee well-beingConsiders individual conflict, the regulation of mental health, work intensity, and survival of family businessesServes as a guide for managers to create a work culture that fosters employee well-being<div>Raida Abu Bakar
</div><div><div> </div><div>Raida Abu Bakar is an associate professor at the Department of Management, Universiti Malaya. Her area of research interest is organizational behavior/psychology with a specific focus on work engagement, work-home conflict, and employee well-being/happiness. She obtained her Bachelor of Science in Management from Purdue University, USA, an MBA from Universiti Malaya, Malaysia, and Ph.D. from RMIT University, Australia. Her research has been published in International Journal of Human Resource Management, Journal of Business Strategy and Development, International Journal of Training and Development, among others. She has 20 years of experience in consultancy and research projects. She was a consultant to numerous projects, i.e., Ministry of Entrepreneur and Co-operative Development, Master Builder Association of Malaysia, ANGKASA, Akademi Seni Budaya dan Warisan Kebangsaan, and many others. Raida’s current interest is in qualitative research. </div><div> </div><div> </div><div>Rosmawani Che Hashim:</div><div> </div><div>Rosmawani Che Hashim is a senior lecturer at University of Malaya (UM) with 27 years of teaching experience. Her areas of expertise are Commercial Law, International Trade Law, and Banking Law. She holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree in 1992 and Bachelor of Shariah Law (Hons) degree in 1993 from the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM). Following her Bachelor's degree, she obtained her Master's in International Commercial Law from the University of Nottingham, the UK, in 1995. She holds her Ph.D. in Islamic Banking and Finance Law at International Islamic Banking and Finance Institute, (IIiBF) IIUM. She began her carrier as a lecturer at Universiti Utara Malaysia in 1995 before transferring to UM in 2005. Currently, she is teaching Commercial Law and Legal Aspects of Banking Law at the Faculty of Business and Economics, (FBE). Apart from her considerable teaching experience and administration posts, she is active in literary pursuits. She published articles in her related field in various social sciences journals, books as well as proceedings international conferences. Her research area covers legal issues in commercial and banking laws and mental health and well-being at a workplace.</div><div> </div><div>Low Man Chung:</div><div> </div><div>Low Man Chung is currently a Ph.D. candidate from Faculty of Business and Economics in University of Malaya, Malaysia. He specializes in management. His Ph.D. thesis focuses on understanding work intensity and its role in employees’ work and non-work domains. He obtained his Bachelor’s degree in Computer and Electronic Engineering from University Malaysia Sabah in 2017, followed by Master’s degree in International Business from Monash University, 2019. Prior to joining University of Malaya, he had experiences in technology-related business analyses. His research interests revolve around improving the well-being of various stakeholders in the workplaces, within and across contexts. </div><div>
</div><div><div>Mohammad Rezaur Razzak:</div><div> </div><div>Mohammad Rezaur Razzak is an assistant professor of Strategic Management, Entrepreneurship and Family Business at Sultan Qaboos University in Oman. He obtained his Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin in 1984, followed by an MBA from the Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas, USA, in 1985. He was conferred with a Ph.D. with distinction from the University of Malaya in January 2020, specializing in family business studies. Dr. Razzak has over 20 years of experience in various industrial and corporate positions in the USA and in Bangladesh. Furthermore, he has been working as an academic for the last 15 years. He served as the head of the Business School a		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00Employee Health and WellbeingWork and Organizational Psychology/Employee Health and Wellbeing/Human Resource Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819904341Effects of the Covid-19 Pandemic on Employee Well-Beinghttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819904341?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
4
978-3-031-23590-0AdamPatricia A. AdamPatricia A. Adam, Hochschule Hannover, Hannover, GermanyAgile in ISO 9001How to Integrate Agile Processes into Your Quality Management SystemXIX, 70 p. 1 illus.12023final37.9940.6541.7932.9945.0044.99Soft cover1Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English70KJUKJMPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-03-242023-03-222024-03-232024-03-2311 Agile in Organisations - What Is That?.- 2 Agile in ISO 9001 - How Does That Work?.- 3 Stumbling Blocks of Agile Practices - What to Watch out for?.- 4 Outlook – Agile as the New Normal?Do you ask yourself what this ‘agility hype’ is actually about and in what cases agility really creates benefits? Would you like to know how to make processes more agile? Do you fancy the idea of using agile methods but don't know how to explain it to your ISO 9001 auditor?This is the book you’ve been waiting for!Written from a quality management professional’s point of view, it offers useful solutions and practical advice concerning the use of agile practices in ISO 9001-based quality management systems. Agility for organisations is defined and described in a structured way. It is shown in detail how agile practices can be integrated into a QM system while maintaining the ISO 9001 certification. You will find out what needs to be considered when systemically incorporating agile practices, and how to balance the benefits and limitations of agility in organisations.Based on a qualitative, intersectoral research initiative, this book provides unique, state-of-the-art information and valid arguments for focused organisational development. It is intended for professionals such as quality managers, innovation managers, auditors of ISO management standards, organisational developers and managers who lead ISO 9001-certified companies.<div>
</div>
Do you ask yourself what this ‘agility hype’ is actually about and in what cases agility really creates benefits? Would you like to know how to make processes more agile? Do you fancy the idea of using agile methods but don't know how to explain it to your ISO 9001 auditor?This is the book you’ve been waiting for!Written from a quality management professional’s point of view, it offers useful solutions and practical advice concerning the use of agile practices in ISO 9001-based quality management systems. Agility for organisations is defined and described in a structured way. It is shown in detail how agile practices can be integrated into a QM system while maintaining the ISO 9001 certification. You will find out what needs to be considered when systemically incorporating agile practices, and how to balance the benefits and limitations of agility in organisations. Based on a qualitative, intersectoral research initiative, this book provides unique, state-of-the-art information and valid arguments for focused organisational development. It is intended for professionals such as quality managers, innovation managers, auditors of ISO management standards, organisational developers and managers who lead ISO 9001-certified companies.
Defines and describes agility for organisations in a structured wayShows how to integrate agile practices into a QM system according to ISO 9001Explains what needs to be considered when systemically incorporating agile practicesProf. Dr. Patricia A. Adam teaches International Management at Hochschule Hannover, University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Germany. Her research focuses on management systems and intercultural particularities. She is a member of the German Association for Quality (DGQ) and the German Speakers Association (GSA). In addition to her academic activities, she travels the world as an ISO 9001 auditor for DQS GmbH and as an EFQM assessor, evaluating organisations and their management systems.TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management00OrganizationProject ManagementInnovation and Technology ManagementOperations Management/Organization/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031235900Agile in ISO 9001https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031235900?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
5
978-3-031-38026-6AggarwalVinod K. Aggarwal; Margaret A. T. KenneyVinod K. Aggarwal, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, USA; Margaret A. T. Kenney, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, USAGreat Power Competition and Middle Power StrategiesEconomic Statecraft in the Asia-Pacific RegionX, 226 p. 17 illus.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1The Political Economy of the Asia PacificPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English226JPSJPSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2024-03-152023-11-222024-11-222024-11-221Middle Power Economic Statecraft in a World of Geoeconomic Competition.- Pseudo Institutions:A Comparative Analysis of China’s BRI and the US-led B3W.- Middle Powers and Institutional Design:A Case Study of the CPTPP and DEPA.- EU’s Geoeconomic Strategy in the Indo-Pacific.- Between Big-push (quantity) and Bankability (quality):Geoeconomics of Infrastructure Financing in the Indo-Pacific.- Geo-economics of the Chinese Shipping Industry:Building Maritime Commercial Power from Bust to Boom,2008-2021.- The U.S-China Strategic Competition and Korea’s Economic Statecraft:Combining Bilateral and Regional Strategies.- Vietnamese Geoeconomics in a Polarized Global Economy:Understanding Bamboo Diplomacy and its Viability.- Establishing Multilateral and Regional Rules on Digital Trade:The Role of Japan and Middle Powers.- South Korea’s Renewable Energy Odyssey:A Failed Attempt at Carbon Neutral Growth without Nuclear Energy.


This edited volume addresses geo-economic strategic competition in the Indo-Pacific, exploring both the theoretical and thematic contours of this concept and issue-specific dynamics in the areas of finance, trade, energy, and technology competition. Chapters focus on the impact of renewed great power competition between Washington and Beijing in the Indo-Pacific region across these four areas. Each addresses central concerns for the future of the global economic order and offers a lens to understand interstate competition in light of the geopolitical shifts resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Written by an international panel of experts, this volume provides a cohesive view of the region's most pressing issues. As such, it will be relevant to scholars specializing in Indo-Pacific domestic politics and foreign policy, U.S. foreign policy, middle powers, China-U.S. relations, China-EU relations, Asia-Pacific developments, international security, international political economy, and emerging markets.This edited volume addresses geo-economic strategic competition in the Indo-Pacific, exploring both the theoretical and thematic contours of this concept and issue-specific dynamics in the areas of finance, trade, energy, and technology competition. Chapters focus on the impact of renewed great power competition between Washington and Beijing in the Indo-Pacific region across these four areas. Each addresses central concerns for the future of the global economic order and offers a lens to understand interstate competition in light of the geopolitical shifts resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Written by an international panel of experts, this volume provides a cohesive view of the region's most pressing issues. As such, it will be relevant to scholars specializing in Indo-Pacific domestic politics and foreign policy, U.S. foreign policy, middle powers, China-U.S. relations, China-EU relations, Asia-Pacific developments, international security, international political economy, and emerging markets.Addresses strategic competition in the Indo-PacificPlaces great power competition at the forefrontOffers an explicit focus on middle power states and how they exercise power in the Indo-PacificVinod K. Aggarwal is Distinguished Professor and Alann P. Bedford Professor of Asian Studies, Travers Department of Political Science; Director of the Berkeley Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation Study Center (BASC); Affiliated Professor at the Haas School of Business; and Fellow, Public Law and Policy Program, Berkeley Law, all at the University of California at Berkeley.Margaret Kenney is Assistant Director of the Berkeley APEC Study Center and a Ph.D. Student in the Department of Political Science at the University of California at Berkeley.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Political Economy’Asian PoliticsForeign PolicyDevelopment Studies/International Political Economy’/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031380266Great Power Competition and Middle Power Strategieshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031380266?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
6
978-3-031-56342-3AjonbadiHakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi; Susan Sisay; Seun OladeleHakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi, University of Doha Science and Tech, Doha, Qatar; Susan Sisay, Staffordshire University, Staffordshire, UK; Seun Oladele, Bowen University, Iwo, NigeriaExploring EntrepreneurshipUnpacking the Mosaic of Entrepreneurship across AfricaApprox. 630 p.12024approx.199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00219.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English526KJHHBJHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-06-052024-06-051Chapter 1: Entrepreneurship: The Global Economic Landscape.- SECTION 1: INSTITUTIONAL CHALLENGES.- Chapter 2: A Measure of the Impacts of Productive, Unproductive and Destructive Entrepreneurship on Economic Growth and Development in Africa.- Chapter 3: Addressing the Challenges of Entrepreneurial Finance in the Face of Changing Regulations in the Republic of Benin.- Chapter 4: External versus Internal Funding: Entrepreneurial Competencies as a Mediator of Financing Strategies for Informal Economy SMEs.- SECTION 2: GENDER-BASED AND YOUTH ENTREPRENEURSHIP.- Chapter 5: Social Capital and Women Entrepreneur Success in Egypt: Exploring Network, Trust and Empowerment.- Chapter 6: Gender Equality and Flexible Working for Women Entrepreneurs in Egypt: A Critical Analysis.- Chapter 7: Multiplying and Mixing: Livelihoods Strategies among Out-of-School Youth in Tanzania.- Chapter 8: Youth Entrepreneurship in Zimbabwe: Unlocking the Next Generation’s Potential.- Chapter 9: Critical Appraisal of Women Entrepreneurship and Economic Inclusion in Cameroon.- SECTION 3: FAITH- BASED ENTREPRENEURSHIP.- Chapter 10: If Tithing is Good; How Good is it for Business? – A Research Agenda for Africa.- Chapter 11: Faith-Based Entrepreneurship as Ultra-Religious Entrepreneurship: Definition, Essence, Strands, Theoretical Underpinning, and Theological Foundation.- SECTION 4: ENTREPRENEURIAL TRENDS AND CHALLENGES.- Chapter 12: “Entrepreneurship in Sierra Leone; Navigating Challenges amidst Socio-Political Transformations”.- Chapter 13: Entrepreneurial Universities: A Multi-Context Perspective.- Chapter 14: Issues, Trends and Challenges of Entrepreneurship in East Africa: The Ugandan Experience.- Chapter 15: The State of Sustainable Entrepreneurship in Nigeria.- Chapter 16: The Contemporary Constraints and Opportunities for Social Entrepreneurship in Sudan.- Chapter 17: Transitional Challenges in Lagos’ (Nigeria) Entrepreneurial Ecosystem: A Multi-level Analysis.This book explores the recent trends and challenges facing entrepreneurship in Africa. It features several chapters that cut across various contexts, highlighting aspects of social entrepreneurship, faith-based entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial financing, equality, diversity, inclusion, digital and technological transformation and regulations and enabling ecosystems across African countries. The chapters will be underpinned by a critical approach to understanding the trends and challenges in African entrepreneurship, which goes beyond focusing on the business cases but considers the sensitivity of the national context. The authors have a wealth of professional and academic experience. They have taught in institutions around the world and between them have worked in several managerial and entrepreneurial positions.<div>
</div><div>Hakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi is an Associate Professor and expert in International Human Resource Management and Organisational Development at the University of Doha for Science and Technology. He studied and taught in several countries in Africa, Europe and the Gulf Region and is also an entrepreneur in theory and. He has a background in Economics and Law and has four master’s degrees and a PhD in Management from the University of Wales. As an apt researcher, he has authored six books and over sixty articles in peer-reviewed journals on various aspects of HRM and Entrepreneurship.

Susan Sisay is an accomplished academic with a wealth of experience in higher education and leadership. She is currently serving as Course Director for Entrepreneurship at Staffordshire University. Her academic journey has been marked by a PhD in International Entrepreneurship from the University of Wales and an MBA in Law and Management from Bangor University. She has authored book chapters and conference papers and exhibited expertise in entrepreneurship, education, and executive leadership research.

Oladele Seun has a background in business administration and practical experience as an entrepreneur. His research focuses mainly on understanding entrepreneurial ecosystems in emerging economies. His recent publications revolve around exploring structures, challenges and interactions in emerging entrepreneurial ecosystems. He has research publications in peer-reviewed journals, a monograph and book chapters covering aspects of innovation, entrepreneurship, marketing, and management.</div>		This book explores the recent trends and challenges facing entrepreneurship in Africa. It features several chapters that cut across various contexts, highlighting aspects of social entrepreneurship, faith-based entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial financing, equality, diversity, inclusion, digital and technological transformation and regulations and enabling ecosystems across African countries. The chapters will be underpinned by a critical approach to understanding the trends and challenges in African entrepreneurship, which goes beyond focusing on the business cases but considers the sensitivity of the national context. The authors have a wealth of professional and academic experience. They have taught in institutions around the world and between them have worked in several managerial and entrepreneurial positions.Explores the recent trends and challenges facing entrepreneurship in AfricaFeatures several chapters that cut across various contexts, highlighting aspects of social entrepreneurshipUnderpinned by a critical approach to understanding trends and challenges in African entrepreneurshipHakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi is an Associate Professor and expert in International Human Resource Management and Organisational Development at the University of Doha for Science and Technology. He studied and taught in several countries in Africa, Europe and the Gulf Region and is also an entrepreneur in theory and. He has a background in Economics and Law and has four master’s degrees and a PhD in Management from the University of Wales. As an apt researcher, he has authored six books and over sixty articles in peer-reviewed journals on various aspects of HRM and Entrepreneurship.

Susan Sisay is an accomplished academic with a wealth of experience in higher education and leadership. She is currently serving as Course Director for Entrepreneurship at Staffordshire University. Her academic journey has been marked by a PhD in International Entrepreneurship from the University of Wales and an MBA in Law and Management from Bangor University. She has authored book chapters and conference papers and exhibited expertise in entrepreneurship, education, and executive leadership research.

Oladele Seun has a background in business administration and practical experience as an entrepreneur. His research focuses mainly on understanding entrepreneurial ecosystems in emerging economies. His recent publications revolve around exploring structures, challenges and interactions in emerging entrepreneurial ecosystems. He has research publications in peer-reviewed journals, a monograph and book chapters covering aspects of innovation, entrepreneurship, marketing, and management.		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00EntrepreneurshipAfrican HistoryAfrican PhilosophyBusiness and Management/Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031563423Exploring Entrepreneurshiphttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031563423?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
7
978-3-031-56952-4AkinloluMariam Akinlolu; Manyane Makua; Nomalungelo NgubaneMariam Akinlolu, London Metropolitan University, London, UK; Manyane Makua, Mangosuthu University of Technology, Umlazi, South Africa; Nomalungelo Ngubane, University of The Free State, Umlazi, South AfricaOnline Teaching and Learning in Higher EducationIssues and Challenges in an African ContextXX, 230 p. 20 illus.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0EducationContributed volumeBook0English246JNMJNZSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-06-062024-06-061Blended and online learning experiences and expectations.- Learning design models.- Professional development imperatives for blended and online learning.- Resource implications of moving to online learning platforms: the case for social justice.This edited volume explores current practices in African higher education during and post the global pandemic. It fills a gap in the existing literature by focusing on student engagement and online learning in South Africa and examines how pandemic restrictions amplified pre-existing inequalities within the higher education sector.The book is divided into 3 sections: The first section discusses various methods of instruction and the use of online tools for facilitating learning; succeeded by a section focusing on the resource implications of moving to online learning platforms from a social justice perspective; and finally the last section considers issues and concerns about online assessments and quality assurance.Drawing on lessons from the experiences of South African educators and students during the pandemic, this book provides a knowledge base essential for the effective management of online teaching and learning in Africa. It is intended for academic stakeholders, to develop and engender an improved higher education climate.This edited volume explores current practices in African higher education during and post the global pandemic. It fills a gap in the existing literature by focusing on student engagement and online learning in South Africa and examines how pandemic restrictions amplified pre-existing inequalities within the higher education sector.The book is divided into 3 sections: The first section discusses various methods of instruction and the use of online tools for facilitating learning; succeeded by a section focusing on the resource implications of moving to online learning platforms from a social justice perspective; and finally the last section considers issues and concerns about online assessments and quality assurance.Drawing on lessons from the experiences of South African educators and students during the pandemic, this book provides a knowledge base essential for the effective management of online teaching and learning in Africa. It is intended for academic stakeholders, to develop and engender an improved higher education climate.
Discusses online teaching and learning in African higher educationExamines the future of post-pandemic South African higher educationLooks at implications of online learning through a social justice lensMariam Akinlolu is a Lecturer and the Head of Research and Knowledge Exchange at the School of Built Environment at London Metropolitan University, UK. She holds a PhD in Construction Management from the University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. Mariam publishes in the areas of sustainable built environment education, EDI issues in construction, and construction health and safety.

Manyane Makua is the Acting Deputy Vice-Chancellor in Teaching and Learning, and the Senior Director at the Teaching and Learning Development Center at the Mangosuthu University of Technology, South Africa. He is the Founder and Chair of the flagship Teaching and Learning Focus Conference. He publishes in the scholarship of teaching and learning, language policy, and academic development.

Nomalungelo Ngubane is the Director of the University of the Free State Academy for Multilingualism, South Africa. She is a former Senior Lecturer at the Nelson Mandela University Medical School, South Africa. She has also worked as a Lecturer at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, School of Education, South Africa. Her research interests are Multilingualism, Teaching, and Learning of English FAL, and Ubuntu pedagogy.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00Higher EducationStudy and Learning SkillsDigital Education and Educational Technology/Higher Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/01009783031569524Online Teaching and Learning in Higher Educationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031569524?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
8
978-3-031-55332-5Alexandre e CastroPaulo Alexandre e CastroPaulo Alexandre e Castro, University of Coimbra, Coimbra, PortugalChallenges of the Technological MindBetween Philosophy and TechnologyApprox. 370 p.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0New Directions in Philosophy and Cognitive ScienceReligion and PhilosophyContributed volumeBook0English176HPHPMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-302024-05-301PARTI: Echoes of technological mind.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Is artificial intelligence intelligent?.- 3. Anthropomorphizing and trusting social robots.- 4. What neurohacking can tell us about the mind. Cybercrime, mind upload and the Artificial Extended Mind.- 5. On Neuroenhancement: Between bioethics and biotechnology.- PARTII: Challenging mind: Between Cognition and Art.- 6. Consciousness, Theory, and Mental Appearance.- 7. Theoretical virtues of cognitive extension.- 8. Hypnotic AI. The Altered States of Media Matter.- 9. The Digital Playful River, a River Out of Eden. How the internet shaped my planetary perception. .- 10. The mind, embodiment and technology: Experience, aesthetic sensibility and production of meaning.This book presents a set of texts that reflect different approaches to the relationship between mind and technology. In today’s increasingly technological world, a myriad of different and dizzying challenges face humanity: the ever-closer relationship between man and machine, the exponential development of Artificial Intelligence, man's relationship with virtual worlds, the relationship with new realities such as the neuro potentiation of his capacities, the appearance of robots in everyday life, and so on. In this volume, renowned world specialists explore these concerns, and discuss limitations and possible problems surrounding the interaction of man and machine. The book provides a well-researched, thought-provoking analysis of the need to rethink the theory of the mind, proposing relevant answers to pressing questions and raising new questions that need to be considered.Paulo Alexandre e Castro is a full member of the Institute for Philosophical Studies atthe University of Coimbra, Portugal, and visiting professor at the University of Caxias do Sul, Brazil.This book presents a set of texts that reflect different approaches to the relationship between mind and technology. In today’s increasingly technological world, a myriad of different and dizzying challenges face humanity: the ever-closer relationship between man and machine, the exponential development of Artificial Intelligence, man's relationship with virtual worlds, the relationship with new realities such as the neuro potentiation of his capacities, the appearance of robots in everyday life, and so on. In this volume, renowned world specialists explore these concerns, and discuss limitations and possible problems surrounding the interaction of man and machine. The book provides a well-researched, thought-provoking analysis of the need to rethink the theory of the mind, proposing relevant answers to pressing questions and raising new questions that need to be considered.Explores different perspectives on the relationship between mind and technologyContributors include renowned world specialistsDiscusses the challenges that the mind faces in an increasingly technological worldPaulo Alexandre e Castro is a full member of the Institute for Philosophical Studies at the University of Coimbra, Portugal, and visiting professor at the University of Caxias do Sul, Brazil.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00Philosophy of TechnologyPhilosophy of MindArtificial Intelligence/Philosophy of Science/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Philosophy of Technology/00009783031553325Challenges of the Technological Mindhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031553325?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
9
978-981-97-0171-1AliuArmando AliuArmando Aliu, Jagiellonian University, Krakow, PolandComplexity Thinking and China’s Demography Within and Beyond Mainland ChinaA Geopolitical OverviewX, 240 p. 5 illus.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Political Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English268JPJHBDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-06-242024-06-2411. Introduction: Political Demography and Anthropological Perspectives of Demographic Phenomena.- 2. Eldercare Services in Urban China.- 3. China’s Population Change and Its Geopolitical Impact.- 4. The PRC Belt and Road Initiative: An Accelerator to Achieve the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals?.- 5. Creating Legitimacy and Exercising Political Power: An Analysis of the Functions of the Chinese Constitutional Preamble Based on a Linguistic Study.- 6. Revisit Chinese Exceptionalism through the Lens of New Foreign Relations Law.- 7. Coordination and Interaction between Intra-Party Regulations and National Laws in the Context of Supervision System Reform.- 8. What Influences Fertility Plans of China’s Migrant Populations? Mechanism Analysis Based on House Prices Perspective.- 9. Conclusion: Future of China’s Demography: Legal, Social, Political, and Economic Reforms.This book uses complexity thinking to explore China’s demography and population-driven geopolitics within and beyond mainland China. From a multidisciplinary perspective, the book is relevant to the debates of Chinese demography studies and politics of contemporary China. It combines international relations approaches, demography research, and legal studies to conceive the recent demographic trends and social transformations in China and across the world. The book prioritizes the anthropological viewpoint to provide a better understanding of demographic phenomena and combine an anthropological demography perspective with complexity thinking and geopolitics. This book will interest scholars of China, of geopolitics, and demographers.<div>
</div><div>Armando Aliu is Assistant Professor at the Jagiellonian University in Krakow (Poland). He is currently a Visiting Fellow at the German Institute for Global Area Studies (GIGA) in Hamburg (Germany). He is member of the European Association for Chinese Studies, Max Planck Alumni Association, UN Migration Research Hub and ACUNS.
</div>		This book uses complexity thinking to explore China’s demography and population-driven geopolitics within and beyond mainland China. From a multidisciplinary perspective, the book is relevant to the debates of Chinese demography studies and politics of contemporary China. It combines international relations approaches, demography research, and legal studies to conceive the recent demographic trends and social transformations in China and across the world. The book prioritizes the anthropological viewpoint to provide a better understanding of demographic phenomena and combine an anthropological demography perspective with complexity thinking and geopolitics. This book will interest scholars of China, of geopolitics, and demographers.Analyzes political change and demographyIntroduces complexity theoryExplores Chinese demographicsArmando Aliu is Assistant Professor at the Jagiellonian University in Krakow (Poland). He is currently a Visiting Fellow at the German Institute for Global Area Studies (GIGA) in Hamburg (Germany). He is member of the European Association for Chinese Studies, Max Planck Alumni Association, UN Migration Research Hub and ACUNS.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Asian PoliticsPopulation and DemographySpatial Demography/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Asian Politics/00009789819701711Complexity Thinking and China’s Demography Within and Beyond Mainland Chinahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819701711?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
10
978-3-031-11876-0AltmanMatthew C. AltmanMatthew C. Altman, Central Washington University, ELLENSBURG, WA, USAThe Palgrave Handbook on the Philosophy of PunishmentXXII, 805 p. 1 illus.12023final179.99192.59197.99159.99212.50199.99Soft cover1Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of LawReligion and PhilosophyHandbookBook0English805LABHPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2024-03-252023-03-232024-03-242024-03-2411. Introduction: Punishment, Its Meaning and Justification; Matthew C. Altman.- Part I: Philosophic History of Punishment Theory.- 2. The Philosophy of Punishment and the Arc of Penal Reform: From Ancient Lawgivers to the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and through the Nineteenth Century; John D. Bessler.- 3. A Return to Hobbes: Reflections on Legal Positivism and the Point of Punishment; Margaret Martin.- 4. Is Crime Caused by Illness, Immorality, or Injustice? Theories of Punishment from 1900 to Today; Amelia M. Wirts.- Part II: Retributivism, Consequentialism, and Mixed Theories.- 5. Relational Conceptions of Retribution; Leora Dahan Katz - 6. Doubts about Retribution: Is Punishment Non-Instrumentally Good or Right?; Isaac Wiegman.- 7. Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Hsin-Wen Lee.- 8. Rethinking Four Criticisms of Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Christopher Bennett.- 9. In Defense of a Mixed Theory of Punishment; Matthew C. Altman.- 10. Rethinking Mixed Justifications; Leo Zaibert.- Part III: Beyond the Traditional Approaches.- 11. Expressive Theories of Punishment; Bill Wringe.- 12. Justifying Criminal Punishment as Societal-Defense; Phillip Montague.- 13. Fair Play Theories of Punishment; Göran Duus-Otterström.- 14. The Rights-Forfeiture Theory of Punishment; Whitley Kaufman.- Part IV: Punishment in the Political Context.- 15. Criminal Justice and the Liberal State; Matt Matravers.- 16. From the Philosophy of Punishment to the Philosophy of Criminal Justice; Javier Wilenmann and Vincent Chiao.- 17. Beware of Prosecutors Bearing Gifts: How the Ancient Greeks Can Help Cure Our Addiction to Excessive Punishment; Clark M. Neily III and Chris W. Surprenant.- Part V: Proportionality and Sentencing.- 18. Proportionality Collapses: The Search for an Adequate Equation for Proportionality; Stephen Kershnar.- 19. Sentencing Pluralism; Douglas Husak.- Part VI: Neuroscience, Determinism, andFree Will Skepticism.- 20. The Impact of Neuromorality on Punishment: Retribution or Rehabilitation?; Sandy Xie, Colleen M. Berryessa, and Farah Focquaert.- 21. Punishment without Blame, Shame, or Just Deserts; Bruce N. Waller.- 22. Retributivism, Free Will, and the Public Health-Quarantine Model; Gregg D. Caruso.- 23. Do Rapists Deserve Criminal Treatment?; Katrina L. Sifferd.- 24. Free Will Skepticism and Criminals as Ends in Themselves; Benjamin Vilhauer.- Part VII: Abolitionism.- 25. Against Legal Punishment; Nathan Hanna.- 26. The Abolition of Punishment; Michael Davis.- Part VIII: Forgiveness and Restoration.- 27. Punishment and Forgiveness; John Kleinig.- 28. Restorative Justice, Punishment, and the Law; Lode Walgrave.- 29. Punitive Restoration; Thom Brooks.- Part IX: Applications.- 30. Mass Incarceration as Distributive Injustice; Benjamin Ewing.- 31. Blaming Kids; Craig K. Agule.- 32. Punitive Torture; Peter Brian Barry.- 33. The Justiceof Capital Punishment; Edward Feser.- 34. The Impermissibility of Execution; Benjamin S. Yost.- 35. Cruel and Unusual Punishment; Chad Flanders.Altman has assembled an estimable group of scholars who provide fresh perspectives on traditional topics in the theory of legal punishment and intriguing discussions of issues that stretch the boundaries of penal theory. The contributions to the volume are of uniformly high quality, and scholars and students interested in these topics will benefit from reading and engaging with them.

Richard L. Lippke, Professor Emeritus, Department of Criminal Justice, Indiana University-Bloomington, USA


This is a serious survey of philosophical positions on the justification and politics of punishment, skeptical engagements with the legitimacy of criminal punishment, and explorations of possibilities for alternatives to punitiveness. International leaders in the field are well represented here. This book comes at an opportune moment for thinking critically about these important subjects. It will be a valuable resource for scholars interested in criminal law and the search for justice.


Erin I. Kelly, Pulitzer Prize-winning author and Professor of Philosophy, Tufts University, USA<div>​<div>
</div><div>This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.
Matthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.
</div></div>		This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.

Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.

· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.
Discusses the history of punishment theory and the major proposed justifications of punishmentIncludes newly commissioned chapters from many of the field’s leading scholarsProvides an essential resource for anyone who wants to understand the current state of disciplineMatthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00Philosophy of LawSocial PhilosophyMoral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy of Law/Theories of Law, Philosophy of Law, Legal History/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Political Philosophy/Philosophy/00009783031118760The Palgrave Handbook on the Philosophy of Punishmenthttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031118760?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
11
978-3-031-56202-0AmbühlMichael Ambühl; Stefano Brusoni; Anja Niedworok; Martin GutmannMichael Ambühl, ETH Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland; Stefano Brusoni, ETH Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland; Anja Niedworok, ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland; Martin Gutmann, Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Luzern, SwitzerlandCooperatives in an Uncertain WorldPerspectives from Switzerland and Its NeighborsApprox. 220 p. 15 illus.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover1Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English390KJVXRNUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-032024-06-031Introduction.- The Swiss cooperatives then and now.- The Swiss cooperative landscape: A quantitative and qualitative overview.- Swiss cooperative law: Driver or obstacle to economic growth?.- Participation in participatory governance: cooperatives in a Swiss con-text.- A comparative history of cooperatives in Switzerland, 1800-2000.- The future of and with Swiss cooperatives.- Digital transformation and solidarity in cooperatives.- Reception and perspectives of experts and cooperative members on Austrian cooperatives during the Corona crisis - a qualitative and quantitative survey.- Changing the mindset: Cooperatives and Complexity. Looking into the Future.- Balancing Flexibility and Stability: Leveraging Cooperatives for Organizational Resilience.- Cooperative ecosystem: perspectives and challenges.- Cooperatives and Grand Societal Challenges.- Collaborative responses to grand challenges: the case of La Scuola Open Source.- The evolution and evaluation of the Italian legislationon social cooperatives and social enterprises: facilitator or obstacle to their diffusion?.- Opportunity recognition and innovative solutions to societal challenges: the case of community cooperatives in Italy.- Is SwissCovid a Responsible Innovation for a Grand Societal Challenge? The Case for Better Deliberative Capacities in Innovation Governance.- The contribution of large cooperatives: data and examples from the World Cooperative Monitor.- Cooperative Approaches as a Way to Build Resilient Societies.- Understanding cooperatives from a Bourdieusian perspective.This book focuses on different aspects of cooperatives in Switzerland and its neighboring countries, and their contribution to meeting overarching societal challenges. It seeks to identify how cooperatives can tackle grand societal challenges and extends the body of research on cooperatives. The discussions are highlighted in the context of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. The respective chapters cover topics such as cooperatives in Switzerland (historical roots, current landscape, embeddedness in profit/nonprofit organizations, participatory governance and legal aspects), grand societal challenges and cooperatives, and the future with and of cooperatives. This is an open access book.This book focuses on different aspects of cooperatives in Switzerland and its neighboring countries, and their contribution to meeting overarching societal challenges. It seeks to identify how cooperatives can tackle grand societal challenges and extends the body of research on cooperatives. The discussions are highlighted in the context of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals.

The respective chapters cover topics such as cooperatives in Switzerland (historical roots, current landscape, embeddedness in profit/nonprofit organizations, participatory governance and legal aspects), grand societal challenges and cooperatives, and the future with and of cooperatives.

This is an open access book.
Introduces advances on the topic of cooperatives amidst an uncertain worldEmbeds robust action strategies in the sustainable development goalsFocuses on grand societal challengesThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessMichael Ambühl is the former Head of Negotiation and Conflict Management Chair at ETH Zurich, Switzerland and former director of the ETH Swiss School of Public Governance (SSPG). Dr. Ambühl’s teaching and research at ETH Zurich focus on the theoretical background of negotiation engineering, and on different technical and applied schools of thought in negotiation, mediation and conflict management. He has more than 30 years’ experience as a Swiss diplomat and negotiator.

Stefano Brusoni has been a Professor of Technology and Innovation Management at the Department of Management, Technology, and Economics, ETH Zurich, Switzerland since 2011. His current work focuses on analyzing the obstacles to innovation and change at both the individual and organizational level. The former area is, to a large extent, experimental in nature, while the latter is mainly field-based, involving collaboration with several organizations engaged in the so-called digital transformation. His research has led to several papers in various journals, and to the founding of two start-ups (Spark Works and Sparkademy).

Anja Niedworok is a former external PhD student at the Department of Technology and Innovation Management at ETH Zurich, Switzerland. The focus of her thesis was on framing and reframing processes in the context of solving ill-structured problems in design thinking. In addition, she was responsible for the Innovation Department at the Chamber of Commerce in Tyrol. She is currently the group academic leader of the project “Cooperatives in a Changing World” at ETH Zurich and supports teams at hybrid and for-profit organizations in the initial phase of developing their business model.

Martin Gutmann is a Professor of Management at the Lucerne School of Business, Lucene University of Applied Sciences and Arts and a Lecturer at ETH Zurich, Switzerland, where he is also a member of the research group “Cooperatives in a Changing World.” A historianby training, his research investigates how adopting a historical perspective can help solve contemporary challenges, including topics such as leadership, sustainability, and public policy. His most recent books are Before the UN Sustainable Development Goals: A Historical Companion (Oxford University Press, 2022) and The Unseen Leader: How History Can Help Us Rethink Leadership (Springer, 2023).		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management01Non-Profit Organizations and Public EnterprisesSustainabilityInnovation and Technology ManagementBusiness EthicsCorporate Environmental Management/Non-Profit Organizations and Public Enterprises/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/00009783031562020Cooperatives in an Uncertain Worldhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031562020?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
12
978-3-031-56199-3AmbühlMichael Ambühl; Stefano Brusoni; Anja Niedworok; Martin GutmannMichael Ambühl, ETH Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland; Stefano Brusoni, ETH Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland; Anja Niedworok, ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland; Martin Gutmann, Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Luzern, SwitzerlandCooperatives in an Uncertain WorldPerspectives from Switzerland and Its NeighborsApprox. 220 p. 15 illus.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English390KJVXRNUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-032024-06-031Introduction.- The Swiss cooperatives then and now.- The Swiss cooperative landscape: A quantitative and qualitative overview.- Swiss cooperative law: Driver or obstacle to economic growth?.- Participation in participatory governance: cooperatives in a Swiss con-text.- A comparative history of cooperatives in Switzerland, 1800-2000.- The future of and with Swiss cooperatives.- Digital transformation and solidarity in cooperatives.- Reception and perspectives of experts and cooperative members on Austrian cooperatives during the Corona crisis - a qualitative and quantitative survey.- Changing the mindset: Cooperatives and Complexity. Looking into the Future.- Balancing Flexibility and Stability: Leveraging Cooperatives for Organizational Resilience.- Cooperative ecosystem: perspectives and challenges.- Cooperatives and Grand Societal Challenges.- Collaborative responses to grand challenges: the case of La Scuola Open Source.- The evolution and evaluation of the Italian legislationon social cooperatives and social enterprises: facilitator or obstacle to their diffusion?.- Opportunity recognition and innovative solutions to societal challenges: the case of community cooperatives in Italy.- Is SwissCovid a Responsible Innovation for a Grand Societal Challenge? The Case for Better Deliberative Capacities in Innovation Governance.- The contribution of large cooperatives: data and examples from the World Cooperative Monitor.- Cooperative Approaches as a Way to Build Resilient Societies.- Understanding cooperatives from a Bourdieusian perspective.This book focuses on different aspects of cooperatives in Switzerland and its neighboring countries, and their contribution to meeting overarching societal challenges. It seeks to identify how cooperatives can tackle grand societal challenges and extends the body of research on cooperatives. The discussions are highlighted in the context of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. The respective chapters cover topics such as cooperatives in Switzerland (historical roots, current landscape, embeddedness in profit/nonprofit organizations, participatory governance and legal aspects), grand societal challenges and cooperatives, and the future with and of cooperatives. This is an open access book.This book focuses on different aspects of cooperatives in Switzerland and its neighboring countries, and their contribution to meeting overarching societal challenges. It seeks to identify how cooperatives can tackle grand societal challenges and extends the body of research on cooperatives. The discussions are highlighted in the context of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals.

The respective chapters cover topics such as cooperatives in Switzerland (historical roots, current landscape, embeddedness in profit/nonprofit organizations, participatory governance and legal aspects), grand societal challenges and cooperatives, and the future with and of cooperatives.

This is an open access book.
Introduces advances on the topic of cooperatives amidst an uncertain worldEmbeds robust action strategies in the sustainable development goalsFocuses on grand societal challengesThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessMichael Ambühl is the former Head of Negotiation and Conflict Management Chair at ETH Zurich, Switzerland and former director of the ETH Swiss School of Public Governance (SSPG). Dr. Ambühl’s teaching and research at ETH Zurich focus on the theoretical background of negotiation engineering, and on different technical and applied schools of thought in negotiation, mediation and conflict management. He has more than 30 years’ experience as a Swiss diplomat and negotiator.

Stefano Brusoni has been a Professor of Technology and Innovation Management at the Department of Management, Technology, and Economics, ETH Zurich, Switzerland since 2011. His current work focuses on analyzing the obstacles to innovation and change at both the individual and organizational level. The former area is, to a large extent, experimental in nature, while the latter is mainly field-based, involving collaboration with several organizations engaged in the so-called digital transformation. His research has led to several papers in various journals, and to the founding of two start-ups (Spark Works and Sparkademy).

Anja Niedworok is a former external PhD student at the Department of Technology and Innovation Management at ETH Zurich, Switzerland. The focus of her thesis was on framing and reframing processes in the context of solving ill-structured problems in design thinking. In addition, she was responsible for the Innovation Department at the Chamber of Commerce in Tyrol. She is currently the group academic leader of the project “Cooperatives in a Changing World” at ETH Zurich and supports teams at hybrid and for-profit organizations in the initial phase of developing their business model.

Martin Gutmann is a Professor of Management at the Lucerne School of Business, Lucene University of Applied Sciences and Arts and a Lecturer at ETH Zurich, Switzerland, where he is also a member of the research group “Cooperatives in a Changing World.” A historianby training, his research investigates how adopting a historical perspective can help solve contemporary challenges, including topics such as leadership, sustainability, and public policy. His most recent books are Before the UN Sustainable Development Goals: A Historical Companion (Oxford University Press, 2022) and The Unseen Leader: How History Can Help Us Rethink Leadership (Springer, 2023).		ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management01Non-Profit Organizations and Public EnterprisesSustainabilityInnovation and Technology ManagementBusiness EthicsCorporate Environmental Management/Non-Profit Organizations and Public Enterprises/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/00009783031561993Cooperatives in an Uncertain Worldhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031561993?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
13
978-3-031-58123-6AmiduMohammed Amidu; Abdallah Ali-Nakyea; Joshua Yindenaba AborMohammed Amidu, University of Ghana, Legon, Accra, Ghana; Abdallah Ali-Nakyea, University of Ghana School of Law, Legon-Accra; Joshua Yindenaba Abor, University of Ghana, Legon, Accra, GhanaTaxation and Management of Natural Resources in AfricaX, 230 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Advances in African Economic, Social and Political DevelopmentEconomics and FinanceContributed volumeBook0English445KCNKFFD1SpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-292024-05-291PART I: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT.- 1. Introduction: An overview of management and tax policy of natural resources.- 2. Natural resources tax administration and reforms in Africa.- 3. Assessing the impact of socio-political risk on natural resources in Africa.- 4. Natural resources revenue management strategies in African countries.- 5. The ethical dilemma of natural resources in African countries.- PART II: FISCAL STRATEGIES OF NATURAL RESOURCES EXTRACTION.- 6. Accountability and transparency of management of natural resources in Africa: Is the information sharing the solution?.- 7. Resource rent and capital gains taxes in Africa.- 8. Taxation of oil and gas revenue in African countries.- 9. Effective and sustainable management of natural resources in Africa: The roles of environmental tax and public participation.- 10. Globalization, institutional quality and management of natural resources in Africa.- PART III: IMPLICATIONS: STABILITY, CREDITABILITY AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT.- 11. How does taxation of natural resources promote inclusive development in Africa?.- 12. Foreign direct investment and tax incentives in the extractives sector: the good, the bad and the ugly.- 13. Economics of peace: Can extraction of oil and gas lead to sustainable peace?.- 14. How does taxation of oil and gas hold up in commodity price volatility?.- 15. Can extractive and financial sector development help build sustainable infrastructure in Africa?.- 16. Corruption, taxation of natural resources and sustainable development in Africa.- 17. The impact of natural resource depletion on climate change vulnerability and income inequalities in Africa.- 18. The future of natural resource management and policy in Africa.This book offers a comprehensive examination of the fundamental concepts and principles crucial to the taxation and management of natural resources, specifically tailored to the unique challenges faced by developing African countries. It delves into the key instruments that comprise a resource tax policy, providing invaluable insights into the tax reforms necessary to maximize economic rent for African nations.

Written by experts in the field, this book explores the potential application of effective revenue management principles by African governments to achieve desired developmental outcomes. It covers a wide range of topics, including socio-political risks, ethical dilemmas, accountability and transparency, resource rent and capital gains taxes, tax administration and reforms, taxation of oil and gas revenue, environmental taxation, globalization's impact, and the promotion of inclusive development. Designed for scholars, tax professionals, and individuals interested in natural resources management and revenue mobilization strategy in Africa, this book bridges the gap between theory and practice, providing valuable insights and recommendations for sustainable and responsible management of Africa's rich natural resources.		This book offers a comprehensive examination of the fundamental concepts and principles crucial to the taxation and management of natural resources, specifically tailored to the unique challenges faced by developing African countries. It delves into the key instruments that comprise a resource tax policy, providing invaluable insights into the tax reforms necessary to maximize economic rent for African nations.

Written by experts in the field, this book explores the potential application of effective revenue management principles by African governments to achieve desired developmental outcomes. It covers a wide range of topics, including socio-political risks, ethical dilemmas, accountability and transparency, resource rent and capital gains taxes, tax administration and reforms, taxation of oil and gas revenue, environmental taxation, globalization's impact, and the promotion of inclusive development. Designed for scholars, tax professionals, and individuals interested in natural resources management and revenue mobilization strategy in Africa, this book bridges the gap between theory and practice, providing valuable insights and recommendations for sustainable and responsible management of Africa's rich natural resources.		Explores how taxation and management of resources can drive inclusive growth in African countriesGains valuable knowledge from leading experts in natural resource taxation and management in AfricaDiscovers tax policy reforms to optimize economic rent from natural resources in AfricaMohammed Amidu is Professor of Accounting and Finance at the University of Ghana Business School. He holds a Ph.D. in Banking from the University of Southampton, UK and is a Fellow of Institute of Chartered Accountants (Ghana). With extensive research and expertise in accounting, finance, and development finance, he has published numerous articles, books, and chapters. He has received accolades for his research and has collaborated with international organizations like the IMF and DFID.

Abdallah Ali-Nakyea is Senior Lecturer at the University of Ghana School of Law and the University of Ghana Business School. With over 30 years of experience in taxation, legal practice, and lecturing, he is Director of Ali-Nakyea & Associates, a tax consultancy firm. He holds a Ph.D. in Tax Policy and is Fellow of professional institutes in taxation and accounting.

Joshua Yindenaba Abor is Financial Economist and Professor of Finance at the University of Ghana Business School with expertise in development finance and economics research. He has a Ph.D. in Finance from the University of Stellenbosch Business School and is Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. With a prolific publication record and extensive academic and consulting experience, he has held various prestigious positions and affiliations worldwide.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00Resource and Environmental EconomicsBusiness Taxation and Tax LawManagementPublic Finance/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/Resource and Environmental Economics/00009783031581236Taxation and Management of Natural Resources in Africahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031581236?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
14
978-3-031-45130-0AnaAlexandra AnaAlexandra Ana, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Bruxelles, BelgiumThe NGOization of Social Movements in Neoliberal TimesContemporary Feminisms in Romania and BelgiumApprox. 245 p. 8 illus. in color.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Gender and PoliticsSocial SciencesMonographBook0English310JFSJJPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-062024-06-0611. The NGOization of social movements: between opportunities and constraints.- 2. An historical overview of the feminist movements in Belgium and Romania.- 3. The institutionalization of feminism. Inclusion and marginalization.- 4. Participation in official settings: between co-optation and resistance.- 5. The Routinization of protest.- 6. The professionalization of the feminist movement.- 7. Neoliberal bureaucratization within feminist movement organizations.- 8. Governing through insecurity: financial dependence and precarization in the feminist NGO sector.- 9. NGOization – the neoliberal mode of governance of civil society.“Through an in-depth comparison of feminist movements in Belgium and Romania, this book contributes to fill a gap in social movement studies as well as in gender studies by analysing the complex processes of professionalization, institutionalization and bureaucratization of contentious politics as well as the potential risks of depoliticization, demobilization and co-optation they bring about.”

—Donatella della Porta, Scuola Normale Superior, Florence, Italy

'Alexandra Ana unveils the neoliberal governance mechanisms driving contemporary feminist activist practices and subjectivities. Original and convincing, her critical analysis overcomes normative, worn-out categories that often pervade both academic literature and activist debates to shed light on states and markets dynamics shaping women’s mobilizations.'

—Ioana Cîrstocea, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris, France

Drawing on theories in politics, sociology, gender and feminist studies, and social movement studies, this book compares and contrasts NGOized feminist organizations and informal street feminist groups in Belgium and Romania in order to understand the transformation of modern and contemporary feminist movements. Chapters trace the development of this NGOization process and its entanglements with neoliberal modes of governance and techniques and proposes an historically and empirically grounded analytical model to the NGOization of feminist movements as a multidimensional process. By analyzing the NGOization process through a cross-national comparison based on very different cases, the book disentangles the links between institutionalization, professionalization, bureaucratization and precarization and clarifies the outcomes associated with them, such as demobilization, depoliticization, co-optation and burn-out. This book will be of interest to scholars and researchers across Gender & Feminist Studies, Social Movements, Sociology, and Politics.

Alexandra Ana is a Marie Sklodowska-Curie postdoctoral fellow at Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, working on resistance to anti-gender movements and politics, within a decolonial framework and from a comparative perspective.		Drawing on theories in politics, sociology, gender and feminist studies, and social movement studies, this book compares and contrasts NGOized feminist organizations and informal street feminist groups in Belgium and Romania in order to understand the transformation of modern and contemporary feminist movements. Chapters trace the development of this NGOization process and its entanglements with neoliberal modes of governance and techniques and proposes an historically and empirically grounded analytical model to studying the NGOization of feminist movements as a multidimensional process. By analyzing the NGOization process through a cross-national comparison based on very different cases, the book disentangles the links between institutionalization, professionalization, bureaucratization and precarization and brings clarifications concerning the outcomes associated with them, such as demobilization, depoliticization, co-optation and burn-out. This book places the NGOization offeminist movement organizations within the specific context of relations between the state and the market in neoliberalism.

This book will be of interest to scholars and researchers across Gender & Feminist Studies, Social Movements, Sociology, and Politics.		Provides a rich historical overview of feminist movements in two under-analyzed countriesDisplays knowledge of how the NGO-ization of feminist movement has been discussed in non-European contextsBrings together substantial empirical fieldwork with an updated and comprehensive theoretical angleAlexandra Ana is a Marie Sklodowska-Curie postdoctoral fellow at Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, working on resistance to anti-gender movements and politics, within a decolonial framework and from a comparative perspective. In 2023, she won a National Fund for Scientific Research (FNRS) postdoctoral scholarship with a project titled “Strange bedfellows and unholy alliances: the role of coalitions in conservative movements”, based on a comparative study between the UK, France and Romania. She previously taught gender, urban, visual and general sociology at Sciences Po. Her recent publications focus on feminist movements, coalitions and resistance.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Gender StudiesPolitics and GenderFeminism and Feminist TheorySocial PolicyPolitical Sociology/Cultural Theory/Gender Studies/Cultural Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/00009783031451300The NGOization of Social Movements in Neoliberal Timeshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031451300?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
15
978-3-031-56217-4AntonelliGiovanni Antonelli; Tianbao Qin; Maria Vittoria Ferroni; Alex ErwinGiovanni Antonelli, Ministry of Culture, Rome, Italy; Tianbao Qin, Wuhan University, Wuhan, China; Maria Vittoria Ferroni, Sapienza University of Rome, Rome, Italy; Alex Erwin, Florida International University, Miami, FL, USABiodiversity Laws, Policies and Science in Europe, the United States and ChinaApprox. 350 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Law and CriminologyContributed volumeBook0English338LBBPLBSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-222024-05-221Foreword by Vannia Gava.- Foreword: Environmental Protection and Biodiversity - Legislative Policies and the Work of Public Decision Makers at the National and Supranational Levels by Silvia Fregolent.- Foreword: Green Conservatism by Francesco Giubilei.- Tackling the Unprecedented Biodiversity Loss: The International Law Response by Valériane Thool.- The Loss of Biodiversity as a Serious Environmental Threat. The Need for a New Legal Paradigm by Maria Vittoria Ferroni.- Ecosystems: Biodiversity, Climate, Agriculture, Markets. A New Holistic Approach from the European Union by Maura Mattalia.- Natural Capital and Ecosystem Services. Legal Aspects by Chiara Colognese and Nicola Granato.- Sustainable Development and Biodiversity: Hype or Hope? by Pierluigi Montalbano and Carlo Palleschi.- Biodiversity and Environmental Impact from Climate Change: Causes and Consequences by Federica Villa, Marta Cimatti, and Moreno Di Marco.- Ecosystem Services and Livestock Systems in Mountain Areas by Bruno Ronchi and Maurizio Ramanzin.- EU Soil Strategy for 2030: A Focus on Contaminated Sites and the Case of Italy by Giovanni Savarese and Marco Falconi.- Predator Law in the United States by John A. Erwin.- Aquatic Biodiversity Management in the United States by Karrigan Börk.- Stewardship of Tribal Biodiversity in the United States by Serra J. Hoagland and Steven K. Albert.- Wildlife, Science, and Law in the United States by Daniel Rohlf.- Biosafety Regulation in China: Progress and Challenges by Ancui Liu.- Legal Practice of in situ Biodiversity Conservation in China: From the Perspective of Nature Reserves by Duan Weiwei.- The Governance of Traditional Knowledge in China: Past, Current and Future by Li Yiding.- Current Situation and Future of Legislation on Precaution of Alien Species Invasion in China by Wang Luquan.- China Promotes the Practice of Participatory Biodiversity Conservation by Wu Jing.

<div></div>		<div>
</div>This book offers an in-depth analysis of and multidisciplinary insights into the latest trends in biodiversity laws, policies and science in Europe, the United States, and China. The loss of biodiversity and degradation of ecosystems continues at an alarming rate, harming people, the economy, and the climate. As biodiversity cannot be meaningfully addressed by any single field, a multidisciplinary approach is needed to attain a better understanding of its complexity and to identify prevention and protection systems.

<div>Each chapter addresses a specific aspect of biodiversity. Taken together, they provide an innovative exploration of the various facets of biodiversity from the perspectives of law, the social sciences and natural sciences. As such, the book offers an essential theoretical and practical guide for academics, experts, policymakers, and students alike.</div><div>
</div><div>Today we have a unique opportunity to invest in the health of our planet and put people and nature at the center of our political agenda. Through the Global Biodiversity Framework we are all making concrete commitments against ecosystem degradation, in the protection of endangered species, and to initiate transformative actions that integrate biodiversity into all sectors.</div><div>Hon. Vannia Gava, Deputy Minister for Environment and Energy Security, Italy
</div><div>
</div>		<div>This book offers an in-depth analysis of and multidisciplinary insights into the latest trends in biodiversity laws, policies and science in Europe, the United States, and China. The loss of biodiversity and degradation of ecosystems continues at an alarming rate, harming people, the economy, and the climate. As biodiversity cannot be meaningfully addressed by any single field, a multidisciplinary approach is needed to attain a better understanding of its complexity and to identify prevention and protection systems.

Each chapter addresses a specific aspect of biodiversity. Taken together, they provide an innovative exploration of the various facets of biodiversity from the perspectives of law, the social sciences and natural sciences. As such, the book offers an essential theoretical and practical guide for academics, experts, policymakers, and students alike.</div><div></div>		Takes a multidisciplinary approach to biodiversity protection in Europe, the US, and ChinaCompares trends in the field of biodiversityCombines insights from law, social sciences, science, and governance mechanisms<div>Dr. Giovanni Antonelli is currently the Deputy Head of the Legislative Office of the Italian Ministry of culture. Previously he worked as policy officer at the Italian Ministry for Economic Development and a postdoctoral researcher at the European University Institute. His research interests concern administrative law, environmental law, climate change, European law and Institutions.</div><div>Professor Qin Tianbao is a Luojia Professor of Law and serves as the Director of the Research Institute of Environmental Law (RIEL), Associate Dean for Research and International Affiliations for the School of Law, Deputy Director of the Research Center of the Supreme Court of China on Environmental-related Cases, Professor of the China Institute of Boundary and Ocean Studies and the European Studies Centre, Wuhan University. He is also Editor-in-Chief of the Chinese Journal of Environmental Law and a Member of the Compliance Committee of the Nagoya Protocol on ABS. Professor Qin is a Legislative Expert for China’s Ministry of Environmental Protection, Ministry of Agriculture, and Hubei Provincial Parliament, and headed or participated in the drafting of several major environmental bills. He is an advisor for the Chinese negotiations on biodiversity, ocean and climate change issues; and he was a Legislative Expert for the UNEP’s Division of Environmental Law and Conventions, and an Environmental Law Expert for several projects of International Institutions (GEF, UNDP, ADB) in China. He was the Head of the Environmental Rights Department of the Centre of Protection of Rights of Disadvantaged Citizens (CPRDC) which is a prestigious NGO for Human Rights in China. Professor Maria Vittoria Ferroni is a professor of administrative law and a lawyer. Her research interests include the main area of European administrative law. She is the author of several publications on the main topics of administrativelaw.Professor Alex Erwin teaches and conducts research in the fields of environmental law and natural resources law. Combining his legal training with his background as a wildlife biologist, his research is situated at the intersection of environmental law, genetics, and conservation. His research to date has focused on three issues: (1) wildlife conservation and management, particularly through the lens of genetics and evolutionary biology; (2) genetic engineering and related biotechnological developments, specifically as they relate to conservation and environmental protection; and, more broadly, (3) the interplay of science, law, and policy. </div>ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00International Environmental LawPrivate International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative LawHuman RightsEuropean LawComparative Politics/Public International Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Environmental Law/00009783031562174Biodiversity Laws, Policies and Science in Europe, the United States and Chinahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031562174?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
16
978-3-031-20479-1ArıcıoğluMustafa Atilla Arıcıoğlu; Özdal Koyuncuoğlu; Abdullah Oktay DündarMustafa Atilla Arıcıoğlu, Necmettin Erbakan University, Konya; Özdal Koyuncuoğlu, Necmettin Erbakan University, Konya, Turkey; Abdullah Oktay Dündar, Necmettin Erbakan University, Konya, TurkeyRefugee and Immigrant EntrepreneurshipAn Economic and Social Perspective from TürkiyeXXII, 317 p. 14 illus.12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English317KJHKJSMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1Available2024-03-292023-03-282024-03-282024-03-281Chapter 1: Refugee Entrepreneurship: An Analysis on Türkiye.- Chapter 2: Current Analysis of the Effects of Refugee Entrepreneurs and Workers on the Turkish Economic Development and Labor Market.- Chapter 3: Refugee Entrepreneurship’s Access to Financial Resources and Achievements/Failures in the Context of External Funds and Grants.- Chapter 4: A Content Analysis of Research on Refugee Entrepreneurship in Türkiye.- Chapter 5: Bibliometric Analysis of Academic Studies on Syrian Immigrant Entrepreneurs Who Settled in Türkiye.- Chapter 6: Refugee Entrepreneurship in the Context of Social Entrepreneurship.- Chapter 7: The Use of Experience Sampling Methodology in the Analysis of the Impact of Immigrants’ Self-Efficacy on Their Entrepreneurial Performance.- Chapter 8: Migrant Entrepreneur Women in Konya: Processes and Expectations.- Chapter 9: Refugee Women Entrepreneurship: A Qualitative Research on Syrian Women Refugee Entrepreneurs in Türkiye.- Chapter 10: A Study on the Experience of Being a Refugee Entrepreneur in the Konya Shoe Industry: Syrian Entrepreneurs in Aykent Shoemakers Site.- Chapter 11: Entrepreneurial Orientation of Refugee and Immigrant Students in Higher Education in Türkiye: The Example of Necmettin Erbakan University.- Chapter 12: Research on the Commercial Activities of Immigrant Entrepreneurs in Gaziantep and Hatay Provinces in Türkiye.
Due to political and economic instability in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) countries, an increasing number of inhabitants continue to migrate to other countries. From here, they either join employment or become refugee or immigrant entrepreneurs. Such developments carry risks such as integration problems, but there are also significant opportunities. This book takes a deep dive into those challenges and potential prospects, and places special emphasis on Türkiye, a region that is significantly impacted by migration from Syria, Afghanistan, Pakistan and other African countries.Chapters explore the various issues around refugee and immigrant entrepreneurs within their host countries. Authors offer analysis of the difficulties experienced by such entrepreneurs in economic and socio-cultural contexts. Including various field examples using qualitative and quantitative research methods and economic implications using macro analysis, the book offers policy recommendations, examines the opportunities of refugee and immigrant entrepreneurship in Türkiye and explores the benefits to Türkiye from a holistic perspective.Mustafa Atilla ARICIOĞLU is a Professor and Head of the Department of Business Administration at the Faculty of Political Sciences at Necmettin Erbakan University. Previously, he was an assistant specialist and manager in the banking, advertising, education and consultancy sectors. He also contributes to various institutions and organizations in management and project consultancy.Özdal KOYUNCUOĞLU is Associate Professor in the Faculty of Applied Sciences of Necmettin Erbakan University. Throughout his previous career in the private sector, he performed several projects and organized trainings and seminars.Abdullah Oktay DÜNDAR is Associate Professor at Necmettin Erbakan University. Previously, he worked in the private sector for many years as a foreign trade specialist in the automotive, milling machinery and chemistry sectors.
Due to political and economic instability in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) countries, an increasing number of inhabitants continue to migrate to other countries. From here, they either join employment or become refugee or immigrant entrepreneurs. Such developments carry risks such as integration problems, but there are also significant opportunities. This book takes a deep dive into those challenges and potential prospects, and places special emphasis on Türkiye, a region that is significantly impacted by migration from Syria, Afghanistan, Pakistan and other African countries.Chapters explore the various issues around refugee and immigrant entrepreneurs within their host countries. Authors offer analysis of the difficulties experienced by such entrepreneurs in economic and socio-cultural contexts. Including various field examples using qualitative and quantitative research methods and economic implications using macro analysis, the book offers policy recommendations, examines the opportunities of refugee and immigrant entrepreneurship in Türkiye and explores the benefits to Türkiye from a holistic perspective.Discusses in depth the refugee entrepreneurship in TürkiyeExamines the challenges and opportunities of refugee entrepreneurs in Türkiye through real casesProvides important findings on the economic and social impacts of refugee entrepreneurs on Türkiye as a host countryMustafa Atilla ARICIOĞLU is a Professor and Head of the Department of Business Administration at the Faculty of Political Sciences at Necmettin Erbakan University. Previously, he was an assistant specialist and manager in the banking, advertising, education and consultancy sectors. He also contributes to various institutions and organizations in management and project consultancy.Özdal KOYUNCUOĞLU is Associate Professor in the Faculty of Applied Sciences of Necmettin Erbakan University. Throughout his previous career in the private sector, he performed several projects and organized trainings and seminars.Abdullah Oktay DÜNDAR is Associate Professor at Necmettin Erbakan University. Previously, he worked in the private sector for many years as a foreign trade specialist in the automotive, milling machinery and chemistry sectors.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00EntrepreneurshipEmerging Markets and Globalization/Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031204791Refugee and Immigrant Entrepreneurshiphttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031204791?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
17
978-3-031-25801-5ArıkanHarun Arıkan; Zeynep AlemdarHarun Arıkan, Cukurova University, Adana, Türkiye; Zeynep Alemdar, Okan University, Istanbul, TürkiyeTurkey’s Challenges and TransformationPolitics and Society on the Centennial of the RepublicXIX, 310 p. 10 illus., 2 illus. in color.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1Reform and Transition in the MediterraneanPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English310JPJPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-04-112024-04-111Introduction.- Transformation of Party and Election System in Turkey.- Transformation and challenges in Government System in Turkey: ‘The Turkish Type of Presidentializm”.- Transformation of Judiciary for a Turkey in Transition: Dynamics and Consequences.- Turkey’s Political Economy in International Context.- Transformation of Secularism in Turkey.- Gender Equality in Turkey.- The Changing Dynamics of Protests under Turkey’s Authoritarian Transformation: Actors, Repertoires and Strategies of Repression.- (De)Securitization of the Kurdish Issue in Turkey: The Nexus between Foreign Policy and Domestic Politics in the Twenty-First Century.- The Transformation of Migration Governance in Turkey.- Transformation of Turkey’s Environmental Policy: A Case of Selective Europeanization?.- Transformation and Challenges in Turkey-EU Relations: A Case of Foreign Policy with Domestic Political Implications.- An Agent-Based Bounded Rationality Analysis Turkey’s Relations with Greece.- Turkey-US Relations: From the Catalyst of the Model Country Image to the Reference Point of Defensive Discourses.- Transformation and Challenges in Turkish Foreign Policy: Turkey Russia Relations.- Turkey and the Middle East: The Rise and Fall of Turkey’s Power.- Cooperation Amid Transformation: Turkey and International Organizations.This book analyzes the transformation of Turkey’s international and domestic politics in the past two decades through a comprehensive domestic- international nexus. It examines the domestic system and the main historical challenges without neglecting their international drivers and looks into main foreign policy areas and issues by accounting for the domestic developments that affected them. Looking inside Turkey’s transformation on the basis of an interplay of external and internal factors, through the prism of critical scholars who all agree on the interdependency of national and international politics, it is designed to provide a thoughtful look into the future of Turkey through themes and regions. <div>
</div><div>Harun Arikan is Professor of International Relations at Çukurova University, Turkey. He was a research fellow at Oxford University in the UK, and a visiting scholar at the University of Southern Maine in the USA.



Zeynep Alemdar is Professor of Political Science at Istanbul Okan University, Turkey, where she currently acts as Dean of the Business and Administration Faculty and directs the Gender Studies Research Center.
</div>		This book analyzes the transformation of Turkey’s international and domestic politics in the past two decades through a comprehensive domestic- international nexus. It examines the domestic system and the main historical challenges without neglecting their international drivers and looks into main foreign policy areas and issues by accounting for the domestic developments that affected them. Looking inside Turkey’s transformation on the basis of an interplay of external and internal factors, through the prism of critical scholars who all agree on the interdependency of national and international politics, it is designed to provide a thoughtful look into the future of Turkey through themes and regions.

Covers the past, present, and the prospects of Turkish politics and society with a focus on current developmentsIncludes a wide range of themes, topics and regions affecting and affected by domestic and foreign policyLooks at the interplay between the domestic and international factors of policy choices of the past 20 yearsHarun Arikan is Professor of International Relations at Çukurova University, Turkey. He was a research fellow at Oxford University in the UK, and a visiting scholar at the University of Southern Maine in the USA.



Zeynep Alemdar is Professor of Political Science at Istanbul Okan University, Turkey, where she currently acts as Dean of the Business and Administration Faculty and directs the Gender Studies Research Center.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00European PoliticsMiddle Eastern PoliticsForeign Policy/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/European Politics/00009783031258015Turkey’s Challenges and Transformationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031258015?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
18
978-981-97-2186-3ArimuraToshi H. Arimura; Akira HibikiToshi H. Arimura, Waseda University, Tokyo, Japan; Akira Hibiki, Tohoku University, Sendai, JapanIntroduction to Environmental Economics and Policy in JapanApprox. 150 p. 50 illus., 5 illus. in color.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceUndergraduate textbookBook0English230KCNTHSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-06-122024-06-121Environmental Problems A Market Failure.- Choice of Policy Instruments Tax Regulation or Subsidy.- Another Solution to Environmental Problems Prepoety Right Approach.- Uncertainty and Policy Choice Price Control or Quantity Control.- Waste Reduction and the Effectiveness of Imposing Disposal Charges.- Waste Management and Recycling Current Issues and Policies in Japan.- Air Pollution and Policy in Japan.- Climate Change and Carbon Pricing.- Carbon Pricing Discussion in Japan.This textbook demonstrates how economic theories can be used for environmental policy evaluations. A notable feature of this book is that, unlike most textbooks in environmental economics written in English, it draws on examples from Japan’s policy on energy, resource, pollution, and carbon emissions. Policy measures discussed in this book include controls on motor vehicle emissions, pricing of waste disposal, deposit-refund scheme for recycling, carbon taxes and emissions trading schemes. With topics involving transboundary environmental concerns such as climate change, air pollution, and waste management and recycling, the book also integrates international perspectives and provides comparisons of policies across regions and countries. A major objective of this book is to present a concise and accessible introduction to environmental economics as applied to policy evaluations in and beyond Japan. The knowledge available from this book must be very useful for students, policymakers and practitioners who seek environmental policy solutions from an economic point of view.

This is an open access book.		This textbook demonstrates how economic theories can be used for environmental policy evaluations. A notable feature of this book is that, unlike most textbooks in environmental economics written in English, it draws on examples from Japan’s policy on energy, resource, pollution, and carbon emissions. Policy measures discussed in this book include controls on motor vehicle emissions, pricing of waste disposal, deposit-refund scheme for recycling, carbon taxes and emissions trading schemes. With topics involving transboundary environmental concerns such as climate change, air pollution, and waste management and recycling, the book also integrates international perspectives and provides comparisons of policies across regions and countries. A major objective of this book is to present a concise and accessible introduction to environmental economics as applied to policy evaluations in and beyond Japan. The knowledge available from this book must be very useful for students, policymakers and practitioners who seek environmental policy solutions from an economic point of view.

This is an open access book.		Explains economic theoretical concepts to assess environmental problems and policy instrumentsCompares policy options for achieving optimal outcomes from an economic perspectiveFocuses on Japan’s policy addressing local and global environmental problemsThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessDr. Toshi H. Arimura is a professor of Political Science and Economics and Director of the Research Institute for Environment Economics and Management at Waseda University in Tokyo. Prior to joining Waseda, he was a professor at Sophia University in Tokyo and was a visiting scholar with George Mason University and Resources for the Future as a recipient of the Abe Fellowship. His research interests include climate change, energy policies, air pollution regulations, and voluntary environmental actions. Dr. Arimura holds a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Minnesota, an M.Sc. in environmental sciences from the University of Tsukuba, and a B.A. in history of science from the University of Tokyo. He has served on a number of Japanese government committees on environmental issues including the committees on carbon pricing (2018) of the environmental council under Ministry of the Environment and on GX-ETS (2022) under Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry. He is currently a visiting Scholar to Paris School of Economics and Sciences Po.

Dr. Akira Hibiki is a professor at Graduate School of Economics and Management and a director at Research Center for Policy Design at Tohoku University. He also serves as a head of a Research Group at National Institute for Environmental Studies and a consulting fellow at Research Institute of Economy, Trade, and Industry (RIETI). Prior to joining Tohoku University, he was a professor at Sophia University, a head of Environmental Economics Section at National Institute for Environmental Studies, and an associate professor at the Tokyo Institute of Technology in Japan. He also served as a president of Society for Environmental Economics and Policy Studies in Japan (2018–2020). His research centers on topics related to environmental and resource economics.



StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance01Environmental EconomicsEnergy Policy, Economics and ManagementNatural Resource and Energy Economics/Environmental Economics/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/Resource and Environmental Economics/00009789819721863Introduction to Environmental Economics and Policy in Japanhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819721863?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
19
978-981-97-1903-7Auria Alizee SimonManon Auria Alizee SimonManon Auria Alizee Simon, University of Tasmania, Hobart, TAS, AustraliaLearning from Weather Modification Law for the Governance of Regional Solar Radiation ManagementXV, 195 p. 3 illus.12024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Law and CriminologyMonographBook0English217LAFDLBBPSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-05-092024-05-091Chapter 1 Introduction.- Chapter 2 The Governance Challenges of Regional SRM and Cloud Seeding.- Chapter 3 Material Resemblances between Cloud Seeding and Regional Solar Radiation Management.- Chapter 4 Adaptive Governance as a Normative and Analytical Framework.- Chapter 5 Domestic Cloud Seeding Law and Governance.- Chapter 6 Multi-Scale Institutional Arrangements.- Chapter 7 Participatory Decision-Making.- Chapter 8 Iterative Learning Processes.- Chapter 9 Conflict Management Mechanisms.- Chapter 10 Conclusion.- Bibliography.
This book investigates the role of cloud seeding laws in governing regional solar radiation management (SRM) activities. It challenges the prevailing belief that cloud seeding laws are irrelevant to regional SRM governance and argues for their applicability. Through case studies in Australia, Canada, and the United States, the book highlights the need for legal frameworks that promote cross-scale interactions, stakeholder participation, flexible decision-making, and conflict resolution. It advocates for adopting adaptive governance principles to effectively manage the risks and uncertainties associated with regional SRM interventions. By filling a gap in the existing literature, this book offers valuable insights and recommendations for the governance of regional SRM, shedding light on the potential of cloud seeding laws to inform and shape SRM governance frameworks. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the legal and normative aspects, offering practical guidance for policymakers, researchers, and stakeholders involved in regional SRM initiatives.This book investigates the role of cloud seeding laws in governing regional solar radiation management (SRM) activities. It challenges the prevailing belief that cloud seeding laws are irrelevant to regional SRM governance and argues for their applicability. Through case studies in Australia, Canada, and the United States, the book highlights the need for legal frameworks that promote cross-scale interactions, stakeholder participation, flexible decision-making, and conflict resolution. It advocates for adopting adaptive governance principles to effectively manage the risks and uncertainties associated with regional SRM interventions. By filling a gap in the existing literature, this book offers valuable insights and recommendations for the governance of regional SRM, shedding light on the potential of cloud seeding laws to inform and shape SRM governance frameworks. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the legal and normative aspects, offering practical guidance for policymakers, researchers, and stakeholders involved in regional SRM initiatives.Examines the challenges associated with the governance of regional solar radiation management technologiesFocuses on domestic law as an appropriate scale of governance for regional SRM (as opposed to international law)Proposes ways to govern cloud seeding and regional SRM adaptively, in accordance with adaptive governanceDr. Manon Simon is a lecturer at the University of Tasmania Faculty of Law, specializing in the transferability of governance lessons from weather modification techniques to solar radiation management. She holds a Bachelor's degree in Public and International Law from the University of Poitiers, and pursued her LL.M. in Environmental and Natural Resources Law at the University of Oregon, USA. In 2017, she began her Ph.D. at the University of Wuhan, China, focusing on international regulations of weather modification activities. Later, she transferred to the University of Tasmania, where she completed her Ph.D. titled 'Governing Cloud Seeding in Australia and the United States: Lessons for Regional Solar Radiation Management.' Her research explored the applicability of existing cloud seeding laws to govern regional solar radiation management techniques. Currently, Dr. Manon Simon is engaged as a post-doctoral fellow in the ARC Discovery Project, 'Governing Solar Radiation Management Research, Development and Deployment,' collaborating with the Australian Forum for Climate Intervention Governance (AFCIG).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00Environmental LawInternational Environmental LawLaw of the Sea, Air and Outer Space/Civil Law/Environmental Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819719037Learning from Weather Modification Law for the Governance of Regional Solar Radiation Managementhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819719037?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
20
978-3-031-56963-0AyeeJoseph R.A. Ayee; Lloyd G.A Amoah; Seidu M. AliduJoseph R.A. Ayee, University of Ghana, Haatso, Ghana; Lloyd G.A Amoah, University of Ghana, Accra, Ghana; Seidu M. Alidu, University of Ghana, Accra, GhanaPublic Sector Management and Economic Governance in GhanaThree Decades of the Fourth RepublicApprox. 270 p. 20 illus.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Political Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English325JPPKNPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-042024-06-041Chapter 1. Introduction: Public Sector Management and Economic Governance Revisited.- Chapter 2. Reconceptualizing Neoliberal ‘‘Good Governance’’ Discourse and the Complexity of Global Self policing.- Chapter 3. Ghana’s Policy Elites and Engagement of the IMF under the Fourth Republic: Elite Agency, Compliance, or a Mixed Bag?.- Chapter 4. Transforming Ghana’s Economy: Where are we from? Where are we now? What more needs to be done?.- Chapter 5. The Contributions of Ghana National Petroleum Corporation towards Sustainability Efforts in Upstream Oil and Gas Operations in Ghana.- Chapter 6. Yɛ Te Sika So Nanso ɔkɔm Di Yɛn: The Case of Ghana's Poverty Amid Abundant Oil Resources and Revenues.- Chapter 7. The Legon Tradition of African Philosophy (TLTAP) and Contemporary Public Administration Theory (CPAT): the Case for Dialogic Engagement for a New African Public Administration.- Chapter 8. The Audit Service as a Supreme Audit Institution in Ghana’s Fourth Republic: An Assessment.- Chapter 9. Reforming the Police Service for Effective Policing in Ghana’s Fourth Republic.- Chapter 10. Notes on the Position of Chief of Staff at the Presidency in Ghana’s Fourth Republic.- Chapter 11. The Phenomenon of Special Assistants as Gatekeepers and their Impact on the Performance of Bureaucrats in the Ghanaian Civil Service.- Chapter 12. Balancing the Decentralization Scale in Ghana to Promote Political Decentralization: A Perspective on Local Government Election in the Fourth Republic.- Chapter 13. Rural Development in Ghana.- Chapter 14. Ghana’s Foreign Policy in the Fourth Republic: Trends, Complexities and Future Implications.- Chapter 15. Conclusion: Ghana in the Next Thirty Years: The Public Sector, Economic Governance, and International Relations.This book is one of two volumes that examines the successes and failures of the Ghanaian Fourth Republic from a political, public administration, and public policy viewpoint. Published to coincide with the thirtieth anniversary of the founding of the Fourth Republic, these volumes bring together leading scholars to consider the political achievements and failures that have taken place in the country since 1993, and what these tell us about the state of politics and democracy in twenty-first century Ghana and beyond. This volume focuses on public sector management and economic governance. It assesses themes such as policy elites, policing, bureaucrats and public servants, the economy, decentralization, rural development, and foreign policy. The volume also places Ghana in a global context, demonstrating how lessons learnt from the country can be applied elsewhere, and what is unique about the Ghanaian experience. It will appeal to all those interested in public management, public administration, governance, economics, and African politics.<div>
</div><div>Joseph R.A. Ayee is Professor at the Department of Political Science, University of Ghana. He is also Vice President (Arts Section) at the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences.
</div><div> Lloyd G.A. Amoah is Senior Lecturer at the Department of Political Science, and Director of the Centre for Asian Studies, University of Ghana.

Seidu M. Alidu is Associate Professor and Head of Department of Political Science, University of Ghana
</div>		This book is one of two volumes that examines the successes and failures of the Ghanaian Fourth Republic from a political, public administration, and public policy viewpoint. Published to coincide with the thirtieth anniversary of the founding of the Fourth Republic, these volumes bring together leading scholars to consider the political achievements and failures that have taken place in the country since 1993, and what these tell us about the state of politics and democracy in twenty-first century Ghana and beyond. This volume focuses on public sector management and economic governance. It assesses themes such as policy elites, policing, bureaucrats and public servants, the economy, decentralization, rural development, and foreign policy. The volume also places Ghana in a global context, demonstrating how lessons learnt from the country can be applied elsewhere, and what is unique about the Ghanaian experience. It will appeal to all those interested in public management, public administration, governance, economics, and African politics.
Focuses on public sector management, economic governance and global engagement in GhanaExamines the successes and failures of the Ghanaian Fourth RepublicBrings together leading scholars on public administration, policy and politicsJoseph R.A. Ayee is Professor at the Department of Political Science, University of Ghana. Lloyd G.A. Amoah is Senior Lecturer at the Deptartment of Political Science, University of Ghana.Seidu M. Alidu is Senior Lecturer at the Department of Political Science, University of Ghana.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Public PolicyPublic Sector StudiesAfrican EconomicsAfrican Politics/Public Policy/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031569630Public Sector Management and Economic Governance in Ghanahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031569630?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
21
978-3-031-45640-4AylsworthTimothy Aylsworth; Clinton CastroTimothy Aylsworth, Florida International University, Miami, FL, USA; Clinton Castro, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, WI, USAKantian Ethics and the Attention EconomyDuty and DistractionXIX, 275 p. 2 illus.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover1Religion and PhilosophyMonographBook0English275HPQHPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-232024-02-222024-04-012024-04-011<div>1. Introduction.- 2. Respect for Humanity.- 3. Mobile Devices and Autonomy: Individual-Level Effects.- 4. The Duty to Promote Digital Minimalism in Ourselves.- 5. The Duty to Promote Digital Minimalism in Others I: Duties of Virtue.- 6. The Duty to Promote Digital Minimalism in Others II: Duties of Right.- 7. The Duty to Promote Digital Minimalism in Group Agents.- 8. Conclusion.</div>In this open access book, Timothy Aylsworth and Clinton Castro draw on the deep well of Kantian ethics to argue that we have moral duties, both to ourselves and to others, to protect our autonomy from the threat posed by the problematic use of technology. The problematic use of technologies like smartphones threatens our autonomy in a variety of ways, and critics have only begun to appreciate the vast scope of this problem. In the last decade, we have seen a flurry of books making “self-help” arguments about how we could live happier, more fulfilling lives if we were less addicted to our phones. But none of these authors see this issue as one involving a moral duty to protect our autonomy.In this open access book, Timothy Aylsworth and Clinton Castro draw on the deep well of Kantian ethics to argue that we have moral duties, both to ourselves and to others, to protect our autonomy from the threat posed by the problematic use of technology. The problematic use of technologies like smartphones threatens our autonomy in a variety of ways, and critics have only begun to appreciate the vast scope of this problem. In the last decade, we have seen a flurry of books making “self-help” arguments about how we could live happier, more fulfilling lives if we were less addicted to our phones. But none of these authors see this issue as one involving a moral duty to protect our autonomy.Addresses the contemporary crisis of autonomy in the era of addictive technologyDraws on the deep well of Kantian ethicsClaims that avoiding the problematic use of technology is a moral duty to ourselves and othersThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.Timothy Aylsworth is an assistant professor of philosophy at Florida International University. He completed his PhD at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where he wrote a dissertation on Kant’s concept of freedom. He also works on issues in applied and normative ethics, especially topics involving autonomy, manipulation, technology, and collective harm.

Clinton Castro is an assistant professor in The Information School at University of Wisconsin-Madison. His primary areas of study are information ethics, fair machine learning, and epistemology. His recently published book, Algorithms and Autonomy (co-authored with Adam Pham and Alan Rubel), examines how algorithms in criminal justice, education, housing, elections, and beyond affect autonomy, freedom, and democracy.		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy01Ethics of TechnologyPhilosophy of TechnologyArtificial Intelligence/Ethics of Technology/Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031456404Kantian Ethics and the Attention Economyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031456404?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
22
978-3-658-44369-6KarpouchtsisCharalampos Babis KarpouchtsisCharalampos Babis Karpouchtsis, Jena Center for Reconciliation Studies, Friedrich-Schiller-University Jena, Berlin, GermanyGerman Foreign Policy and Greek Martyr CommunitiesReconciliation Policy for Places of Memory in Greece and the Role of RecognitionApprox. 395 p. Textbook for German language market.12024approx.99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover0Political Science and International StudiesPh.D. ThesisBook0English390JPJPSSpringer VSSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2024-05-132024-05-131Introduction.- Current state of the art and relevant literature review.- Guiding Question and hypotheses.- Scope of research and methodology.- Background: Structures, historical numbers, maps.- Historical overview.- Memory politics and Greek martyr communities: A shifting landscape.- Initiatives of cooperation and reconciliation - diverging positions.- “Small places, large issues” – The cases.- Villages and towns: Similar vision, different approaches.- Conclusion.The Euro crisis of 2008 had a deep impact on German-Greek relations. The exchange of blows in media, and amongst politicians created a deep divide and made old wounds visible - wounds that lie in the Occupation of Greece by Nazi Germany and its fascist allies during World War 2. In 2014 German foreign policy towards Greece shifted to include reconciliatory measures, marking the beginning of Germany's foreign policy of reconciliation. One area of focus is memory culture and the Greek martyr communities, meaning villages and towns that experienced extreme violence, destruction, and executions. Diving into these places of terror and memory, the book analyzes German foreign policy of reconciliation while providing a profound view onto history, diplomacy, and the widely unknown Greek memory landscape. It entails a thorough review of German-Greek relations, more than seven unique maps and 10 case studies, accompanied by photographs and over 35 interviews. It shows how foreign policy, conflict and reconciliation intertwine and how international affairs meet the local level of everyday citizens.<div>
</div><div>About the author </div><div>Charalampos Babis Karpouchtsis is a political scientist with a background in foreign policy, strategy and memory studies. He finished his PhD in conflict and reconciliation studies in the Jena Center for Reconciliation Studies. He is a research associate in the University of the Armed Forces in Hamburg and a JCRS fellow.</div><div>
</div>		The Euro crisis of 2008 had a deep impact on German-Greek relations. The exchange of blows in media, and amongst politicians created a deep divide and made old wounds visible - wounds that lie in the Occupation of Greece by Nazi Germany and its fascist allies during World War 2. In 2014 German foreign policy towards Greece shifted to include reconciliatory measures, marking the beginning of Germany's foreign policy of reconciliation. One area of focus is memory culture and the Greek martyr communities, meaning villages and towns that experienced extreme violence, destruction, and executions. Diving into these places of terror and memory, the book analyzes German foreign policy of reconciliation while providing a profound view onto history, diplomacy, and the widely unknown Greek memory landscape. It entails a thorough review of German-Greek relations, more than seven unique maps and 10 case studies, accompanied by photographs and over 35 interviews. It shows how foreign policy, conflict and reconciliation intertwine and how international affairs meet the local level of everyday citizens.Charalampos Babis Karpouchtsis is a political scientist with a background in foreign policy, strategy and memory studies. He finished his PhD in conflict and reconciliation studies in the Jena Center for Reconciliation Studies. He is a research associate in the University of the Armed Forces in Hamburg and a JCRS fellow.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41209Social Science and Law (German Language)00Politics and International StudiesInternational Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783658443696German Foreign Policy and Greek Martyr Communitieshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783658443696?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
23
978-3-031-58656-9BalzanoMarco Balzano; Guido BortoluzziMarco Balzano, Ca' Foscari University of Venice, Venice, Italy; Guido Bortoluzzi, University of Trieste, Trieste, ItalyStrategic Agility in Dynamic Business EnvironmentsUnveiling Foundations, Current Perspectives, and Future DirectionsX, 90 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0International Series in Advanced Management StudiesBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English106KJCKJSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-252024-05-2511. Strategic Agility: An introduction.- 2. The Historical Roots of Strategic Agility.- 3. The Academic Debate on Strategic Agility. A Literature Review.- 4. Cases of Strategic Agility.- 5. Strategic Agility: A New Paradigm for Strategy?.Strategic agility is a fast-growing paradigm for strategic thinking and strategy-making that is finding increasing acceptance both in academia and practice. But what are the theoretical origins of this paradigm? What are the main lines of development of the paradigm in the current academic debate and in firms adopting agile strategies? And, finally, what are the areas and topics that need additional research?With this book, Guido Bortoluzzi and Marco Balzano take us first into the past to look for the historical roots of this disruptive paradigm, then review the current academic debate on the topic and present some cases of agile companies. And finally, they discuss the potential future development of this topic in the field of strategy research.

Strategic agility is a fast-growing paradigm for strategic thinking and strategy-making that is finding increasing acceptance both in academia and practice. But what are the theoretical origins of this paradigm? What are the main lines of development of the paradigm in the current academic debate and in firms adopting agile strategies? And, finally, what are the areas and topics that need additional research? With this book, Guido Bortoluzzi and Marco Balzano take us first into the past to look for the historical roots of this disruptive paradigm, then review the current academic debate on the topic and present some cases of agile companies. And finally, they discuss the potential future development of this topic in the field of strategy research.

Reviews and systematizes a scattered literature on a fast-emerging topicProvides concrete cases of strategic agility in actionIntroduces a missing perspective on the theoretical roots of a new and disruptive paradigmMarco Balzano is PhD Candidate at the Department of Management, Ca’ Foscari University of Venice (Italy). He received an International PhD scholarship to attend the Double PhD degree with the SKEMA Business School (France). His main research interests deal with the study of chance, strategic management, and innovation management.

Guido Bortoluzzi is Full Professor of Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship at the Department of Economics, Management, Mathematics and Statistics “Bruno de Finetti” of the University of Trieste (Italy) and Core Faculty member at the MIB Trieste School of Management.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00Business Strategy and LeadershipInnovation and Technology ManagementEconomics of Innovation/Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031586569Strategic Agility in Dynamic Business Environmentshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031586569?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
24
978-3-031-57171-8Banasik-JemielniakNatalia Banasik-Jemielniak; Piotr Kałowski; Maria ZajączkowskaNatalia Banasik-Jemielniak, The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Warsaw, Poland; Piotr Kałowski, University of Economics and Human Sciences, Warszawa, Poland; Maria Zajączkowska, The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Warszawa, PolandStudying Verbal Irony and SarcasmMethodological Perspectives from Communication Studies and BeyondApprox. 370 p. 45 illus., 13 illus. in color.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English429JFDJFDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-252024-05-2511: Introduction, Natalia Banasik-Jemielniak, Piotr Kałowski, Maria Zajączkowska.- Part I. Theoretical Considerations on Irony Research.- 2: On Verbal Irony Methods: Giving an Old Dog Some New Tricks, Herbert L. Colston.- 3: A Minimal Account of Irony, A Minimal Account of Irony, Joana Garmendia.- 4: Rethinking (Assumptions About) Irony: The Bilingual Factor, Katarzyna Bromberek-Dyzman.- Part II. Irony Research – Developmental Perspective.- 5: Experiments on the Development of Irony. Walking Through a Methodological Maze, Ana Milosavljevic.- 6: Verbal Irony and Gossip Appreciation Among Children and Adults in Poland and Canada, Marta Krygier-Bartz, Melanie Glenwright, Penny M. Pexman.- 7: Investigating Irony Comprehension in Children: Methods, Challenges, and Ways Forward, Ingrid Lossius Falkum, Franziska Köder.- 8: The Influence of Intentional and Accidental Moral Transgressions on Children’s Understanding of Verbal Irony, Vera Hukker, Simone Sprenger, Petra Hendriks.- Part III. Irony Research – Adult.- 9: The Form and Content of Vignette Stimuli in Irony Research with Adult Participants, Piotr Kałowski, Katarzyna Branowska.- 10: Exploring the Polish Adaptation of the Sarcasm Self-Report Scale Using the Think Aloud Protocol: Three Lessons About Studying Irony Through Questionnaires, Maria Zajączkowska, Olga Zimna, Malwina Kurzawa, Natalia Banasik-Jemielniak.- 11: Humorous Irony in Female Stand-Up Comedy: A Sociopragmatic Analysis, Esther Linares Bernabéu.- 12: Irony Across Cultures – A Contrastive Analysis of Conceptualizations and Social Functions, Francesca Ervas, Zsuzsanna Schnell.- 13: Examining the Structure of the Sarcasm Self-Report Scale Cross-Culturally: Evidence from Canada, Poland, and Türkiye, Julia Kuczmierowska, Duygu Kandemirci-Bayız, Büşra Akdeniz, Yasemin Abayhan, Maria Zajączkowska, Melanie Glenwright, Penny M. Pexman, Natalia Banasik-Jemielniak.- 14: “Am I Glad To See Myself?” – The Self-Irony Tendency Task as a Measure of the Tendency to Use Verbal Self-Irony for Self-Presentation Purposes, Aleksandra Siemieniuk, Łukasz Malanowski.- 15: I Will Act As If I Understand Irony Better - The Relationship Between the Histrionic Self-Presentation Style and the Interpretation And Appreciation of Verbal Irony, Agnieszka Fanslau.- 16: Further Directions: Overcoming the Bias of Research Published in English, Further Directions: Overcoming the Bias of Research Published in English, Piotr Kałowski, Natalia Banasik-Jemielniak, Maria Zajączkowska, Agnieszka Sroka, Edwar Makhoul, Ewa Dryll.“This book provides an indispensable overview of current research on irony and sarcasm in both children and adults. In addition, it explicitly takes into account the important roles played by both culture and language in how such language is interpreted. Highly recommended to anyone who wants to understand why people don’t say what they mean and don’t mean what they say.”

—Roger J. Kreuz, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, University of Memphis, USA

“A diverse combination of theoretical and empirical chapters focused on verbal irony in different contexts, cultures, and languages. The diversity of the content is united by a drive for methodological quality and innovation, including a need to centre verbal irony research within a multilingual, global setting. The result is an excellent resource for verbal irony researchers, both new and old.”

—Stephen Skalicky, Ph.D., Professor of Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

This volume provides a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the phenomenon of verbal irony and sarcasm and the methodological aspects of its study. The chapters employ quantitative and qualitative measures of the use of verbal irony and sarcasm in both adults and children, with methods ranging from questionnaires and comment elicitation through experimental studies to a qualitative analysis of naturalistic data. By examining the phenomena in a range of contexts, the volume also show that cultural norms of communication may affect both the use and understanding of irony in specific ways and should therefore be taken into account in research.

Natalia Banasik-Jemielniak, Ph.D., Institute of Psychology at The Maria Grzegorzewska University in Warsaw. She studies topics at the intersection of linguistics and psychology, with a special interest in irony.

Piotr Kałowski, Ph.D., University of Economics and Human Sciences in Warsaw. His research interests focus on the individual differences in verbal irony.

Maria Zajączkowska, Ph.D., School of Psychology at the University of Economics and Human Sciences in Warsaw. Verbal irony comprehension and use have always been a major focus of her research interests.		This volume provides a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the phenomenon of verbal irony and sarcasm and the methodological aspects of its study. The chapters employ quantitative and qualitative measures of the use of verbal irony and sarcasm in both adults and children, with methods ranging from questionnaires and comment elicitation through experimental studies to a qualitative analysis of naturalistic data. By examining the phenomena in a range of contexts, the volume also show that cultural norms of communication may affect both the use and understanding of irony in specific ways and should therefore be taken into account in research.Studies verbal irony and sarcasm from a variety of qualitative and quantitative perspectivesIncludes methodological reflections on how verbal irony and sarcasm can best be studiedAddresses how both children and adults use verbal irony and sarcasmNatalia Banasik-Jemielniak, Ph.D., Institute of Psychology at The Maria Grzegorzewska University in Warsaw. She studies topics at the intersection of linguistics and psychology, with a special interest in irony.

Piotr Kałowski, Ph.D., University of Economics and Human Sciences in Warsaw. His research interests focus on the individual differences in verbal irony.

Maria Zajączkowska, Ph.D., School of Psychology at the University of Economics and Human Sciences in Warsaw. Verbal irony comprehension and use have always been a major focus of her research interests.		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Media and Communication MethodsMedia and Communication TheoryRhetorics/Media and Communication Methods/Media and Communication Theory/Media and Communication/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031571718Studying Verbal Irony and Sarcasmhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031571718?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
25
978-3-031-54930-4BanerjeeRia BanerjeeRia Banerjee, CUNY, new york, NY, USADrafty Houses in Forster, Eliot and WoolfSpatiality and Cultural PoliticsApprox. 270 p.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Geocriticism and Spatial Literary StudiesLiterature, Cultural and Media StudiesMonographBook0English238DSBHDSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-022024-06-021Chapter 1- Introduction.- Chapter 2 - Spatial Renovations and Forgetting as Memorialization in Forster’s Global Imaginarium.- Chapter 3 - Stage Spaces and T. S. Eliot’s Exits from Secular Modernity.- Chapter 4 - Drafty Houses, Imperial Boredom, and Collecting in Woolf’s Lumber Room.

​Drafty Houses is original, important, and brings together antiracist and postcolonial discourse with theories of spatiality to create a fresh analysis of familiar texts. This book concerns itself substantively with the complex gender and racial politics of the time and of these writers in particular. Banerjee has a helpful sense of proportion, and she never shies away from these authors’ failings but she is most interested in how they learned and grew. There is a comic, obvious brilliance to the way Banerjee notices Woolf’s interest in interior decoration, change, and modification of living spaces as a sign of her modernity.

—Anne Fernald, Professor of English and Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies, Fordham University





This lucid, powerfully argued book provides us with revelatory readings of three authors whose work we have perhaps decided we could no longer be surprised by: an E. M. Forster, deeply aware of and disturbed by his own liberal complacency and his complicity with colonialism; an antiauthoritarian, anticolonial T. S. Eliot, discoverable primarily in his dramatic writings; and a Virginia Woolf who turns us away from the repressive order, the cultural uniformities of London’s social spaces. With revealing glimpses into her own experience as a teacher in New York, Banerjee is ultimately writing in support of what she stirringly describes as “a humanism that might sustain us as individuals who protest the inequitable societies of which we are a part.”

—John Whittier-Ferguson, Professor of English, University of Michiga





This book argues that E. M. Forster, T. S. Eliot, and Virginia Woolf engaged sustainedly with real and imagined places as sites of counter-cultural politics. These writers used architectural images in diaries, essays, novels, poems, and plays to express their dissatisfaction with imperial London: from the glorification of war to the erosion of local religious and linguistic traditions, and rigidly gendered practices in domestic and public life. Drafty Houses shows that each author experienced post-war modernity as intimate spatial dislocation—in Egypt (Forster), in the church (Eliot), or in London’s museums and streets (Woolf)—and traces connections between their personal experiences and lesser read publications to theorize about the impact of places on their writerly perspectives. By closely examining each author's negotiation of space symbolic of Englishness, empire, and global politics, Drafty Houses considers the limits and the open-ended possibilities of liberal humanism, Christian conservatism, and feminist pacifism.



Ria Banerjee is Associate Professor of English at Guttman Community College and Consortial Faculty at the Graduate Center of the City University of New York, USA. She has been published in Modernism/modernity Print Plus, ELN, the Eliot Studies Annual, and South Atlantic Review.



This book argues that E. M. Forster, T. S. Eliot, and Virginia Woolf engaged sustainedly with real and imagined places as sites of counter-cultural politics. These writers used architectural images in diaries, essays, novels, poems, and plays to express their dissatisfaction with imperial London: from the glorification of war to the erosion of local religious and linguistic traditions, and rigidly gendered practices in domestic and public life. Drafty Houses shows that each author experienced post-war modernity as intimate spatial dislocation—in Egypt (Forster), in the church (Eliot), or in London’s museums and streets (Woolf)—and traces connections between their personal experiences and lesser read publications to theorize about the impact of places on their writerly perspectives. By closely examining each author's negotiation of space symbolic of Englishness, empire, and global politics, Drafty Houses considers the limitsand the open-ended possibilities of liberal humanism, Christian conservatism, and feminist pacifism.
Argues that modernist authors used spatial metaphors to open up sites of political intervention and resistanceProvides an alternative reading of these writers who tend to be discounted as politically unimportant or disaffectedWeaves biography, archival research, literary theory, and close readings of less familiar textsRia Banerjee is Associate Professor of English at Guttman Community College and Consortial Faculty at the Graduate Center of the City University of New York, USA. She has been published in Modernism/modernity Print Plus, ELN, the Eliot Studies Annual, and South Atlantic Review.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Twentieth-Century LiteratureEuropean LiteratureFiction LiteratureNon-Fiction Literature/Literary History/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences/Twentieth-Century Literature/00009783031549304Drafty Houses in Forster, Eliot and Woolfhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031549304?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
26
978-3-031-55296-0BarkerLynne BarkerLynne Barker, Sheffield Hallam University, Sheffield, UKHow to Build a Human BrainApprox. 435 p.12024approx.59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0064.99Soft cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English373PSANJMRPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-252024-06-251Introduction: basic building materials.- How to build a hindbrain.- How to build a limbic system.- How to build occipital lobes.- How to build parietal lobes.- How to build temporal lobes.- How to build the chemical senses.- Creating consciousness: building the front lobes.- Principles of plasticity.“This book facilitates a dynamic approach to learning by taking us on a journey of not only the brain’s anatomy, but also how it works at a cellular level, and very importantly, how the brain develops. The reader learns about how a brain is ‘built’ by mother nature, and what makes it ‘tick’.”

—Rudi Coetzer, Honorary Professor at Bangor University and Swansea University, UK and Clinical Director with Brainkind

How to Build a Human Brain takes a developmental approach to understanding brain structure and function. It guides readers through the evolution of the human brain, from its cellular building blocks, up to hind brain structures and functions, and through to neocortex and associated functions. In doing so, it enables students to develop a comprehensive knowledge of the relationship between brain networks and functions, neural underpinnings of functional problems seen after neuropathology, and neuroanatomy.

Written in an engaging style, each chapter follows a blueprint format with subsections on issues like 'damage and repair' and 'faulty wiring' as the brain is ‘built’ across the course of the book. The author includes illustrative case studies and entertaining fast fact boxes to highlight the real-word relevance of each brain structure being examined. This textbook offers an accessible reference for students of neuroscience, cognitive neuroscience, neuropsychology, and biological psychology.

Lynne Barker is Associate Professor in Cognitive Neuroscience at Sheffield Hallam University, UK where she also serves as Neurocognitive Theme Lead for the Centre for Behavioural Science and Applied Psychology and is a co-locator at The Advanced Wellbeing Research Centre. Her research focuses on technological innovation and new diagnostic techniques, biomarkers and interventions in concussion, stroke, traumatic brain injury and movement disorder conditions. She is currently leading a team investigating the microbiome in relation to neuropathological conditions and her team was a shortlisted winner of the 2023 Longitude Prize on Dementia.





How to Build a Human Brain takes a developmental approach to understanding brain structure and function. It guides readers through the evolution of the human brain, from its cellular building blocks, up to hind brain structures and functions, and through to neocortex and associated functions. In doing so, it enables students to develop a comprehensive knowledge of the relationship between brain networks and functions, neural underpinnings of functional problems seen after neuropathology, and neuroanatomy.Written in an engaging style, each chapter follows a blueprint format with subsections on issues like 'damage and repair' and 'faulty wiring' as the brain is ‘built’ across the course of the book. The author includes illustrative case studies and entertaining fast fact boxes to highlight the real-word relevance of each brain structure being examined. This textbook offers an accessible reference for students of neuroscience, cognitive neuroscience, neuropsychology,and biological psychology.Presents an easy-to-follow, 'blue print' approach to help students build up their understanding the human brainEnables a comprehensive understanding of the relationship between brain networks and functionsFeatures chapter summaries, case studies, original illustrations, and fast fact boxesLynne Barker is Associate Professor in Cognitive Neuroscience at Sheffield Hallam University, UK where she also serves as Neurocognitive Theme Lead for the Centre for Behavioural Science and Applied Psychology and is a co-locator at The Advanced Wellbeing Research Centre. Her research focuses on technological innovation and new diagnostic techniques, biomarkers and interventions in concussion, stroke, traumatic brain injury and movement disorder conditions. She is currently leading a team investigating the microbiome in relation to neuropathological conditions and her team was a shortlisted winner of the 2023 Longitude Prize on Dementia.
StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Cognitive NeuroscienceNeuroscienceCognitive PsychologyNeuropsychologyClinical PsychologyNeurology/Cognitive Neuroscience/Neuroscience/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/00009783031552960How to Build a Human Brainhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031552960?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
27
978-3-031-54364-7BarnardSarah Barnard; John Arnold; Fehmidah Munir; Sara BosleySarah Barnard, Loughborough University, Loughborough, UK; John Arnold, Loughborough University, Loughborough, UK; Fehmidah Munir, Loughborough University, Loughborough, UK; Sara Bosley, Loughborough University, Loughborough, UKWomen Doing Leadership in Higher EducationAcademic and Professional Services PerspectivesApprox. 300 p. 35 illus.12024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementMonographBook0English326KJCKJMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-282024-05-2811. Introduction.- 2. Women Doing Leadership.- 3. Women’s academic and professional services careers.- 4. Work and stress.- 5. Women-only Leadership Programmes.- 6. Case studies.- 7. Intersectional analyses.- 8. Gendered cultures in context.- 9. Discussion and Conclusions.- 10. Implications.“An engaging, thought-provoking, and insightful book that offers a sustained critique of women’s academic and professional careers and leadership in higher education.”

- Tanya Fitzgerald, Professor of Higher Education, University of Western Australia, Australia“Women Doing Leadership in Higher Education makes a significant contribution to the field of gender, higher education and leadership.”- Sarah Aiston, Professor of Public Policy, Teeside University, UKThis book outlines in-depth the findings of a five-year longitudinal mixed methods study with academic and professional services women working in higher education in the UK and the Republic of Ireland. Key themes in the book include women’s engagement in leadership, careers in higher education, work and stress, women-only leadership programmes, intersectional perspectives that shine a light on differential experiences of women and the gendered culture of higher education. The book outlines several significant implications for women working in higher education, for those managing higher education institutions (HEIs), and for those involved in higher education policy development.Sarah Barnard is Senior Lecturer in Sociology of Contemporary Work at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. Sarah’s research is focused on advancing social justice in organisational contexts.John Arnold is Emeritus Professor at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. John’s research centres on careers and their management from both individual and organisational perspectivesFehmidah Munir is Professor of Health Psychology in the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences, Loughborough University, UK. Fehmidah’ s research expertise is on work, health and wellbeing.Sara Bosley is a former researcher and lecturer at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. Sara’s research focused on careers, workforce and development. She retired in 2020.		This book outlines in-depth the findings of a five-year longitudinal mixed methods study with academic and professional services women working in higher education in the UK and the Republic of Ireland. Key themes in the book include women’s engagement in leadership, careers in higher education, work and stress, women-only leadership programmes, intersectional perspectives that shine a light on differential experiences of women and the gendered culture of higher education. The book outlines several significant implications for women working in higher education, for those managing higher education institutions (HEIs), and for those involved in higher education policy development.Contributes to debates in fields such as higher education, leadership, management, gender, career & work-life balanceOffers practical recommendations to women and those wishing to support women to go on to leadExplores academic debates on gendered organizationsSarah Barnard is Senior Lecturer in Sociology of Contemporary Work at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. Sarah’s research is focused on advancing social justice in organisational contexts.John Arnold is Emeritus Professor at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. John’s research centres on careers and their management from both individual and organisational perspectivesFehmidah Munir is Professor of Health Psychology in the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences, Loughborough University, UK. Fehmidah’ s research expertise is on work, health and wellbeing. Sara Bosley is a former researcher and lecturer at Loughborough Business School, Loughborough University, UK. Sara’s research focused on careers, workforce and development. She retired in 2020.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management00Business Strategy and LeadershipManagementHigher Education/Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031543647Women Doing Leadership in Higher Educationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031543647?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
28
978-3-031-54970-0BassoFrédéric Basso; Carsten Herrmann-PillathFrédéric Basso, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, UK; Carsten Herrmann-Pillath, University of Erfurt, Erfurt, GermanyEmbodiment, Political Economy and Human FlourishingAn Embodied Cognition Approach to Economic LifeX, 246 p. 40 illus.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English594JMJKCKPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-272024-05-271<div>Introduction.- Chapter 1.The ills of disembodiment and abstraction in economics.- Chapter 2. The Hayek paradox of abstraction and embodiment.- Chapter 3. Principles of embodiment.- Chapter 4. Embodied agency in the economy.- Chapter 5. The embodied approach to institutions.- Chapter 6. Abstraction and embodiment in the core institutions of capitalism: Money, property, labor.- Chapter 7. Embodied market utopia: Human flourishing in economic life.</div><div>
</div>		This book presents embodied economics as a foundational alternative to behavioral economics and other projects integrating economics and psychology inspired by the computational paradigm. The 20th century witnessed the disembodiment of economic models through the intensification of mathematization and formal abstraction in economics. Even proponents of an embodied approach to cognition, such as Hayek, paradoxically championed the abstract market order as a disembodied superhuman intelligence. In the wake of groundbreaking perspectives in cognitive and social sciences, which have helped to rethink the fundamental building blocks of economics, agency and institutions, this title takes a radical turn towards embodiment. Reinstating economics as political economy, embodied economics motivates a critique of capitalism based on the analysis of disembodiment through abstraction and reactivates key critical insights into the anthropology put forward by the young Marx about contemporary economics and its conceptualizations of money, property, and labor. Based on this analysis, the authors envision a concrete utopia for an economic order centered on human dignity and care for life on Earth. This book contributes to recent discussions about behavioral, experimental and neuroeconomics and addresses a transdisciplinary audience in the social and behavioral sciences, philosophy, and the humanities.

Frédéric Basso is Associate Professor of Economic Psychology in the Department of Psychological and Behavioural Science at the London School of Economics and Political Science, UK. His academic work aims to apply, develop, and extend the literature on embodiment to understand and change economic life.

Carsten Herrmann-Pillath is Professor and Permanent Fellow at the Max Weber Centre for Advanced Cultural and Social Studies, University of Erfurt, Germany. His transdisciplinary research covers economic philosophy, evolutionary, ecological and institutional economics, semiotics, and Chinese studies. His recent books include the volume edited with Jens Harbecke ‘Social Neureconomics. Mechanistic Integration of the Neurosciences and the Social Sciences’ (2020). A summa of his work was published in 2023 (co-authored with Christian Hederer): ‘A New Principles of Economics. The Science of Markets’.
This book presents embodied economics as a foundational alternative to behavioral economics and other projects integrating economics and psychology inspired by the computational paradigm. The 20th century witnessed the disembodiment of economic models through the intensification of mathematization and formal abstraction in economics. Even proponents of an embodied approach to cognition, such as Hayek, paradoxically championed the abstract market order as a disembodied superhuman intelligence. In the wake of groundbreaking perspectives in cognitive and social sciences, which have helped to rethink the fundamental building blocks of economics, agency and institutions, this title takes a radical turn towards embodiment. Reinstating economics as political economy, embodied economics motivates a critique of capitalism based on the analysis of disembodiment through abstraction and reactivates key critical insights into the anthropology put forward by the young Marx about contemporary economics and its conceptualizations of money, property, and labor. Based on this analysis, the authors envision a concrete utopia for an economic order centered on human dignity and care for life on Earth. This book contributes to recent discussions about behavioral, experimental and neuroeconomics and addresses a transdisciplinary audience in the social and behavioral sciences, philosophy, and the humanities.Presents a new paradigm of "embodied economics" to make sense of contemporary marketsOffers fresh perspectives on institutional design of markets beyond and against the standards of efficiencyRadically reinterprets the naturalistic turns in economics, with the rise of new fields such as neuroeconomics<div>Frédéric Basso is Associate Professor of Economic Psychology in the Department of Psychological and Behavioural Science at the London School of Economics and Political Science, UK. His academic work aims to apply, develop, and extend the literature on embodiment to understand and change economic life.

Carsten Herrmann-Pillath is Professor and Permanent Fellow at the Max Weber Centre for Advanced Cultural and Social Studies, University of Erfurt, Germany. His transdisciplinary research covers economic philosophy, evolutionary, ecological and institutional economics, semiotics, and Chinese studies. His recent books include the volume edited with Jens Harbecke ‘Social Neureconomics. Mechanistic Integration of the Neurosciences and the Social Sciences’ (2020). A summa of his work was published in 2023 (co-authored with Christian Hederer): ‘A New Principles of Economics. The Science of Markets’.
</div><div>
<div>
</div></div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Economic PsychologyBehavioral EconomicsEconomic SociologyNeuropsychologyCognitive PsychologyPhilosophy of the Social Sciences/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Economic Psychology/00009783031549700Embodiment, Political Economy and Human Flourishinghttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031549700?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
29
978-3-658-44366-5BaumgärtnerTobias BaumgärtnerTobias Baumgärtner, University of Passau, Bavaria, GermanyA Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application DomainApprox. 395 p. Textbook for German language market.12024approx.99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover0Gabler ThesesBusiness and ManagementPh.D. ThesisBook0English329KJQSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2024-06-032024-06-031Introduction and Structure of the Thesis.- Motivation.- The Problem Domain.- Research Design and Goals.- Conceptual Foundation.- Framework Design.- Prototype Development.- Evaluation.- ConclusionThis book is concerned with “How to provide guidance for small cultural heritage institutions to govern digital transformation, and how to align the possibilities with the available capabilities by creating a Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application Domain?”.The role of the museum has shifted from a keeper of artifacts to a provider of information. In this context mobile applications are intended to generate added value for the museum visitor. However, the tension between the application’s creator, its content, and the consumer operating the app needs to be examined holistically.

As it is not trivial to create an integrated user experience, the unique usability-centered perspective on the requirements engineering pursued throughout, allows for the suggested data-driven solution to address the specific domain issues and serve the intended audience.

Based on the insights gained during this examination and under the utilization of design science research, human-centered design, and domain-driven design “A Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application Domain” is created and implemented using web technologies.



About the author

Tobias Baumgärtner is a committed developer, researcher, and innovator. He is experienced both in academia as well as in the industry and as such has a unique perspective on the field of Information Systems. His focus entails mobile technologies, web-based applications, and information system architecture.		This book is concerned with “How to provide guidance for small cultural heritage institutions to govern digital transformation, and how to align the possibilities with the available capabilities by creating a Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application Domain?”.

The role of the museum has shifted from a keeper of artifacts to a provider of information. In this context mobile applications are intended to generate added value for the museum visitor. However, the tension between the application’s creator, its content, and the consumer operating the app needs to be examined holistically.

As it is not trivial to create an integrated user experience, the unique usability-centered perspective on the requirements engineering pursued throughout, allows for the suggested data-driven solution to address the specific domain issues and serve the intended audience.

Based on the insights gained during this examination and under the utilization of design science research, human-centered design, and domain-driven design “A Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application Domain” is created and implemented using web technologies.		Tobias Baumgärtner is a committed developer, researcher, and innovator. He is experienced both in academia as well as in the industry and as such has a unique perspective on the field of Information Systems. His focus entails mobile technologies, web-based applications, and information system architecture.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00IT in Business/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783658443665A Software Framework for Mobile Apps in the Museum Application Domainhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783658443665?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
30
978-3-031-47642-6BeehnerChristopher G. BeehnerChristopher G. Beehner, Seminole State College of Florida, Heathrow, FLSpirituality, Sustainability, and SuccessConcepts and CasesXVI, 284 p.22024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Workplace Spirituality and FulfillmentBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English537KJMKJJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-122024-05-1212019,978-3-319-77805-1,978-3-319-77806-8,978-3-319-77807-5,978-3-030-08546-91 Introduction: The Nexus of Spirituality and Sustainability.- 2 Individual Spirituality.- 3 Workplace Spirituality.- 4 Sustainability and Sustainable Business.- 5 Spirituality for Individual Success.- 6 Sustainability for Individual Success.- 7 Workplace Spirituality for Organizational Success.- 8 Sustainability for Organizational Success.- 9 Integrating Spirituality and Sustainability for Individual Success.- 10 Integrating Workplace Spirituality and Sustainability for Organizational Success.- 11 The Synthesis of Spirituality, Sustainability and Success.This book offers a pragmatic approach to the benefits of spirituality and sustainability for both individual and organizational success. It introduces sustainability and workplace spirituality as contemporary solutions to the challenging organizational environment. The first few chapters introduce the fundamentals of spirituality, workplace spirituality, and sustainability. The author then demonstrates how the three qualities are beneficial in achieving personal and business success. Through the combination of synthesized research summaries and case studies of individuals and organizations, this book offers readers a fresh perspective on the importance of spirituality and sustainability to organizational performance.<div>
</div><div>Christopher G. Beehner is Professor at Seminole State College of Florida, USA. He has also published and presented on the topics of workplace spirituality and sustainable business education.
</div>		This book offers a pragmatic approach to the benefits of spirituality and sustainability for both individual and organizational success. It introduces sustainability and workplace spirituality as contemporary solutions to the challenging organizational environment. The first few chapters introduce the fundamentals of spirituality, workplace spirituality, and sustainability. The author then demonstrates how the three qualities are beneficial in achieving personal and business success. Through the combination of synthesized research summaries and case studies of individuals and organizations, this book offers readers a fresh perspective on the importance of spirituality and sustainability to organizational performance.
Offers theoretical frameworks for spirituality and sustainabilityIncludes interviews of industry professionals who have applied spirituality and sustainability in their businessesAdds indigenous perspectives to discussions of sustainability and spiritualityChristopher G. Beehner is Professor at Seminole State College of Florida, USA. He has also published and presented on the topics of workplace spirituality and sustainable business education.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management00ManagementCorporate Environmental ManagementBusiness EthicsHuman Resource Management/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031476426Spirituality, Sustainability, and Successhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031476426?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
31
978-3-031-55154-3BellLauren C. Bell; Allison Rank; Carah Ong WhaleyLauren C. Bell, Randolph–Macon College, Ashland, VA, USA; Allison Rank, State University of New York at Oswego, Oswego, NY, USA; Carah Ong Whaley, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, VA, USACivic Pedagogies: Teaching Civic Engagement in an Era of Divisive PoliticsX, 190 p. 40 illus.12024approx.99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Hard cover0Political PedagogiesPolitical Science and International StudiesGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English302JPSJNPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-082024-06-081Part I: Introduction.- Part II: Theoretical Considerations for Civically-Engaged Pedagogy.- Chapter 1. First Comes Trust: Civic Engagement Strategies for Jump-Starting the Civic Voluntarism Model.- Chapter 2. Structurally Dynamic Public Spheres: Making Sense of Relationships, Polarization, and Civic Engagement.- Chapter 3. American Paideia: Reclaiming the Rhetorical Tradition in Civic Education.- Chapter 4. Tailoring Civic Learning for Divisive Politics: Rude Politics and College Students’ Political Engagement.- Chapter 5. Toward a Critical Theory of Service Learning at Hispanic-Serving Institutions.- Chapter 6. Civic Education for the Majority: Centering Women in Civic Education.- Part III: Practical Examples of Civically-Engaged Pedagogies.- Chapter 7. Digging In: Academic and Practitioner Insights on Cultivating Reciprocal, Sustained Campus-Community Undergraduate Research Partnerships.- Chapter 8. Enacting Engagement: Teaching State-Level Policy Advocacy.- Chapter 9. Tearing DownWalls: Teaching Political Science in Prison.- Chapter 10.Simulation-Enhanced Interprofessional Education: Larping Legislators and Lobbyists.- Chapter 11. The Holocaust Education Service-Learning Project as Deliberative Community Engagement.- Chapter 12.Together Beyond: Fostering Agency and Connection within Campus Communities.- Chapter 13. USF St. Petersburg-YMCA Civic Fellows: Developing University-Community Partnerships to Improve Civics Education.- Part IV: The Benefits and Challenges of Civically Engaged Pedagogy.- Chapter 14. Civic Engagement at Teaching-Focused Universities: Navigating the Challenges for Pre-Tenure Faculty.- Chapter 15. Against the Grain: Fostering Civic Engagement Through Expanding Your Research Agenda.- Chapter 16. Creating and Sustaining Civic Engagement Initiatives on Campus: Four Questions Administrators Should Always Ask.- Chapter 17. Toward the Transformative: The Benefits to Students of Reimagining Civic Pedagogy.- Part V: Assessing Civically Engaged Pedagogies.- Chapter 18. Using Classical Behavioral Theory to Build Assessment of Civic Engagement.- Chapter 19. Assessing a Campus-wide Civic Engagement Initiative.- Chapter 20. Assessing Civic Skill Instruction in Political Science.- Chapter 21. Is the Engagement Working? Assessing Political Engagement Across Multiple Departments.- Part VI: Concluding Thoughts: Civically-Engaged Pedagogy in an Era of Divisive Politics.‘With US democracy in crisis and higher education under attack from many directions, now is a crucial time to develop and assess ways of teaching college students to be more constructively engaged. This work will be valuable for anyone involved in the essential work of civic education.’

—Peter Levine, Tisch College of Civic Life, Tufts University

‘Whether you are a scholar who wants to know how to foster greater civic engagement among your students, a student who wants to see more attention to civic action in your classes, an administrator who wants to show that higher education contributes to a healthy civil society, or a citizen who cares about the state of American democracy, you should read this book and learn from its many examples’

—David Campbell, Packey J. Dee Professor of American Democracy, University of Notre Dame

‘Civic Pedagogies is a rallying cry for civic education at institutions of higher learning. But more than a call to action, this book is an essential “how to”.’

—Melody C. Barnes, Executive Director, Karsh Institute of Democracy, University of Virginia

This book comes at a crucial time as the USA and countries around the world wrestle with an ongoing period of democratic backsliding that shows little sign of abating. Alarmingly, study after study shows that younger people are not convinced that democracy will endure – and that a sizable number are no longer convinced that it should. Especially as changing educational and political landscapes make efforts to educate for democracy both more necessary and more fraught, contributors to this book offer innovative pedagogies and praxis grounded in political and civic theories aimed at strengthening democratic norms, practices and institutions.

Lauren C. Bell is James L. Miller Professor of Political Science and Special Assistant to the Provost, Randolph-Macon College, USA.

Allison Rank is Associate Professor and Chair, Department of Politics, SUNY Oswego, USA.

Carah Ong Whaley is Academic Program Officer, Center for Politics, University of Virginia, USA.		This book comes at a crucial time as the USA and countries around the world wrestle with an ongoing period of democratic backsliding that shows little sign of abating. Alarmingly, study after study shows that younger people are not convinced that democracy will endure – and that a sizable number are no longer convinced that it should. Especially as changing educational and political landscapes make efforts to educate for democracy both more necessary and more fraught, contributors to this book offer innovative pedagogies and praxis grounded in political and civic theories aimed at strengthening democratic norms, practices and institutions.

Brings together the most engaged voices in the fieldIs the first textbook of its kind that is written from a pedagogy perspectiveBuilds the idea of a civically engaged research and teachingLauren C. Bell is James L. Miller Professor of Political Science and Special Assistant to the Provost, Randolph-Macon College, USA.

Allison Rank is Associate Professor and Chair, Department of Politics, SUNY Oswego, USA.

Carah Ong Whaley is Academic Program Officer, Center for Politics, University of Virginia, USA.

StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Relations TheoryPedagogy/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/00009783031551543Civic Pedagogies: Teaching Civic Engagement in an Era of Divisive Politicshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031551543?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
32
978-3-031-56893-0BellidoFrancisco J. BellidoFrancisco J. Bellido, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Málaga, SpainConstitutional Debates, Rhetoric, and Political Philosophy in Spain’s Parliamentary HistoryXI, 217 p. 1 illus.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Rhetoric, Politics and SocietyPolitical Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English217JPJPAPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2024-04-092024-04-022024-04-162024-04-161Introduction: Examining Political Rhetoric in Spanish Constitutional Debates.- Chapter one: A Survey of Constitutional Debates in Spain’s Nineteenth Century.- Chapter two: The Historical Framework of Spain’s Twentieth-Century Constituent Moments.- Chapter three: Understanding Democracy in the Constituent Debates of 1931 and 1977–78.- Chapter four: Competing Meanings of the New Democratic State.- Chapter five: Constitutional State Powers.- Chapter six: The Decentralization of Spain as a Political Nation.- Conclusion.<div>This book examines the conceptual contributions of constituent representatives in Spain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Spanish Parliament has been the stage for the political modernisation of the country. Constitutional debates have historically led to the gradual acknowledgement and broadening – usually unevenly – of citizens’ rights. At the same time, constitutional debates have created opportunities to design institutions and settle legal mechanisms to enforce rights and distribute state resources. The book identifies and analyses rhetorical and conceptual innovations produced in such debates from a historical perspective.



Francisco J. Bellido is Postdoctoral Researcher at NOVA University Lisbon, Portugal.
</div>		This book examines the conceptual contributions of constituent representatives in Spain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Spanish Parliament has been the stage for the political modernisation of the country. Constitutional debates have historically led to the gradual acknowledgement and broadening – usually unevenly – of citizens’ rights. At the same time, constitutional debates have created opportunities to design institutions and settle legal mechanisms to enforce rights and distribute state resources. The book identifies and analyses rhetorical and conceptual innovations produced in such debates from a historical perspective.
Applies an interdisciplinary methodology that brings out the argumentative potential of conceptual historyHighlights the special deliberative framework of constituent assembliesPinpoints conceptual changes in the context of constituent assembliesFrancisco J. Bellido is Postdoctoral Researcher at NOVA University Lisbon, Portugal.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00European PoliticsPolitical CommunicationPolitical HistoryPolitical Philosophy/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/European Politics/00009783031568930Constitutional Debates, Rhetoric, and Political Philosophy in Spain’s Parliamentary Historyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031568930?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
33
978-3-031-54426-2BennettJ.C. BennettJ.C. Bennett, Panhandle Area Public Defender, Amarillo, TX, USAA History of Pew Renting in the Church of EnglandApprox. 270 p.12024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Religion and PhilosophyMonographBook0English334HRCC91HRAXPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-132024-06-1311. Introduction.- 2. ‘That Woman that Shall Succeed Her’: Formal Pew-Renting up to 1818.- 3. ‘Free from Tractarian Error’; Formal Pew-Renting Churches after 1818.- 4. ‘Drive-A-Good-Bargain’: The Mechanics of Formal Pew-Renting Since 1818.- 5. ‘Cobblers and Rat-Catchers’: Formal Pew-Renters.- 6. ‘Pew-opener’s Muscle’: Informal Pew-renting and Pew-Openers.- 7. ‘The Morphine Velvet, Lavender-kid-glove School of Theology’: Private Pew-letting.- 8. ‘To Hinder Such Abomination’: Supporters and Opponents.- 9. ‘Seats We So Seldom Use’: Formal Pew-Renting’s Demise. 10. Conclusion.This book is a comprehensive study of the history of pew-renting in the church of England, from the first known rented sittings in the fifteenth century to the system’s collapse in the twentieth. The book’s significance is partly its originality; no book and very few articles or portions of books have appeared solely on pew-renting since the nineteenth century, and even those of that time were not histories – they were polemical works that generally attacked pew-renting on religious grounds. This work encompasses the distinction between formal letting of seats – which involved the methodical letting of sittings by church authorities with set rents – and informal pew-letting, in which congregants tipped pew-openers and sidesmen for favourable seats for one service. It also details the concomitant difficulties and hindrances encountered by churches and renters, the means of setting the rents and collecting the proceeds, the types of congregants who rented pews, the controversy the practice provoked, and the deception and bending – and sometimes outright breaking – of the applicable law.

J.C. Bennett received his PhD in History from the University of Birmingham in 2011. He has currently an appellate attorney in Texas, USA.
This book is a comprehensive study of the history of pew-renting in the church of England, from the first known rented sittings in the fifteenth century to the system’s collapse in the twentieth. The book’s significance is partly its originality; no book and very few articles or portions of books have appeared solely on pew-renting since the nineteenth century, and even those of that time were not histories – they were polemical works that generally attacked pew-renting on religious grounds. This work encompasses the distinction between formal letting of seats – which involved the methodical letting of sittings by church authorities with set rents – and informal pew-letting, in which congregants tipped pew-openers and sidesmen for favourable seats for one service. It also details the concomitant difficulties and hindrances encountered by churches and renters, the means of setting the rents and collecting the proceeds, the types of congregants who rented pews, thecontroversy the practice provoked, and the deception and bending – and sometimes outright breaking – of the applicable law.
Presents a comprehensive history of pew-renting in the Anglican church.Dicusses the distinction between formal and informal pew-letting.The first book-length work to explore this area of church history.J.C. Bennett received his PhD in History from the University of Birmingham in 2011. He has currently an appellate attorney in Texas, USA.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00AnglicanismHistory of Religion/Anglicanism/Christianity/Religion/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031544262A History of Pew Renting in the Church of Englandhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031544262?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
34
978-3-031-24164-2BereketeabRedie BereketeabRedie Bereketeab, Nordica Africa Institute, Uppsala, SwedenHistorical Sociology of State Formation in the Horn of AfricaGenesis, Trajectories, Processes, Routes and ConsequencesXIII, 247 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1Political Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English247JPSJPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-302023-03-292024-03-292024-03-291Chapter 1: Introduction: Challenges of State Formation.- Chapter 2: Theories of State Formation.- Chapter 3: Proto-state Formation: Ethiopia.- Chapter 4: Colonial State Formation.- Chapter 5: The National Liberation State.- Chapter 6: State Legitimacy and Government Performance in the Horn of Africa.- Chapter 7: Common Characteristics of the Three Typologies of State Formation: Synthesis.- Chapter 8: Conclusion.This book analyses the historical sociology of state formation in the Horn of Africa. It examines the genesis, trajectories, processes, routes and consequences of the evolution of state formation. Three analytical and explanatory models explain the process of state formation in the HOA: proto-state, colonial and national liberation. The models, heuristically and innovatively, provide understanding, interpretation and analysis of state formation. While the proto-state model explicates an indigenous historical process of state formation, the colonial model refers to an externally designed and imposed process of state formation. The national liberation model concern state formation conducted under liberation movement and ideology. The distinct significance of these models is that collectively they generate sufficient analysis of state formation. They are also unique in that they have never been employed as aggregate analytical and explicative instruments to address the predicament of state formation in the Horn of Africa.<div>
</div><div>Redie Bereketeab is Associate Professor of Sociology and Senior Researcher at the Nordic Africa Institute at Uppsala University, Sweden. His latest publications include: National Liberation Movements as Government in Africa (2019), and Alternatives to Neoliberal Peacebuilding and Statebuilding in Africa (2021). His research interest include political sociology, development sociology, African studies, conflict, peacebuilding, regional integration.
</div>		This book analyses the historical sociology of state formation in the Horn of Africa. It examines the genesis, trajectories, processes, routes and consequences of the evolution of state formation. Three analytical and explanatory models explain the process of state formation in the HOA: proto-state, colonial and national liberation. The models, heuristically and innovatively, provide understanding, interpretation and analysis of state formation. While the proto-state model explicates an indigenous historical process of state formation, the colonial model refers to an externally designed and imposed process of state formation. The national liberation model concern state formation conducted under liberation movement and ideology. The distinct significance of these models is that collectively they generate sufficient analysis of state formation. They are also unique in that they have never been employed as aggregate analytical and explicative instruments to address the predicament of state formation in the Horn of Africa.
Analyzes the historical sociology of state formation in the Horn of AfricaExamines the genesis, trajectories, processes, routes, and consequences of the evolution of state formationWritten by Redie BereketeabRedie Bereketeab is Associate Professor of Sociology and Senior Researcher at the Nordic Africa Institute at Uppsala University, Sweden. His latest publications include: National Liberation Movements as Government in Africa (2019), and Alternatives to Neoliberal Peacebuilding and Statebuilding in Africa (2021). His research interest include political sociology, development sociology, African studies, conflict, peacebuilding, regional integration.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Relations TheoryRegionalism/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/00009783031241642Historical Sociology of State Formation in the Horn of Africahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031241642?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
35
978-3-031-24473-5BerryMike BerryMike Berry, RMIT University, Melbourne, VIC, AustraliaA Theory of Housing Provision under CapitalismXXV, 240 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1Marx, Engels, and MarxismsPolitical Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English240JPAHPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-04-212024-04-211Chapter 1: Introduction: Building from First Principles.- Part I: Housing as a Commodity.- Chapter 2: Housing as a use value.- Chapter 3: The Production of Housing.- Chapter 4: The Realisation of Housing.- Part II: Housing as a Land-use.- Chapter 5: The Territorial Imperative.- Chapter 6: The Theory of Urban Land Rent.- Chapter 7: Landed Property: An Historical Excursion.- Part III: Housing and Social Reproduction.- Chapter 8: The Extended Reproduction of Labour Power.- Chapter 9: The Social Construction of the Home 1: Culture.- Chapter 10: The Social Construction of the Home 2: Gender and Age.- Chapter 11: Housing and Class in the neoliberal Era.- Part IV: Housing and the State.- Chapter 12: Housing and the Myth of the ‘Free Market’.- Chapter 13: Housing, Wealth and Power.- Chapter 14: The Housing – Macro Nexus.- Part V: Navigating the Future.- Chapter 15: The Project: Architect Not Bee.- Chapter 16: Countering the Counter-Attack.- Chapter 17: Concluding Comments – The Limits to Capital.<div>“Drawing on sophisticated Marxist categories of analysis, Australia’s premier scholar of urban studies shows how complex flows of capital impact intricate processes of class formation and fragmentation. Berry’s brilliant insights into contemporary urban power dynamics demonstrate the relevance of classical sociological perspectives for our globalizing world. Highly recommended!”</div><div>— Manfred B. Steger, Professor of Sociology at The University of Hawai’i-Manoa, author of Globalization: A Very Short Introduction 6th Ed. (2020)</div><div>
</div><div>“The use value of theory shines brilliantly in Mike Berry’s realist reading of Marx’s materialist dialectics. Amid world-wide wails and finger-pointing over the price of housing, this eminently readable tome by an exceptionally well-regarded housing analyst accurately casts the home in structural terms as a vehicle of the advance of capital.”</div><div>— Anitra Nelson, Honorary Principal Fellow, the Informal Urbanism Research Hub (InfUr-), University of Melbourne, Australia and author of Beyond Money (2022)</div><div>
</div><div>This book provides the first coherent Marxist analysis of the central importance of housing in the social reproduction of capitalism as a whole. Rather than consigning housing to the sidelines, Berry argues that the circulation of capital and revenues though housing and the built environment helps explain how the capital-labour relation constrains housing outcomes while also being reproduced on an extended scale. He shows how housing is provided by the intervention of building, property and interest-bearing capital fractions; how the land question can be explained by a theory of urban land rent, drawing on Marx's categories of differential and monopoly rent; how housing is vital to the extended reproduction of labour power, while also creating a semi-separate sphere of 'home' in which gender and demographic factors overlay and accentuate social class position. The modes, impact and drivers of state intervention in housing provision are seen to modify the patterns and pace of capital circulation through housing and the urban built environment with implications for shifts in class fragmentation and power relations.</div><div>
</div><div>Mike Berry is Emeritus Professor of Urban Studies and Public Policy in the Centre for Urban Research at RMIT University, Australia.
</div>		This book provides the first coherent Marxist analysis of the central importance of housing in the social reproduction of capitalism as a whole. Rather than consigning housing to the sidelines, Berry argues that the circulation of capital and revenues though housing and the built environment helps explain how the capital-labour relation constrains housing outcomes while also being reproduced on an extended scale. He shows how housing is provided by the intervention of building, property and interest-bearing capital fractions; how the land question can be explained by a theory of urban land rent, drawing on Marx's categories of differential and monopoly rent; how housing is vital to the extended reproduction of labour power, while also creating a semi-separate sphere of 'home' in which gender and demographic factors overlay and accentuate social class position. The modes, impact and drivers of state intervention in housing provision are seen to modify the patterns and pace of capital circulation through housing and the urban built environment with implications for shifts in class fragmentation and power relations.Explains increasing financialization of capitalism and the vicious cycles between housing and the broader economyProvides a coherent Marxist analysis of the central role of housing in advanced capitalismExplores potential spaces of resistance to the logic of capital inherent in the split between work and homeMike Berry is Emeritus Professor of Urban Studies and Public Policy in the Centre for Urban Research at RMIT University, Australia.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Political TheoryMarxist SociologyMarxist EconomicsUrban Policy/Political Theory/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031244735A Theory of Housing Provision under Capitalismhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031244735?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
36
978-3-031-57404-7BevisTeresa Brawner BevisTeresa Brawner Bevis, Fayetteville, AR, USAThe Rise and Fall of International Education ExchangeA Resurrection in RetrospectIX, 226 p.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0EducationMonographBook0English226JNMJNBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2024-04-112024-04-112024-04-282024-04-2811. Introduction: The Builders and the Better Angels.- 2. A Reckoning.- 3. The Clarity of Retrospect 2000–2020.- 4. Camelot 1960–2000.- 5. A Beckoning 1945–1960.- 6. Blueprints and Foundations 1900–1945.- 7. Origins of Scholarly Exchange Before 1900.This book tells the story of America’s legendary rise in the field of international education exchange, its recent stumble during the pandemic era, and its current resurrection. America brings to its shores more foreign students than any other country, and their presence is the most critical indicator of its exceptional quality of scholarship. Achieving this level of distinction has required public, private, and civic organizations, in league with generations of inspired individuals. Recently there were indications of a fall, mostly attributed to the pandemic, but also to a host of volatile social and geopolitical issues. Unchanged, however, have been the overarching goals of intercultural understanding and world peace. As the field resurrects, some worry that deeper degeneration may still be looming. Others foresee a bright future and predict an aggressive new rise in the field of international education exchange.This book tells the story of America’s legendary rise in the field of international education exchange, its recent stumble during the pandemic era, and its current resurrection. America brings to its shores more foreign students than any other country, and their presence is the most critical indicator of its exceptional quality of scholarship. Achieving this level of distinction has required public, private, and civic organizations, in league with generations of inspired individuals. Recently there were indications of a fall, mostly attributed to the pandemic, but also to a host of volatile social and geopolitical issues. Unchanged, however, have been the overarching goals of intercultural understanding and world peace. As the field resurrects, some worry that deeper degeneration may still be looming. Others foresee a bright future and predict an aggressive new rise in the field of international education exchange.
Updates the field of international exchange in the United StatesIncludes a comprehensive appendix of the architects of the fieldAdds an array of less familiar names in the field of international education exchangeTeresa Brawner Bevis is an educator and researcher in international education. She received her EdD in Higher Education Administration from the University of Arkansas, USA. She is the author of International Students in American Colleges and Universities; A History of Higher Education Exchange: China and America, Higher Education Exchange between America and the Middle East Through the Twentieth Century and A World History of Higher Education Exchange: The Legacy of American Scholarship.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41171Education00Higher EducationHistory of EducationInternational and Comparative EducationStudying Abroad/Higher Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031574047The Rise and Fall of International Education Exchangehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031574047?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
37
978-981-97-1075-1BikkinaNalini Bikkina; Rama Mohana R TuragaNalini Bikkina, GITAM School of Humanities and Social Science, Visakhapatnam, India; Rama Mohana R Turaga, Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad, Vastrapur, IndiaClimate Change AdaptationTraditional Wisdom and Cross-Scale UnderstandingApprox. 80 p.12024approx.34.9937.4438.4929.9941.5037.99Hard cover0Social SciencesBrief/PivotBook0English110JPQBJHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-05-242024-05-2411: Introduction.- 2: Learning Climate Change from Traditional Communities.- 3: Ethical Adaptation to Climate Change and People Centered Development.- 4: Farmer Knowledge and the Politics of Climate Resilience.- 5: Of Climate, Communities and Commons: A Gendered Perspective.- 6: Tribal Communities of the northern Eastern Ghats: Forest Dependence in the Context of Changing Climate.- 7: Forest Rights and Climate Change: Conservation through Indigenous Knowledge.- 8: Integrating De-carbonization with Adaptation Measures.- 9: Impact of Climate Change on Forest Dwelling Communities and the Role of Forest Department in Mitigation.- 10: Leveraging Human-Natural World Intersections for Climate Change Adaptation.- 11: Integrating Formal Science with Local Participation: The Case of Medmerry Peninsula.- 12: Climate Change Adaptation: A Thematic Analysis of Narratives of Fisher Folk and Tribal Farmers.This book discusses how climate change needs to be anchored in indigenous knowledge with reference to resource management, infrastructure, livelihoods, and social institutions, with a unique focus on risks and provenances of resilience available to the local communities. Beyond the scientific know-how on climate change, this volume highlights traditional wisdom, which through its hands-on learning plays a crucial role in amalgamation with cross-scale understanding. It documents the deliberations of a seminar that brought together traditional wisdom and cross-scale understanding of academicians, researchers, practitioners, and grassroots functionaries directly or indirectly working with communities in the area of climate change adaptation and thereby brings together adaptation and allied practices from across a spectrum of specialties and practitioner contexts. It discusses several insights and novel practices and is purported to provide significant research and policy implications in the spirit of thinking globally but acting locally.<div>
</div><div>Nalini Bikkina is Director, GITAM School of Humanities and Social Sciences. An ICSSR Doctoral Fellow, her research interests are in the interdisciplinary social sciences with an emphasis on public policy. She worked on projects funded by the UGC and the ICPR in her capacity as a Project Fellow. She was also the Principal Investigator in projects funded by the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad and the SPARC Scheme of the Ministry of Education. She is a Fulbright Academic and Professional Excellence Fellow and a Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts, London. She won the Fulbright Alumni Award.
</div><div>Rama Mohana R. Turaga has been a faculty in the public systems group of the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad for more than 12 years, teaching environmental sustainability and public policy. After his Ph.D. in environmental policy from the Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Dr. Turaga was a research associate for more than two years at Dartmouth College, USA, working on research projects funded by the US Environmental Protection Agency. Prior to his Ph.D., Dr. Turaga was an environmental management consultant working with industries and the government on projects related to environmental impact assessment and industrial pollution control.</div>		This book discusses how climate change needs to be anchored in indigenous knowledge with reference to resource management, infrastructure, livelihoods, and social institutions, with a unique focus on risks and provenances of resilience available to the local communities. Beyond the scientific know-how on climate change, this volume highlights traditional wisdom, which through its hands-on learning plays a crucial role in amalgamation with cross-scale understanding. It documents the deliberations of a seminar that brought together traditional wisdom and cross-scale understanding of academicians, researchers, practitioners, and grassroots functionaries directly or indirectly working with communities in the area of climate change adaptation and thereby brings together adaptation and allied practices from across a spectrum of specialties and practitioner contexts. It discusses several insights and novel practices and is purported to provide significant research and policy implications in the spirit of thinking globally but acting locally.
Explores diverse perspectives of experts from across geographical regions and terrainsDiscusses grassroots-based research, actions and best practicesNetworks the know-how of scientists, academicians, practitioners, governments, and civil society organizationsNalini Bikkina is Director, GITAM School of Humanities and Social Sciences. An ICSSR Doctoral Fellow, her research interests are in the interdisciplinary social sciences with an emphasis on public policy. She worked on projects funded by the UGC and the ICPR in her capacity as a Project Fellow. She was also the Principal Investigator in projects funded by the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad and the SPARC Scheme of the Ministry of Education. She is a Fulbright Academic and Professional Excellence Fellow and a Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts, London. She won the Fulbright Alumni Award.Rama Mohana R. Turaga has been a faculty in the public systems group of the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad for more than 12 years, teaching environmental sustainability and public policy. After his Ph.D. in environmental policy from the Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Dr. Turaga was a research associate for more than two years at Dartmouth College, USA, working on research projects funded by the US Environmental Protection Agency. Prior to his Ph.D., Dr. Turaga was an environmental management consultant working with industries and the government on projects related to environmental impact assessment and industrial pollution control.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Environmental PolicyEnvironmental Social SciencesClimate Change EcologySocial Work and Community DevelopmentEnvironmental Studies/Environmental Policy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Social Policy/Public Policy/Politics and International Studies/00009789819710751Climate Change Adaptationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819710751?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
38
978-3-658-44452-5BlaschkeFlorian BlaschkeFlorian Blaschke, Bietigheim-Bissingen, GermanyImplementation and Benefits of Digital Twin on Decision Making and Data Quality ManagementXIX, 176 p. 33 illus. Textbook for German language market.12024approx.89.9996.2998.9979.99106.5099.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementPh.D. ThesisBook0English176KJQSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0Available2024-04-142024-04-132024-04-282024-04-281Introduction.- Literature Review.- Objectives.- Materials And Methods Of Dissertation.- Results And Evaluation .- Conclusions And Recommendations.- New Scientific Results.Digital twin technology is becoming important for the realization of Industry 4.0 using cyber-physical systems (CPS) and information technology. CPS form the backbone to support the creation of a network for decentralized and autonomous decision-making. The design principles for Industry 4.0 serve as guidelines for virtualization concepts that are virtual copies of the physical world and create a link between the real and virtual worlds to collect data and monitor processes, the so-called digital twin. In this book, a theoretical digital twin-driven decision-making model has been developed that combines corporate data quality management, a process digital twin, and a model-driven decision support system. It leverages the benefits of the digital twin to create, test and build a process in the virtual world that supports decision making by combining data, analytics and visualization of insights to help managers make better decisions<div>
</div><div><div>About the author </div><div>Dr. Florian Blaschke gained practical experience as a project coordinator in vehicle development for quality-assured product data management and the digital twin, as well as leading a controlling team in a retail company to ensure and improve the data quality of key figures and reports. He completed his academic career with a bachelor's degree in business administration, a master's degree in industrial engineering and a doctorate in management and organizational sciences with a focus on digital twins, data quality management and decision-making.</div></div><div>
</div>		Digital twin technology is becoming important for the realization of Industry 4.0 using cyber-physical systems (CPS) and information technology. CPS form the backbone to support the creation of a network for decentralized and autonomous decision-making. The design principles for Industry 4.0 serve as guidelines for virtualization concepts that are virtual copies of the physical world and create a link between the real and virtual worlds to collect data and monitor processes, the so-called digital twin. In this book, a theoretical digital twin-driven decision-making model has been developed that combines corporate data quality management, a process digital twin, and a model-driven decision support system. It leverages the benefits of the digital twin to create, test and build a process in the virtual world that supports decision making by combining data, analytics and visualization of insights to help managers make better decisionsDr. Florian Blaschke leitet das Team „Controlling – BI Consulting Data Quality Management” von Lidl. Aktuell beschäftigt sich das Team mit der Sicherung und Verbesserung der Datenqualität, dem Aufbau eines Data Quality Monitorings für die Reporting-Systeme sowie der Einrichtung von transparenten Data Catalogs im Controlling Bereich.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00IT in Business/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783658444525Implementation and Benefits of Digital Twin on Decision Making and Data Quality Managementhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783658444525?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
39
978-3-031-22048-7BoitoArmando BoitoArmando Boito, State University of Campinas, São Paulo, BrazilState, Politics, and Social ClassesTheory and HistoryXXIX, 260 p. 1 illus.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Marx, Engels, and MarxismsPolitical Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English260JPAHPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-262023-03-242024-03-252024-03-251Chapter 1: Preface.- Part 1: State, politics, social classes and historical change.- Chapter 2. Introduction.- Chapter 3. The capitalist state at the center: A Critique of Michel Foucault's concept of power.- Chapter 4. The place of State in the Marxist theory of history.- Chapter 5. State and transition to capitalism: Feudalism, Absolutism and Bourgeois political revolution.- Chapter 6. State and transition to socialism: Was the Paris Commune a workers' power?.- Chapter 7. The concept of revolutionary crisis: 1789: France in 1789.- Chapter 8. The Political scene and class interests in capitalist society: Marx's analysis.- Part 2: Politics and economy in the formation of the working classes.- Chapter 9. Pre-capitalism, capitalism and worker resistance: Elements for a theory of union action.- Chapter 10. The (difficult) formation of the working class.- Chapter 11. The constitution of the proletariat into a class in the Manifesto of the Communist Party: Polemicizing with Some Classic Interpretations.- Chapter 12. The exhaustion of the 20th century revolutionary cycle.- Chapter 13. Middle class and unionism.- Chapter 14. Citizenship and social classes.This book offers a reassessment politics against the predominating economicist approach to historical materialism within contemporary Marxism. Boito draws on the structural interpretation of Marxism inspired by Althusser’s works of the mid-1960s and, especially, by Poulantzas’ Political Power and Social Classes. The volume aims to demonstrate the role of the political dimension (together with the economy) and, to a further extent, to contribute to renew contemporary Marxist political theory. The chapters cover topics such as: the nature of political power; the structure and functions of the state; the role of politics in historical change; political crises; and the political formation of the working class. The book highlights the role of political structures and practices in the reproduction of economic and social relations and also in the process of historical change. The aim of the book is to contribute to the renewal of Marxist thought, breaking with the economicist conception that dominated it throughout the last century, and finally meeting the demands of the socialist struggle in the 21st century.Armando Boito is Professor of Political Science at the State University of Campinas, Brazil. He is editor of the Brazilian journal Crítica Marxista. Among other books, he has published Reform and Political Crisis in Brazil: Class Conflicts in Workers' Party Governments and the Rise of Bolsonaro Neo-fascism (2021).This book offers a reassessment politics against the predominating economicist approach to historical materialism within contemporary Marxism. Boito draws on the structural interpretation of Marxism inspired by Althusser’s works of the mid-1960s and, especially, by Poulantzas’ Political Power and Social Classes. The volume aims to demonstrate the role of the political dimension (together with the economy) and, to a further extent, to contribute to renew contemporary Marxist political theory. The chapters cover topics such as: the nature of political power; the structure and functions of the state; the role of politics in historical change; political crises; and the political formation of the working class. The book highlights the role of political structures and practices in the reproduction of economic and social relations and also in the process of historical change. The aim of the book is to contribute to the renewal of Marxist thought, breaking with the economicist conception that dominated it throughout the last century, and finally meeting the demands of the socialist struggle in the 21st century.
Offers a reassessment politics against the predominating economist approach to historical materialismAims to demonstrate the role of the political dimension and to contribute to renew Marxist political theoryHighlights the role of political structures and practices in the reproduction of economic and social relationsArmando Boito is Professor of Political Science at the State University of Campinas, Brazil. He is editor of the Brazilian journal Crítica Marxista. Among other books, he has published Reform and Political Crisis in Brazil:Class Conflicts in Workers' Party Governments and the Rise of Bolsonaro Neo-fascism (2021).
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Political TheoryMarxist SociologyPolitical HistoryMarxist EconomicsPolitical Philosophy/Political Theory/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031220487State, Politics, and Social Classeshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031220487?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
40
978-3-031-16354-8BorgarinoMaria Paola Borgarino; Davide Del CurtoMaria Paola Borgarino, Ministero della Cultura, Milan, Italy; Davide Del Curto, Politecnico di Milano, Milan, ItalyConserving 20th-Century ArchitectureThe Conservation Management PlanVIII, 224 p. 129 illus., 110 illus. in color.12023final169.99181.89186.99149.99201.00199.99Soft cover1Research for DevelopmentLiterature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English224TNKXTHSpringerSpringer International Publishing1Available2024-04-012023-03-312024-03-312024-03-311I Part - Historical significance of the Complex.- Social Value.- The historical research: written correspondence, municipal archives, testimonials.- II Part - Understanding the values - analysis of current uses.- Spaces and users.- From the description of the building to the identification of the opportunities for change.- III Part - Criticity and assessment of interventions.- Far-faced concrete.- Exposed brick surfaces.- Window and door frames.- Restoration of the window frames.- The Interiors-survey and mapping of a private room's furniture.- Enhancement of the building’s envelope performances.- Critical issues and opportunities for change.- Transformation chart.- Facing concrete.- Doors and windows frame.- Furniture - Restoration and renovation proposals.- Selected publications.- Further Reading.- References.This book offers an international overview of how to apply the Conservation Management Plan (CMP) to the 20th-century architectural heritage. Although the CMP is universally considered a fundamental tool for sustainable management of the built heritage, the application to 20th-century buildings is still limited. The book illustrates selected case studies from different countries to discuss how best to preserve the authenticity of the original materials, manage changes in use, engage users and stakeholders in this process, and make conservation and sustainability work together. 'Conserving 20th-century architecture' will provide insights for scholars and students and assist architects in drafting an effective conservation management plan.This book offers an international overview of how to apply the Conservation Management Plan (CMP) to the 20th-century architectural heritage. Although the CMP is universally considered a fundamental tool for sustainable management of the built heritage, the application to 20th-century buildings is still limited. The book illustrates selected case studies from different countries to discuss how best to preserve the authenticity of the original materials, manage changes in use, engage users and stakeholders in this process, and make conservation and sustainability work together. 'Conserving 20th-century architecture' will provide insights for scholars and students and assist architects in drafting an effective conservation management plan.Stands as the first book on the application of the conservation management plan to twentieth-century architectureProvides an international overview, along with national case studiesIncludes practical examples on specific issuesDavide Del Curto is an Associate Professor of architectural preservation at Politecnico di Milano, Dept. of Architecture and Urban Studies. His research deals with building diagnostics, and preventive conservation of the architectural heritage, focusing on 20th-century architecture. He participated in national and international research programs and restoration campaigns for heritage buildings from the 13th to 20th centuries. He was awarded a gold medal in the Domus International Prize in 2016 for designing the museum of former sanatoriums in Sondalo. Within the Getty Foundation's “Keeping it Modern” program, he was responsible for the task sustainability within the conservation management plan for Giancarlo De Carlo's 'Collegi' in Urbino (2015-2018), and he coordinated the drafting of the plan for the National Art Schools of Cuba (2018-2020). He is the Author of more than 100 publications. Maria Paola Borgarino is a specialist conservation architect at Direzione regionale Musei Lombardia. As a research fellow at Politecnico di Milano, Dept. of Architecture, Built Environment, and Construction Engineering, she worked on management issues and preventive conservation of the architectural heritage, focusing on the 20th century. She participated in the IP Erasmus program 'Reworking the Modern Heritage' (2011–14) and in the COST program TD1406—Innovation in Intelligent Management of Heritage Buildings (2015-19). Within the Getty Foundation's 'Keeping it Modern' program, she coordinated the drafting of the conservation management plan for Giancarlo De Carlo's 'Collegi' in Urbino, thanks to a conservation grant (2015-2018) and an implementation grant (2019-21) aimed at improving the campus's seismic safety.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Building Repair and MaintenanceEnergy Policy, Economics and ManagementCultural HeritageRegional GeographySustainable Architecture/Green BuildingsUrban Sociology/Building Repair and Maintenance/Civil Engineering/Technology and Engineering/00009783031163548Conserving 20th-Century Architecturehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031163548?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
41
978-981-97-1793-4BottiGiaime Botti; Eugenio Mangi; Hiroyuki ShinoharaGiaime Botti, University of Nottingham Ningbo China, Ningbo, China; Eugenio Mangi, University of Nottingham Ningbo China, Ningbo, China; Hiroyuki Shinohara, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR, ChinaBuilding Technology and Culture in the Asia-Pacific RegionConstruction, Materials, EncountersXX, 160 p. 50 illus.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Transnational Histories of Design Cultures and ProductionLiterature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English138AMAAMVDSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-06-052024-06-051Introduction - Bridging Technology and Culture in Architecture.- Patterns Redefinition in Beijing East Qianmen, Kengo Kuma Office in Damochang 220 Courtyard House.- Chinese Vaulted Avant-garde Architecture. Materials and Tectonics as Design Tools for the Pursuit of Monumentality.- All That Glitters Is Not Gold: Laurie Baker’s Alchemy in Brick.- The Reciprocal Development of Craft and Industry in Twentieth-century Japan Through the Lens of Plywood as a Material.- Toyo Ito’s Wood Architecture Reimagined: A Critique of Modernist Ideology.- Hyperboloid Structure, also Known as Reciprocal Tower, in Bamboo Architecture.- The Cross-border Spread and Modernization of Modern Treaty Ports Cities: The Jardine Matheson Warehouse of Tianjin.- The “Chinese Curved Roof” for a Christian University: Interactions Between Building Technology and Cultural Perception in the Case of the University of Nanking.- Digging Cultures of Production Using Design Practice: Transforming the Main Oxygen Factory Workshop in Shougang, Beijing.
<div>This book compiles a curated selection of texts authored by architects and scholars hailing from Asia, Europe, and North America. Their research, often intertwined with practical applications, delves into the intricate relationship between material culture, technology, and architecture within the broader cultural and social milieu. Three keywords—construction, materials, encounters—serve as the organizing framework for the book, guiding readers through a diverse array of case studies and experiences where these elements intertwine seamlessly. Indeed, these terms are intricately interwoven, reflecting the inseparability of technology from culture.</div><div>
</div><div>The first part of the book delves into the poetics and theoretical underpinnings of construction, drawing from the works of various designers across China, Japan, and India. The subsequent section navigates the terrain of construction materials, exploring their evolution, manufacturing processes, and utilization, with a particular focus on diverse timber products and bamboo. The final part of this compilation embarks on a journey through historical encounters between the East and West spanning over a century. It meticulously investigates the exchanges, misunderstandings, and innovations catalyzed by these interactions. Collectively, these texts offer a profound and original perspective on the myriad experiences and challenges associated with the intricate interplay between technological advancements, tectonic preferences, and socio-cultural dynamics within the architectural landscape of the Asia-Pacific region. </div><div>
</div>		This book compiles a curated selection of texts authored by architects and scholars hailing from Asia, Europe, and North America. Their research, often intertwined with practical applications, delves into the intricate relationship between material culture, technology, and architecture within the broader cultural and social milieu. Three keywords—construction, materials, encounters—serve as the organizing framework for the book, guiding readers through a diverse array of case studies and experiences where these elements intertwine seamlessly. Indeed, these terms are intricately interwoven, reflecting the inseparability of technology from culture.The first part of the book delves into the poetics and theoretical underpinnings of construction, drawing from the works of various designers across China, Japan, and India. The subsequent section navigates the terrain of construction materials, exploring their evolution, manufacturing processes, and utilization, with a particular focus on diverse timber products and bamboo. The final part of this compilation embarks on a journey through historical encounters between the East and West spanning over a century. It meticulously investigates the exchanges, misunderstandings, and innovations catalyzed by these interactions. Collectively, these texts offer a profound and original perspective on the myriad experiences and challenges associated with the intricate interplay between technological advancements, tectonic preferences, and socio-cultural dynamics within the architectural landscape of the Asia-Pacific region. <div>
</div>		Covers themes of history of construction and contemporary designDeals with pressing issues concerning the relationship between architectural designPresents a unique collection of texts from scholars based in Asia, Europe, and the USAGiaime Botti, who holds a Ph.D. in Architecture from Politecnico di Torino, currently serves as an Assistant Professor in the Department of Architecture and Built Environment at the University of Nottingham Ningbo China. With prior appointments as an Assistant Professor at Pontificia Universidad Javeriana in Bogotá, Colombia, and professional engagements in both the Netherlands and China, Botti brings a wealth of international experience to his academic pursuits. His research is concentrated on three primary areas: twentieth-century architectural and urban history in Latin America, contemporary architecture and urban design in China, and the phenomenon of architectural globalization. Eugenio Mangi, Ph.D. in Architecture Design from Università degli Studi di Palermo, serves as an Assistant Professor in Architecture at the Department of Architecture and Built Environment, University of Nottingham Ningbo China. With an extensive academic background, he has also heldthe position of Adjunct Professor for the Environmental Design Studio within the Master Program at the College of Design and Innovation, Tongji University.Drawing from his rich professional experience, Eugenio has worked as a practitioner in Spain, Italy, and China. His scholarly pursuits center around the sustainable urban transformation process in China, emphasizing local community engagement and participation. Additionally, his research interests encompass the exploration of Chinese heritage re-use, showcasing a multifaceted commitment to advancing the understanding and application of architectural principles in diverse cultural contexts. Hiroyuki Shinohara is Assistant Professor in the School of Architecture at the Chinese University in Hong Kong. Prior to that, he was Assistant Professor in Architecture and Built Environment at the University of Nottingham Ningbo, China. He has a master of architecture from Harvard University Graduate School of Design anda Ph.D. from Nagoya Institute of Technology in Japan. His research revolves around the concept of materiality in the topics of Chinese urbanism, architecture and language, building technology and architectural pedagogy.<div>
</div>		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Architectural History and TheoryCities, Countries, RegionsCultural Heritage/Arts/Humanities and Social Sciences/Architecture/Architectural History and Theory/00009789819717934Building Technology and Culture in the Asia-Pacific Regionhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819717934?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
42
978-3-031-09926-7BoujuEmmanuel BoujuEmmanuel Bouju, New Sorbonne University, Paris, FranceEpimodernismSix Memos for Literature TodayXI, 218 p.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Palgrave Studies in Modern European LiteratureLiterature, Cultural and Media StudiesMonographBook0English218DSAHPCFPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-04-012023-03-302024-03-312024-03-3111 Introduction.- 2 Superficiality.- 3 Secret.- 4 Energy.- 5 Acceleration.- 6 Credit.- 7 Follow Through (Epilogues).<div>
</div>		“After postmodernism’s literature of exhaustion, Emmanuel Bouju asks what new life the novel can breathe into the present. Building on Kafka and Calvino, Walter Benjamin and Gilles Deleuze, Bouju ranges freely among a host of contemporary writers, probing their complex revitalization of modernist themes and tropes in ‘a new consistency of literary and artistic discontinuity.’ At once intense and playful, Epimodernism breathes new life into narrative studies today.”

—David Damrosch, Ernest Bernbaum Professor of Comparative Literature, Harvard University


“‘Epi’” – a prefix denoting surface, as well as ‘with’ and ‘among’ – is mobilized here in bold and interesting ways for a vocabulary of literary criticism that skirts the tired ‘isms’ and ‘posts’ of late capitalism’s unraveling. A true comparatist, Bouju offers six ‘memos,’ each describing a literary epiphenomenon in its travels across multiple languages, traditions and cultural sites. Fromthe sound-values of Kafka’s ‘K,’ which rewrite ‘Amerika’ the world over, to phantom pains and mirror-boxes conserving distant wartime memories, to genetic crossings of biofiction and autofiction, to the crypto-currencies and autopilots of contemporary metanarratives, Epimodernism investigates the byways of aesthetic microworlds hitherto unknown and unauthorized.”—Emily Apter, Silver Professor of French and Comparative Literature, New York University'Postmodernism has had its day. Are we now in the era of epimodernism? Reinterpreting the six “memos” that Italo Calvino suggested more than thirty years ago for “the new Millennium”, in this acclaimed book Emmanuel Bouju identifies six new values for literature in the twenty-first century: Superficiality, Secrecy, Energy, Acceleration, Credit, and Follow Through. Based on the principal meanings of the Ancient Greek prefix epi – surface, contact, origin, extension, duration, authority, and finality – these values represent six different ways of relating to the legacy of modernist utopias, reorienting postmodern critique and rebooting, with all due irony, its various forms of engagement and empowerment. Equal parts cultural criticism and literary creation, this highly original essay both enacts and explores the epimodern turn in contemporary European literature. Rigorous and humorous, provocative and playful, Epimodernism helps us to understand what literature can describe, imagine, and invent in our challenging times.
Emmanuel Bouju is Professor of Comparative Literature at Paris 3 La Sorbonne Nouvelle, and a Senior Member of the Institut Universitaire de France.
Postmodernism has had its day. Are we now in the era of epimodernism? Reinterpreting the six “memos” that Italo Calvino suggested more than thirty years ago for “the new Millennium”, in this acclaimed book Emmanuel Bouju identifies six new values for literature in the twenty-first century: Superficiality, Secrecy, Energy, Acceleration, Credit, and Follow Through. Based on the principal meanings of the Ancient Greek prefix epi – surface, contact, origin, extension, duration, authority, and finality – these values represent six different ways of relating to the legacy of modernist utopias, reorienting postmodern critique and rebooting, with all due irony, its various forms of engagement and empowerment. Equal parts cultural criticism and literary creation, this highly original essay both enacts and explores the epimodern turn in contemporary European literature. Rigorous and humorous, provocative and playful, Epimodernism helps us to understand what literature can describe, imagine, and invent in our challenging times.
Moves beyond post-postmodernism to coin the new critical term “epimodernism”Reinterprets the six “memos” that Italo Calvino suggested for the new Millennum for our ageOffers new critical perspectives on what literature can describe, imagine and invent todayEmmanuel Bouju is Professor of Comparative Literature at Paris 3 La Sorbonne Nouvelle, and a Senior Member of the Institut Universitaire de France.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Literary TheoryPost-Modern PhilosophyContemporary Literature/Literary Theory/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031099267Epimodernismhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031099267?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
43
978-3-031-59313-0BourdinAlain BourdinAlain Bourdin, Paris School of Urbanism, Paris, FranceMajor French Cities facing MetropolizationX, 221 p. 28 illus., 19 illus. in color.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English221RGCAMVDSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-072024-06-071Part 1 . Does the Knowledge Economy Create the Metropolis?.- 1. Metropolization through Knowledge and Creativity? French Metropolises According to Urban Planners (Christophe Demazière, Divya Leducq).- 2. When Technopolises have Lost their Resilience: The Grenoble Paradox (Magali Talandier).- 3. Between Knowledge and Creative Economy: the Milan Urban Region as a Spatial Interface (Simonetta Armondi, Stefano Di Vita, Corinna Morandi).- Part 2: Networks and Mobility - is a Metropolis all about Networks?.- 4. The Future of the Metropolis Network (Nathalie Roseau).- 5. High Speed Rail and Intermediary Metropolitan Areas: how an International Perspective can Shed Light on the Particularities of the French Model (Philippe Menerault & Cyprien Richer).- 6. Networks and the Metropolis.- Part 3. Is the Metropolis a Type of Society?.- 7. Society at the Core of Metropolises (Alain Bourdin).- 8. When Tourism Transforms the Metropolitan Space and Society: the Case of the Île-de-France Region (Maria Gravari-Barbas).- 9. Post-Migration and the Transformation of Urban Life: Experiences from Germany (Frank Eckardt).- Part 4. The Form of the Metropolis.- 10. Are Metropolises Taking Form? (Antoine Bres).- Part 5. Issues for Metropolises.- 11. Climate Issues in France: the Metropolis against the State? (Jean-Baptiste Marie).- 12. Which Future for Metropolitan City Regions in Europe? Seven Narratives (Klaus R. Kunzmann).This book characterizes a type of city, i.e. the metropolis, by using characteristics which have very little to do with its size. It distinguishes between metropolises and megacities and defines these different characteristics by bringing together elements related to facilities, accessibility and economic power on one hand and other elements which relate more to the capacity for innovation and, more generally, to the knowledge society and economy. All of which demonstrate the process of metropolization, as well as elements of daily life and, more generally, elements which relate to the urban experience. To live in a metropolis is not only to benefit from more urban amenities, but also to live in a different way, in particular, in a world which is much more diverse in every respect.

Based on a series of metropolization criteria constructed and discussed, this book goes beyond ordinary statistical approaches to integrate the interterritorial scale of metropolitan systems as well as their qualitative dimension. Following in Simmel's footsteps, it shows that a city is also an atmosphere, a mentality, a spirit, all of which are poorly captured by statistical data. As such, the book focuses on five major themes: networks, economic development, social issues, urban form and the ecological and digital transition.

The books makes an interesting read for urban planners, sociologists, planners and architects, and all specialists working in this field.		This book characterizes a type of city, i.e. the metropolis, by using characteristics which have very little to do with its size. It distinguishes between metropolises and megacities and defines these different characteristics by bringing together elements related to facilities, accessibility and economic power on one hand and other elements which relate more to the capacity for innovation and, more generally, to the knowledge society and economy. All of which demonstrate the process of metropolization, as well as elements of daily life and, more generally, elements which relate to the urban experience. To live in a metropolis is not only to benefit from more urban amenities, but also to live in a different way, in particular, in a world which is much more diverse in every respect.

Based on a series of metropolization criteria constructed and discussed, this book goes beyond ordinary statistical approaches to integrate the interterritorial scale of metropolitan systems as well as their qualitative dimension. Following in Simmel's footsteps, it shows that a city is also an atmosphere, a mentality, a spirit, all of which are poorly captured by statistical data. As such, the book focuses on five major themes: networks, economic development, social issues, urban form and the ecological and digital transition.

The books makes an interesting read for urban planners, sociologists, planners and architects, and all specialists working in this field.		Focuses on French metropolises and their specificity in relation to the European modelCharacterizes a type of city thereby not taking into account its sizeDiscusses elements which relate to the urban experienceAlain Bourdin, sociologist and urban planner, is a university professor emeritus at the Ecole d'Urbanisme de Paris, France and currently visiting professor at the National University of Singapore. He was President and Scientific Director of the Popsu 2 program (2014-2018). He is editor of the Revue internationale d'urbanisme. His research focuses on the evolution of urban lifestyles, major urban projects, the organization of local urban action, heritage and university urban planning. He has also developed a consultancy practice (working with major design teams and developers), mainly in France. His books include. Grand Paris Olympique : premiers tours de pistes (With Hélène Dang Vu and Joel Idt , Archibooks 2023). Du quartier à la ville, ce que préfèrent les habitants, (With Pauline Silvestre, l’Aube 2021), Faire Centre ( l’Aube 2019) L'urbanisme des modèles (with Joël Idt, L'Aube, 2016), La métropole fragile (Editions du Moniteur, 2015), Métapolis revisitée (L'Aube, 2014), L'urbanisme d'après-crise (L'Aube, 2010), Du bon usage de la ville (Descartes, 2009), Les règles du jeu urbain ( Descartes, 2006), La métropole des individus (L'Aube, 2005), Un urbanisme des modes de vie (with Ariella Masboungi, Editions du Moniteur, 2004), La question locale (PUF, 2000).ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyCities, Countries, RegionsUrban Policy/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031593130Major French Cities facing Metropolizationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031593130?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
44
978-3-031-52628-2Braveboy-WagnerJacqueline Braveboy-WagnerJacqueline Braveboy-Wagner, Graduate School of the City University, Huntington, NY, USADiplomatic Strategies of Rising Nations in the Global SouthThe Search for Leadership and InfluenceApprox. 200 p. 10 illus.22024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Political Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English614JPBJPSDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-182024-06-1812016,978-1-137-45225-2,978-1-349-68677-3,978-1-349-68676-6,978-1-137-45227-6,978-1-137-45226-91. Introduction: The Global South and the Multipolar Moment. By Jacqueline Anne Braveboy-Wagner.- Part 1: The Search for Global Leadership and Influence.- 2. Brazil’s Uncertain Rise: Ambitions and Challenges. By Mariana Kalil, Jacqueline Anne Braveboy-Wagner, and Fernanda Barth Barasuol.- 3. China, the Global South, and the Struggle for Hegemony. By James Char.- 4. India’s Diplomatic Strategies and Foreign Policy: Decoding the “Saffron” Elephant. By Siddharth Tripathi.- 5. The Search for Global-Regional Power: South Africa in Africa and the World. By Karen Smith and Faith Mabera.- Part II: The Search for Regional Leadership and Influence.- 6. Colombia: Negotiating the Domestic-Global Nexus. By Juan Acevedo-Ossa.- 7. Iran’s Diplomatic Strategies: A Permanent Quest for Regional Power Status. By Luciano Zaccara.- 8. Kenya’s Search for Regional and International Influence. By David Jeremia Luheja.- 9. Nigeria in the Region and the World: Diplomatic Challenges in a Multipolar World. By Paul G. Adogamhe.- 10. Saudi Arabia’s Pursuit of Status Recognition. By Yasmine Farouk.- Part III: The Search for Subregional Leadership and Influence.- 11. Cuba: Still Waging Niche Diplomacy.- By Elsada Diana Cassells and Jacqueline Anne Braveboy-Wagner.- 12. Rwanda: Punching Above its Weight in the Great Lakes Region. By David Monda.- 13. Singapore’s Diplomatic Strategies: Prioritizing Rationality, Encountering Slippages. By Alan Chong.- 14. The New International Relations of the United Arab Emirates: Regional Alignment and Global Rise. By Khalid Almezaini.- 15. Conclusion: Commonalities, and Going Forward. By Jacqueline Anne Braveboy-Wagner. “While much has been written about rising powers in world order, the ‘Rise of the Rest’ is a broader and more complex notion – with a wider cast of nations and greater range of foreign policy approaches - that few studies have systematically analyzed. This volume admirably fills this gap with carefully selected cases from around the world.”

Amitav Acharya, Distinguished Professor, American University, Washington DC

“This volume offers a wealth of insight on rising countries in the global south. Collectively, the chapters demonstrate why these countries deserve more scholarly attention – not only in their own regions but globally. This volume is a must-read for anyone who wishes to achieve a more comprehensive – and global – understanding of the drivers of states’ external involvement.”

Marijke Breuning, Regents Professor, University of North Texas, USA

“At a time when the International Relations field still suffers from a Western-centered focus, this volume provides the needed and overdue balance to grasp global order and its contemporary challenges. Thought-provoking and highly needed.”

Bahgat Korany, Professor of Political Science, American University in Cairo

'This volume makes invaluable contributions to our understanding of the foreign policies of states beyond the traditional great powers, and of the fundamental—and growing—roles that the Global South plays in international relations.'

-Tom Long, Reader in International Relations, University of Warwick

At a time of change in the international system, this book examines how and why nations from the global south have begun to rise in influence, and the probable impact on global governance. The rise of China, India, and other leading states offers a glimpse at a future in which a diverse multipolarity can become the norm. The contributors to this book discuss the prospects for, and the sustainability of, the rise in influence of global south states across Asia, Africa, and Latin America, through the lens of foreign policy analysis and diplomacy.

Jacqueline Braveboy-Wagner is Professor Emeritus of Political Science in the Graduate School of the City University of New York. She is the author of twelve books, past president of the Caribbean Studies Association, and founder of the Global South Caucus of the International Studies Association.		At a time of change in the international system, this book examines how non-traditional leading nations from the Global South have fared to date and what the chances are of their rise to continue. In the second decade of the twenty-first century, the enthusiasm of observers of the international scene about the “rise of the rest” is waning as many countries that were expected to lead the evolving multipolar order are experiencing economic contraction and governance problems. In order to predict further developments, the contributors to this volume focus on the types and sources of the diplomatic strategies that must be executed by rising states if they are to preserve domestic advances as well as gain influence regionally and internationally. Through a comprehensive examination of case studies from Latin America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, they show that while there are commonalities among these rising states, unique domestic conditions, values, and traditions impact and predictdiplomatic strategizing and the ability for sustained projection on the international scene.Goes beyond the usual economically-oriented prognoses & offers analysis of diplomatic strategies in the Global SouthElaborates on the linkage between unique domestic conditions, and traditions to gain influence in international affairsTargets a wide audience to increase awareness of the political diplomatic, and economic potential of the regionsJacqueline Braveboy-Wagner is Professor of Political Science at the City College and The Graduate School and University Center of the City University of New York, United States. She is a specialist in foreign policy, diplomacy, and related development issues, particularly with respect to small states (and specifically Caribbean states) as well as the nations of the global south in general. She has authored or edited ten books and numerous articles and is the founding chair of the Global South Caucus of the International Studies Association.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Comparative PoliticsDiplomacyPolitical ScienceInternational RelationsAfrican PoliticsInternational Relations/Comparative Politics/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031526282Diplomatic Strategies of Rising Nations in the Global Southhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031526282?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
45
978-3-031-57959-2BrennanMichael L. BrennanMichael L. Brennan, SEARCH, Inc., Jacksonville, FL, USAThreats to Our Ocean Heritage: Potentially Polluting WrecksX, 129 p. 33 illus. in color.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in Underwater ArchaeologyHistoryBrief/PivotBook0English143HDRBKCSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-272024-05-271Foreword (Mark J. Spalding).- 1. Potentially Polluting Wrecks: An Introduction (Michael L. Brennan).- 2. Potentially Polluting Wrecks and the Legal Duty to Protect Our Ocean Heritage (Mariano J. Aznar, Ole Varmer).- 3. Environmental Impact and Modeling of Petroleum Spills (Matt Horn, Deborah French-McCay, Dagmar Schmidt Etkin).- 4. Corrosion Processes of Steel-Hulled Potentially Polluting Wrecks (Robert Glover).- 5. From Desktop to Dive: Assessing the Pollution Potential of SS Fernstream, USNS Mission San Miguel and SS Coast Trader (James P. Delgado).- 6. Managing Potentially Polluting Wrecks in the United Kingdom (Polly Georgiana Hill, Matthew Skelhorn, Freya Goodsir).- 7. Polluting Wrecks in the Baltic Sea (Benedykt Hac).- 8. Potentially Polluting Wrecks in the Blue Pacific (Matthew Carter, Ashley Meredith, Augustine C. Kohler, Bradford Mori, Ranger Walter).- 9. Satellite Detection and the Discovery of Bloody Marsh (Michael L. Brennan, Geoffrey Thiemann, William Jeffery).- 10. Searching for a Lost PPW: SS William Rockefeller (John Detlie).- 11. Assessment Methodologies for Potentially Polluting Wrecks: The Need for a Common Approach (Mark Lawrence, Stuart Leather, Simon Burnay).- 12. Concluding Statement (Joao Sousa, Benjamin Ferrari, Michael L. Brennan, Ole Varmer).This open access volume focuses on the environmental hazards and cultural significance of Potentially Polluting Wrecks (PPWs), and how mitigation efforts have assisted in documenting and preserving the history of these sites. It is an important resource on the subject of Potentially Polluting Wrecks that synthesizes previously published information that was not academically or scientifically produced. This includes numerous international studies of shipwreck databases and threats posed by world war wrecks containing oil and other hazardous materials that could spill. This book evaluates these materials and presents new analyses and investigations with modern technology that assist in locating, documenting, and remediating polluting wreck sites. Consequently, this volume calls for increased ocean exploration missions to locate sunken merchant vessels that may pose pollution hazards and site assessments to determine any potential risks. This book is of interest to government officials, educators, archaeologists and practitioners working in the field of underwater archaeology.This open access volume focuses on the environmental hazards and cultural significance of Potentially Polluting Wrecks (PPWs), and how mitigation efforts have assisted in documenting and preserving the history of these sites. It is an important resource on the subject of Potentially Polluting Wrecks that synthesizes previously published information that was not academically or scientifically produced. This includes numerous international studies of shipwreck databases and threats posed by world war wrecks containing oil and other hazardous materials that could spill. This book evaluates these materials and presents new analyses and investigations with modern technology that assist in locating, documenting, and remediating polluting wreck sites. Consequently, this volume calls for increased ocean exploration missions to locate sunken merchant vessels that may pose pollution hazards and site assessments to determine any potential risks. This book is of interest to government officials, educators, archaeologists and practitioners working in the field of underwater archaeology.

This is an open access book.		Brings together case studies from specialists that cover a broad geographic rangeProvides a comprehensive review of the damages to ocean heritage from Potentially Polluting WrecksSuggests methods and technology to expand the assessment and mitigation of polluting wrecksThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessDr. Michael L. Brennan received his bachelor’s degree in Anthropology and Geology from Bowdoin College in 2004 and his master’s and PhD in Maritime History and Geological Oceanography in 2008 and 2012, respectively, from the University of Rhode Island. He has conducted both deep-water and shallow coastal remote sensing, autonomous vehicle and ROV-based survey and operations and is familiar with a wide array of survey technology and capabilities. He has worked around the world in locations including the Black Sea, Bikini Atoll, Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean. Dr. Brennan’s research interests include World War II naval history, geoarchaeology, environmental monitoring of shipwrecks, and bottom trawl fishing damage to shipwreck sites. He worked as an expedition leader for Dr. Robert Ballard’s Nautilus exploration program for eight years and has significant experience coordinating telepresence-enabled expeditions, especially with archaeological focus. Since joining SEARCH in 2017, Dr. Brennan has authored and coauthored numerous maritime cultural resources survey reports, which has included data processing and target selection, as well as National Register of Historic Places nomination documents. Recently, Dr. Brennan was a co-principal investigator for the data recovery and structural assessment of the Clotilda wreck in the Mobile River, Alabama and led the environmental assessment of the river and shipwreck.Dr. Brennan has conducted site assessments of numerous Potentially Polluting Wreck sites, including serving as the archaeologist on site during the mitigation and oil removal operations at the wrecks of Coimbra in 2019 and Munger T. Ball in 2021. This work also includes ROV assessment of Coast Trader off the coast of Vancouver in 2016 and the discovery and ROV assessment of Bloody Marsh off South Carolina in 2021. He has also worked on numerous wrecks from Operation Crossroads, including those at Bikini Atoll as well as the wrecks of USS Independence and USS Nevada, sunk as targets off San Francisco and Hawaii following the nuclear tests in 1946.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History01Maritime ArchaeologyConservation and PreservationOcean Sciences/Maritime Archaeology/Archaeology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031579592Threats to Our Ocean Heritage: Potentially Polluting Wreckshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031579592?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
46
978-3-031-57352-1FrenchRobert French; Berit BrogaardRobert French, Oakland Community College, Troy, MI, USA; Berit Brogaard, University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL, USAThe Roles of Representation in Visual PerceptionApprox. 200 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Synthese Library486Religion and PhilosophyContributed volumeBook0English483HPMJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-132024-06-131<div>1. The Roles of Representation in Visual Perception: An Introduction (Berit Brogaard and Robert French).- Part I. Cognitive and Contextual Influences on Perceptual Representation. 2. Joint Perception Needs Representations (Ophelia Deroy and Louis Longin).- 3. The Role of Long-Term Memory in Visual Perception (Berit Brogaard and Thomas Alrik Sørensen).- 4. Attention and Representational Precision (Azenet Lopez).- 5. Uncertainty in Blurry Vision (Jonna Vance).- Part II. What Do Perceptual Representations Represent?. 6. Representation, Attention, and Perceptual Learning (Madeleine Ransom).- 7. Singular Experiences (With and Without Objects) (Angela Mendelovici).- 8. Kaplanianism (Roberto Pereira).- 9. Reliable Color Misrepresentation and Color Vision (Dimitria Electra Gatzia).- 10. Subject-Dependent Factors in the Perception of Size (Louise Daoust).- Part III. Against Representation: Direct Relational Views. 11. Naive Realism as Psychosemantics (William Fish).- 12. The Epistemic Value of Cognitive Contact with Reality (Duncan Pritchard).- 13. How to be a Direct Realist (Otavio Bueno).- 14. Get Acquainted With Naïve Idealism (Helen Yetter-Chappell).- 15. What are Phenomenal Particularists Committed To? (Rami El Ali).- Part IV. Revisiting Indirect Realist Theories Including Sense-Datum Theories. 16. Spatial Representational Theories of Visual Perception (Robert French).- 17. Information Flow, Representation, and Awareness (Ernest Kent).- 18. Seeing Matters: The Remarkable Relevance of the Object-Representation Relationship to Science … and to Society! (Nicholas Rosseinsky).- 19. On the Analysis of Brentano's Intentional Inexistence in Light of the Historical Background (David McGraw).- Part V: The Role of Enactive and Embodied Representations in Perception. 20. Seeing What To Do: Embodied Instructive Representations in Vision (Alison Springle).- 21. Updating Our Theories of Perceiving: From Predictive Processing to Radical Enactivism (Daniel Hutto and Ines Hipolito).- 22. The Role of Image Schemas in Visual Perception (Dan Guo, Huili Wang, and Zhongliang Cui).</div>This volume contains new papers addressing a number of new and traditional issues pertaining to the roles of representations in visual perception.<div>
</div><div>Among these issues is the one concerning the nature of the perceptual state itself – e. g. on the issue of whether the perceptual state, like its distal objects, is structured, for instance by possessing a spatial character. Other issues include those of whether at least aspects of the distal object are presented immediately to us visually, whether representation plays any (interesting) role in disjunctivist and naïve realist accounts of visual experience and the relationship among visual perception, attention and representation.</div><div>
</div><div>The anthology includes a wide variety of positions on the subject of the roles of representations in visual perception, which would help to close the literature gap and will be of interest to scholars from all schools and trends of philosophy of mind.</div>		This volume contains new papers addressing a number of new and traditional issues pertaining to the roles of representations in visual perception.<div>
</div><div>Among these issues is the one concerning the nature of the perceptual state itself – e. g. on the issue of whether the perceptual state, like its distal objects, is structured, for instance by possessing a spatial character. Other issues include those of whether at least aspects of the distal object are presented immediately to us visually, whether representation plays any (interesting) role in disjunctivist and naïve realist accounts of visual experience and the relationship among visual perception, attention and representation.</div><div>
</div><div>The anthology includes a wide variety of positions on the subject of the roles of representations in visual perception, which would help to close the literature gap and will be of interest to scholars from all schools and trends of philosophy of mind.</div>		Presents a wide variety of scholarly positionsHighlights the discussion on the nature of the perpetual stateCloses the literature gap in the field​Robert French is a philosopher with degrees from Dartmouth College and Boston University. He has taught at a variety of colleges and universities in the Detroit, Michigan area. His research interests include work in the philosophy of perception (in particular on how events in the phenomenal space of visual experience are reconstructed from neural events in the brain) and work in developing a physically realist interpretation of quantum mechanics. Among other publications he is co-editor with John Smythies of Direct versus Indirect Realism: A Neurophilosophical Debate published by Elsevier.



Berit Brogaard is Professor of Philosophy and Cooper Fellow at the University of Miami. Her areas of research include philosophy of perception, philosophy of emotions, and philosophy of language. She is the author of Transient Truths (Oxford University Press, 2012), On Romantic Love (Oxford University Press, 2015), The Superhuman Mind (Penguin, 2015), Seeing & Saying (Oxford University Press, 2018), and Hatred: Understanding our Most Dangerous Emotion (Oxford University Press, 2020).

ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00Philosophy of MindBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyPhilosophy/Philosophy of Mind/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031573521The Roles of Representation in Visual Perceptionhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031573521?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
47
978-3-031-56648-6BruckmeierKarl BruckmeierKarl Bruckmeier, Berlin, GermanyThe Anthropocene and its FutureThe Challenges of Accelerating Social and Ecological ChangeApprox. 250 p. 50 illus.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0Social SciencesMonographBook0English298JPQBJHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-202024-05-201Part I Complexity of Global Change - Acceleration and Transformation.- 1 Introduction - The Century of Accelerating Social and Ecological Change.- 2 Global Change - The Great Acceleration.- 3 Global Change - The Great Transformation.- 4 Sustainable Development - The Discourse about the Common Future.- 5 Theoretical Models of the Social-ecological Transformation.- Part II Problems in the Great Transformation.- 6 Digitalisation and Social-Ecological Transformation.- 7 Food Systems and Social-Ecological Transformation.- 8 Modes of Living and Social-Ecological Transformation.- Part III The Future – Nature and Society.- 9 Transformation of Nature - Changing Relations between Nature and Society.- 10 Transformation of Society - Governance of Global Crises.This book analyses the complex social and ecological processes of the Great Acceleration, the Great Transformation, and sustainable development that shape the future of the global society in the twenty-first century. The first process takes place for a longer time, the second over the past thirty years, with attempts to build a sustainable economy and society in the global policy of sustainable development. The processes and their interaction will be discussed with knowledge from inter- and transdisciplinary transformation research, social and political ecology, and theories of modern society. The guiding theoretical concepts for the social-ecological transformation will be clarified: the concepts of acceleration, transformation, and sustainable development, and the societal and ecological processes they include. To obtain a more detailed picture of the changes in the global social-ecological system, different parts of the global transformation, the digital transformation, the transformation of food systems, and the transformation of modes of living in the social lifeworld are described to show the complex changes in the epoch of the Anthropocene more concretely. The global change processes in society and nature are caused by human forces but are difficult to control through policy and governance. With the interdisciplinary integration of concepts and knowledge, it becomes possible to provide a more detailed picture, of the difficulties to achieve a sustainable future society.<div>Karl Bruckmeier is a retired professor from the University of Gothenburg in Sweden and the Higher School of Economics in Moscow, Russia. He is presently associated as a researcher and teacher with the New University of Lisbon in Portugal, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences, and the South Bohemian University in the Czech Republic, Faculty of Economics.</div>This book analyses the complex social and ecological processes of the Great Acceleration, the Great Transformation, and sustainable development that shape the future of the global society in the twenty-first century. The first process takes place for a longer time, the second over the past thirty years, with attempts to build a sustainable economy and society in the global policy of sustainable development. The processes and their interaction will be discussed with knowledge from inter- and transdisciplinary transformation research, social and political ecology, and theories of modern society. The guiding theoretical concepts for the social-ecological transformation will be clarified: the concepts of acceleration, transformation, and sustainable development, and the societal and ecological processes they include. To obtain a more detailed picture of the changes in the global social-ecological system, different parts of the global transformation, the digital transformation, the transformation of food systems, and the transformation of modes of living in the social lifeworld are described to show the complex changes in the epoch of the Anthropocene more concretely. The global change processes in society and nature are caused by human forces but are difficult to control through policy and governance. With the interdisciplinary integration of concepts and knowledge, it becomes possible to provide a more detailed picture, of the difficulties to achieve a sustainable future society.Analyses social and ecological processes that shape the future of the global society in the twenty-first centuryProvides discussion of processes and their interaction from inter- and transdisciplinary transformation researchTransformation of modes of living in the social lifeworld are described showing changes during the AnthropoceneKarl Bruckmeier is a retired professor from the University of Gothenburg in Sweden and the Higher School of Economics in Moscow, Russia. He is presently associated as a researcher and teacher with the New University of Lisbon in Portugal, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences, and the South Bohemian University in the Czech Republic, Faculty of Economics.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Environmental Social SciencesHuman GeographyEnvironmental ManagementEnvironmental PolicyIntegrated Geography/Environmental Social Sciences/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/00009783031566486The Anthropocene and its Futurehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031566486?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
48
978-3-031-58020-8BrunnStanley D BrunnStanley D Brunn, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USAGeography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 1Mapping Time Journey ExperiencesXX, 330 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English330RGCJFFNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-262024-05-2611. Time and Calendars: At the Crossroads of Astronomy and Culture (Anthony Aveni).- 2. Archaeology, Visual Moments and the Stopping of Time in Hiroshima (Roger Balm).- 3. Frontline Involvement in a Paradigm Change: Archaeology of the First Americans and Monte Verde (Tom D. Dillehay).- 4. Beyond Urban Chronometry: A World of Time–Space Experiences—Deep, Shallow, and Unknown (José Edgardo A. Gomez, Jr.).- 5. Career Reflections: Surviving in a System Not Designed for African Americans and Marginalized Others (James H. Johnson, Jr.).- 6. Negotiating Time in a West African Context (Sara Beth Keough).- 7. Cannibalizing the “Others:” Metropolitan Time Intellectual Journeys in Debate (Maximiliano E. Korstanje).- 8. Time Journey of a Chinese American Female Geographer: From China to the World (Wei Li).- 9. A Journey through Kaqchikel Maya Time: Language Classes as a Time Machine for Teachers and Students (Iq’anil Judith M. Maxwell, Ixnal Ambrocia Cuma Chávez, Ixkamey Magda Sotz’ Mux, Aq’ab’al Gonzalo Ticun Quel Kanek Pakal Sotz’, Lajuj B’atz’ Edy René Guaján Car, and Mokchewan Marco Antonio Guaján Cristal).- 10. The Travel–Research–Teaching Nexus (Alexander B. Murphy).- 11. From Inner Realms to Outer Worlds: An Artist’s Time Journey (Kathleen O’Brien).- 12. Navigating the Worlds of Geography and Higher Education Administration: A Woman’s Retrospective (Risa Palm).- 13. Time Journeys through the Night Sky (Robert Shaw).- 14. A Passage through China: Early Years as an Independent Traveler (Christine A. Vogt).- 15. My Journey into Relational Space: Compression, Networks, and Topologies (Barney Warf).- 16. Coming to Live in a Science Fiction World: Generativity and the Metaphor of the Web (Ernest J. Yanarella).This book describes the journey concept relating to cultural and social history of Western and non-Western worlds. By including time journeys negotiated by women, racial minorities, artists, and scholars from the humanities and social, natural and physical scientists, the book explores time/space journeys in personal, professional, and cultural life and place experiences. The sixteen chapters in this book offer new insights into time/place worlds in different contexts including history, culture, astronomy, and science fiction. The concept is one where science and art worlds intersect in the emerging worlds of the unknown. With contributors from different disciplines and countries expanding our understanding of this concept, this volume provides a valuable source for disciplinary and interdisciplinary classes and seminars exploring these scholarly frontiers.This book describes the journey concept relating to cultural and social history of Western and non-Western worlds. By including time journeys negotiated by women, racial minorities, artists, and scholars from the humanities and social, natural and physical scientists, the book explores time/space journeys in personal, professional, and cultural life and place experiences. The sixteen chapters in this book offer new insights into time/place worlds in different contexts including history, culture, astronomy, and science fiction. The concept is one where science and art worlds intersect in the emerging worlds of the unknown. With contributors from different disciplines and countries expanding our understanding of this concept, this volume provides a valuable source for disciplinary and interdisciplinary classes and seminars exploring these scholarly frontiers.Offers new insights into life’s journey across space and timeProvides contributions from both the Western and non-Western worldsAddresses the intersecting worlds of science and art and the intersectionsStanley D. Brunn, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Geography at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, USA. His research interests cover a broad array of topics within urban geography, economic geography, social geography, information/communications geography, geotechnology and cyberspace, time-space intersections, law, political, and environmental geography, geographical future, as well as disciplinary history.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyHuman MigrationSocial and Cultural Geography/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031580208Geography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 1https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031580208?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
49
978-3-031-58028-4BrunnStanley D BrunnStanley D Brunn, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USAGeography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 2Mapping Heritage Journeys and SamenessXX, 330 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English365RGCJFFNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-272024-05-2711. US 101: From El Camino Real to the Twilight of Empire (John Bowen).- 2. Myth-Making Journeys on the Trans-Siberian Railway (Kathleen Braden).- 3. Sameness within the Amish Settlements in Wisconsin (John A. Cross).- 4. Heritage Tourism, Education Challenges, and Representations of the Past: Insights from the United Arab Emirates (Adriaan De Man and Filareti Kotsi).- 5. Peasant Livelihoods and Geographies of Sameness in the Alexander Skutch Biological Corridor, Costa Rica (Edgar Espinoza-Cisneros and Felipe Montoya-Greenheck).- 6. Maine Waterpower Mill Hamlets: Frozen in Time or Slowly Melting? (Paul B. Frederic and Matthew McCourt).- 7. Journeys of Hope: Radical Heritage Transformation at South Africa's Oldest Surviving Colonial Edifice, The Castle of Good Hope, Cape Town (Calvyn T. Gilfellan).- 8. Kazakh Nomads: Thousand-Year Routes, Environment and Political Oppression (Nygmet Ibadildin).- 9. The Ideal Roman Landscape of the Appian Way (Mauro De Nardis).- 10. Amateur Archaeology and the Mystery of Daniel Boone’s Footprints: Persistent Myths Collide with Native American Indian Archaeology (Greg Orth).- 11. After the End of the Journey: The Evolution of the Cherokee Nation after the Trail of Tears (Fred M. Shelley).- 12. The More They Stay the Same: White Educational Preservation in Post-Integration Mississippi (P. Caleb Smith).- 13. Ghost Towns, Landscapes of Abandonment and Journeys Forward (Dallen J. Timothy).- 14. Exploring the Spatial and Social Journeys of the Roma Ghettoized Structures (RGS) in Northwestern Bulgaria (Kaloyan Tsvetkov and Nadezhda Ilieva).- 15. Enduring Trinidad, Colorado: Visualizing Heritage on the Contemporary Landscape (William Wyckoff).- 16. Cultural Landscape Change and the Function of Hamlets in Southwest Wisconsin: Updating Trewartha’s Classic 1943 Study (Ezra Zeitler, Ryan Weichelt, Elli Swanson, and Carolyn Seger).This book explores journeys in a time context with a focus on places, place meanings, and landscapes. Whether the journey relates to ancient or modern trails, roads, or railroads, or a historical or contemporary pilgrimage or a tourist venture in social contexts, the book addresses the importance of places and environmental settings, whereby time itself is described and defined in multiple contexts. The chapters discuss among others archaeological and pre-history settings, tourism settings, and heritage events, as well as regional and transnational migration routes and those used by historical nomadic cultures and postmodern nomads. Some time and place journeys are fluid and dynamic and re-interpreted while for others there is much “sameness” in the visible landscapes. Retaining the past and reconstructing the past are both journeys. That sameness concept is also applied to cultural and political worlds where there is little progress or reform to address social welfare and empowerment.This book opens the door for exploring shallow and deep journeys by those in the humanities and social sciences at local, national, and regional scales.This book explores journeys in a time context with a focus on places, place meanings, and landscapes. Whether the journey relates to ancient or modern trails, roads, or railroads, or a historical or contemporary pilgrimage or a tourist venture in social contexts, the book addresses the importance of places and environmental settings, whereby time itself is described and defined in multiple contexts. The chapters discuss among others archaeological and pre-history settings, tourism settings, and heritage events, as well as regional and transnational migration routes and those used by historical nomadic cultures and postmodern nomads. Some time and place journeys are fluid and dynamic and re-interpreted while for others there is much “sameness” in the visible landscapes. Retaining the past and reconstructing the past are both journeys. That sameness concept is also applied to cultural and political worlds where there is little progress or reform to address social welfare and empowerment. This book opens the door for exploring shallow and deep journeys by those in the humanities and social sciences at local, national, and regional scales.Explores the meaning of place and place/environment settings in journeysProvides new dimensions into looking at heritage, historical and contemporary place meaningsShows how politics plays a role in heritage journey developments of landscape changesStanley D. Brunn, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Geography at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, USA. His research interests cover a broad array of topics within urban geography, economic geography, social geography, information/communications geography, geotechnology and cyberspace, time-space intersections, law, political, and environmental geography, geographical future, as well as disciplinary history.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyHuman MigrationSocial and Cultural Geography/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031580284Geography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 2https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031580284?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
50
978-3-031-58032-1BrunnStanley D BrunnStanley D Brunn, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USAGeography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 3Mapping Time Journeys in Music, Art and SpiritualityXX, 330 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English300RGCJFFNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-262024-05-2611. The Spatial Narratives of Black Manhattan: Tours Guides Using Urban Landscapes to Tell Black History (Perry L. Carter and Candace Forbes Bright).- 2. Memory and Resonance: Spatial-Temporal Values and Cultural Representations in Silk Road Museum (Juncheng Dai, Miaomiao Wu, Ai Cao).- 3. Time Journeys in Quakerism: Itinerance and the Spiritual Search (Pink Dandelion).- 4. On Their Shoulders We Stand: Civil War Battle Reenactments as Black Spatial Reimagining (Patricia Davis).- 5. Reading and Bookselling Journeys from the ‘Old’ to the ‘New’ in South Africa (Archie L. Dick).- 6. Spatial Documentation of the Holy Family’s Journey in Egypt: A Field Verification Benefited by Google Earth Maps (Salah Eisa).- 7. Bodhgaya, India as a Buddhist Cultural Heritage Site: A Journey from Pilgrimage to Tourism (Priyanka Ghosh, Tania Chakravarty, and Hansa Johari).- 8. “History of Negro from Jungles to Now to Be Shown”: The Texas 1936 Centennial and the Time Journeys of Fair Park, Dallas (Euan Hagueand Edward H. Sebesta).- 9. One Faith Community’s Reassertion of Itself in Space and Time: The Case of the Ismaili Muslims in Diverse Contexts (Anil Khamis and Carl Amrhein).- 10. Estonian Song Festivals: Reconsidering Time and Territory (Taavi Pae and Jussi S. Jauhiainen).- 11. What’s in a Name? Historical and Contemporary Trends in Brewery Names Along the US 23 Corridor in Ohio (Neil Reid, Margaret M. Gripshover, and Thomas L. Bell).- 12. The St. Thomas Christian Community of South India: Evolution and Expansion of an Early Christian Community from Inception to Contemporary Times (Sinu Rose).- 13. Back to a Redeemed Future: Rural Communities and Apocalypse in the COVID-19 Pandemic in Peru (Iain L. Ross).- 14. Impacts of Global Warming on Finland’s Arctic Environment: Paintings by Young Artists (Seija Ulkuniemi).This volume discusses the intersections of multiple human journeys and the importance of places and place settings, such as battlefield re-enactments, heritage fairs, pilgrimage sites and faith journeys. The chapters in this book describe among others racial history tourism, music festivals which are frequent time-journeys attracting local and regional audiences, as well as art journeys, displayed in museums, whereby place plays an important role in how journeys of the soul, culture, and state are intersected, displayed, and remembered. The book also provides insight into how the worlds of art, narratives, and images are evident in how youth draw and depict climate change, re-inventing the past for commercial tourism income and re-interpreting history for contemporary cultures. It shows how global warming is also a journey that is both intellectual and environmental and how politics is an important part of any constructed and reconstructed journey.This volume discusses the intersections of multiple human journeys and the importance of places and place settings, such as battlefield re-enactments, heritage fairs, pilgrimage sites and faith journeys. The chapters in this book describe among others racial history tourism, music festivals which are frequent time-journeys attracting local and regional audiences, as well as art journeys, displayed in museums, whereby place plays an important role in how journeys of the soul, culture, and state are intersected, displayed, and remembered. The book also provides insight into how the worlds of art, narratives, and images are evident in how youth draw and depict climate change, re-inventing the past for commercial tourism income and re-interpreting history for contemporary cultures. It shows how global warming is also a journey that is both intellectual and environmental and how politics is an important part of any constructed and reconstructed journey.Explores time journeys in art, music, museums, and heritage tourismDiscusses how youth depict climate change in drawings and sketchesProvides innovative and cross-disciplinary contexts on journeysStanley D. Brunn, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Geography at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, USA. His research interests cover a broad array of topics within urban geography, economic geography, social geography, information/communications geography, geotechnology and cyberspace, time-space intersections, law, political, and environmental geography, geographical future, as well as disciplinary history.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyHuman MigrationSocial and Cultural Geography/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031580321Geography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 3https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031580321?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
51
978-3-031-58036-9BrunnStanley D BrunnStanley D Brunn, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USAGeography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 4Mapping Time Transport JourneysXX, 330 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English241RGCJFFNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-262024-05-2611. West Africa’s Ebola Time Journey, Xenophobia and the Power of Community-Based Systems in Senegal (Karen S. Barton and Jessica Salo).- 2. Along the Trans-Siberian Pipeline: A Social Geography by Camera (Roman Adrian Cybriwsky).- 3. Shifting U.S. and North Carolina Demography during COVID-19 (James H. Johnson, Jr., Allan M. Parnell, and Jeanne Milliken Bonds).- 4. A Nation for a Continent vs Rail Networks for its States: The Staggered Creation of Australia’s Transcontinental Transport Links (Roy Jones and Joseph Christensen).- 5. Walking Time–Space: A Photographic Journey along the Thames River in London (David J. Keeling).- 6. Beyond the Cultural Bubble: “Wow” Journeys to Iconic Destinations (David J. Keeling and Thomas L. Bell).- 7. Challenges in the Walking Journeys of an African Pedestrian: A Case Study from Makhanda, South Africa (Sinenhlanhla Memela, Philippa Margaret Irvine, Huresha Padayachee, Lisa Kondile, and Rosy Moekena).- 8. The Journey to the Interoceanic Highway in Peru: The Perils in Histories of Infrastructure (Stephen G. Perz and Jorge Luis Castillo Hurtado).- 9. Gas Station Road Maps: Passports to Imagination and Adventure (Phillip D. Phillips).- 10. We Carry Many Stories in Our Bodies: Journeys in (Re)Forming and (Re)Narrating Cross-Cultural Experience and Spiritual Growth in the UK and Peru (Iain L. Ross).- 11. Time Journeys on the Remote Amazonian Frontier: The Javari Basin (Brazil and Peru) (Javier Ruedas).This book provides insight into the importance of place and place settings in personal journeys. It explores the worlds of time journeys in different contexts: daily work, community livelihoods, rural-urban migration, disease outbreaks and controls, cruise ship tours, and isolated frontier settings. Besides this, the book also addresses the networks connecting rural and urban places, transcontinental highways and railroads, rural-urban migration and other innovative journeys such as gas station road maps and body maps. The chapters also discuss how eradicating diseases are time/place journeys as is moving from a distant isolated frontier to a metropolis. As such, this book is a must read for those interested in exploring the intersections in and between the humanities and social/policy sciences.This book provides insight into the importance of place and place settings in personal journeys. It explores the worlds of time journeys in different contexts: daily work, community livelihoods, rural-urban migration, disease outbreaks and controls, cruise ship tours, and isolated frontier settings. Besides this, the book also addresses the networks connecting rural and urban places, transcontinental highways and railroads, rural-urban migration and other innovative journeys such as gas station road maps and body maps. The chapters also discuss how eradicating diseases are time/place journeys as is moving from a distant isolated frontier to a metropolis. As such, this book is a must read for those interested in exploring the intersections in and between the humanities and social/policy sciences.Discusses the importance of place and place settings in journeysConnects rural and urban placesExplores the intersections in and between the humanities and social/policy sciencesStanley D. Brunn, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Geography at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, USA. His research interests cover a broad array of topics within urban geography, economic geography, social geography, information/communications geography, geotechnology and cyberspace, time-space intersections, law, political, and environmental geography, geographical future, as well as disciplinary history.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyHuman MigrationSocial and Cultural Geography/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031580369Geography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 4https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031580369?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
52
978-3-031-58040-6BrunnStanley D BrunnStanley D Brunn, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USAGeography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 5Mapping Women and Family JourneysXX, 330 p.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English260RGCJFFNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-05-262024-05-2611. Feminism as Action: Title IX, Time Journeys, and A League of Their Own (Karen Falconer Al-Hindi and Tammie M. Kennedy).- 2. Gender Issues and the Olympic Games (Lisa M. DeChano-Cook and Fred M. Shelley).- 3. Gender Equality and Sport Around the World (Lisa DeChano-Cook and Fred M. Shelley).- 4. Family Cemeteries of the Upland South as Time Journeys (Gary S. Foster and William E. Lovekamp).- 5. Eastern Slovak Responses to the Ad Hoc Influx of Refugees from Ukraine—A Case Study of Refugee Assistance by the University of Presov in the Context of Emotionality (Radoslav Klamár, Anna Polačková, Klaudia Bednárová-Gibová, and Miloslav Michalko).- 6. Poland as an Emerging Immigration Hub in Central and Eastern Europe (Weronika A. Kusek).- 7. Changes in the Seasonal Working Spaces and Pasture Environments of a Herder’s Family in the Qinghai–Tibetan Plateau (1985–2022) (Dawei Li, Shangyi Zhou, and Gabuzang).- 8. Appalachian Migrant Journey: Familial, Geographical, and Intellectual (MichaelE. Maloney, Jeffrey L. Dey, and Phillip J. Obermiller).- 9. The Journeys of Three Multi-generational California Families Across Time and Place (Samuel M. Otterstrom).- 10. Travel and Emotions in the Origins of Sociology: Harriet Martineau's Experiences in the United States and the Middle East (Adrian Scribano).- 11. Gender and Time Journeys in Sport: Title IX’s Impact on Women in Sports in the United States (Fred M. Shelley and Lisa DeChano-Cook).- 12. How Migration, Cultural Clashes and Place Combine to Create Group Identities: How the Diné Became the Navajo (J. Matthew Shumway).- 13. A Family’s Genealogical Time-Journey Trail: An Historical Geography of Industrialization and the Great Lakes (Joseph S. Wood).This book investigates both early as well as recent accounts of journeys by women and families in African, Asian, East European, North and Latin American contexts. It discusses how places, place settings and transport routes, whether by land, sea, or air, were and remain important in the impacts these newcomers have on states and regions. The contributions to this book provide insight in laws and regulations related to women’s and refugees’ rights. They highlight the importance of place and location in defining rights and implementing reforms, such as the importance of the politics and the state in identifying rights in global contexts of refugee resettlement, cross-border employment, security and reshaping human institutions as well as the changing legal landscape related to for instance women participating in the Olympic Games and in national sports. The book also touches on the worlds of family landscapes, mapping family trees, family cemeteries and redefining immigrant city mixes.As such, the book offers readers to explore past, present, and future issues faced by women and families, regardless of place or country.This book investigates both early as well as recent accounts of journeys by women and families in African, Asian, East European, North and Latin American contexts. It discusses how places, place settings and transport routes, whether by land, sea, or air, were and remain important in the impacts these newcomers have on states and regions. The contributions to this book provide insight in laws and regulations related to women’s and refugees’ rights. They highlight the importance of place and location in defining rights and implementing reforms, such as the importance of the politics and the state in identifying rights in global contexts of refugee resettlement, cross-border employment, security and reshaping human institutions as well as the changing legal landscape related to for instance women participating in the Olympic Games and in national sports. The book also touches on the worlds of family landscapes, mapping family trees, family cemeteries and redefining immigrant city mixes. As such, the book offers readers to explore past, present, and future issues faced by women and families, regardless of place or country.Discusses the role of place and region in family migration past and presentProvides insight in the barriers relating to acceptance and inclusionDescribes safe and unsafe family journeys in historical and contemporary migration routesStanley D. Brunn, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Geography at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, USA. His research interests cover a broad array of topics within urban geography, economic geography, social geography, information/communications geography, geotechnology and cyberspace, time-space intersections, law, political, and environmental geography, geographical future, as well as disciplinary history.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Human GeographyHuman MigrationSocial and Cultural Geography/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/00009783031580406Geography of Time, Place, Movement and Networks, Volume 5https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031580406?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
53
978-3-658-44299-6BüchlerJan-Philipp Büchler; Christina HoonJan-Philipp Büchler, Fachhochschule Dortmund, Dortmund, Germany; Christina Hoon, Universität Bielefeld, Bielefeld, GermanyHidden Champions Case CompendiumLeading Global Markets – Case Studies and TextsApprox. 275 p. 101 illus., 64 illus. in color. Textbook for German language market.12024approx.39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English266KJKJCSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2024-06-062024-06-061Part 1: Spearheading Innovation.- Hidden Champions: Strategic Logic of Innovation.- Customer-Centric Innovation Marketing for IntelliSens by Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst.- Creating a High Performance Culture for Innovation at Autoneum.- The Next Level of Value Generation: Smart Services for Industry 4.0 by ifm electronics.- Speed as Competitive Advantage: CoMaTec enters the New Mobility Market.- Part 2: Leveraging Global Growth.- Suddenly Hidden Champion? A Study of Internationalization Patterns.- Determinants of Hidden Champions: Evidence from Germany.- Management by Opportunity as a Guideline for International Expansion at Dolezych.- Schalker Eisenhütte: Keep your business on track in times of transformation.- Entrepreneurial Growth: Opportunity Driven Strategy Development at Elmos.- Part 3: Orchestrating Resources for Sustainability.- The World is (not) Enough: Future Through Digitization at GEA.- Orchestrating internal and external drivers for global growth at GEA Farm Technologies.- Sustainable Transformation at Theben – 100 years of pioneering in building automation.- Handling Growth as a Complexity Driver at Faymonville.- Roots to Grow: How Kahmann & Ellerbrock benefits from Local Embeddedness with Hidden Champions.- Stepping into the spotlight: Active sourcing strategy of Harting Technologies.- Case Study Types.- Case Study Profiles.
This textbook provides an in-depth portfolio of case studies of globally operating and market leading medium-sized companies, mostly based in Germany. Students in the field of strategic management, family business management, information technology, and engineering may comprehensively explore the success factors of these hidden champions. Assignments and discussion sections help to dive deeper into the topics of innovation, internationalization, and leadership. Practitioners may gain valuable insights into growth trajectories and strategic decisions for achieving and sustaining market leadership. All case studies have been developed in direct cooperation with the companies and tested in teaching.Contents:
Spearheading Innovation. Leveraging Global Growth. Orchestrating Resources for Sustainability. Case Study Types. Case Study Profiles. Assignments.About the authors:
Prof. Dr. Jan-Philipp Büchler is Professor of Corporate Management and Global Business Management and serves as Director of the interdisciplinary Center for Applied Studies & Education in Management (CASEM) at Dortmund University of Applied Sciences and Arts. He supports medium-sized companies and hidden champions in the areas of growth, internationalization, and innovation.
Prof. Dr. Christina Hoon holds the endowed chair of family business management at Bielefeld University and is on the board of the Institute for Family Business Ostwestfalen-Lippe (iFUn). She supports family businesses in the areas of management, succession, and governance.This textbook has been recommended and developed for university courses in Germany, Austria and Switzerland.

This textbook provides an in-depth portfolio of case studies of globally operating and market leading medium-sized companies, mostly based in Germany. Students in the field of strategic management, family business management, information technology, and engineering may comprehensively explore the success factors of these hidden champions. Assignments and discussion sections help to dive deeper into the topics of innovation, internationalization, and leadership. Practitioners may gain valuable insights into growth trajectories and strategic decisions for achieving and sustaining market leadership. All case studies have been developed in direct cooperation with the companies and tested in teaching.Provides real case studies of mid-sized world-market leaders for long-term success of companiesServes as inspiration and food for thought for managers in medium-sized companiesStudents can gain completely new perspectives by studying the hidden championsProf. Dr. Jan-Philipp Büchler is Professor of Corporate Management and Global Business Management and serves as Director of the interdisciplinary Center for Applied Studies & Education in Management (CASEM) at Dortmund University of Applied Sciences and Arts. He supports medium-sized companies and hidden champions in the areas of growth, internationalization, and innovation.Prof. Dr. Christina Hoon holds the endowed chair of family business management at Bielefeld University and is on the board of the Institute for Family Business Ostwestfalen-Lippe (iFUn). She supports family businesses in the areas of management, succession, and governance.StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00Innovation and Technology ManagementBusiness Strategy and LeadershipSmall Business/Innovation and Technology Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783658442996Hidden Champions Case Compendiumhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783658442996?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
54
978-3-031-23916-8CafrunyAlan W. Cafruny; Leila Simona TalaniAlan W. Cafruny, Hamilton College, Clinton, NY, USA; Leila Simona Talani, King's College London, London, UKThe Political Economy of Global Responses to COVID-19XV, 325 p. 1 illus.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1International Political Economy SeriesPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English325JPSJPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-272023-03-272024-03-262024-03-261Introduction: The Political Economy Of The Covid-19 Crisis: Neo-Liberalism, Populism And Autocracy.- Part 1: Neo-Liberal States.- Chapter 1: Populism, Neoliberalism, And The Pandemic: The Tragedy Of U.S. Policy.- Chapter 2: Risk, Responsibilisation And The Political Economy Of The Pandemic In The Uk.- Chapter 3: The Covid-19 Crisis: Global Competitive (Geo)Politics, Labour Regimes And The Case Of Greece.- Chapter 4: An Exceptional Case: Sweden And The Pandemic.- Part 2: Populist States.- Chapter 5: The Pandemic Politics Of The Bolsonaro Government In Brazil: Covid-19 Denial, The Chloroquine Economy And High Death Rates.- Of Poverty, Salaries, And Hunger.-Chapter 6: The Political Economy Of Pandemic Management In India.- Chapter 7: A Tale Of Two Crises. The Impact Of Eu Response To The Pandemic: The Case Of Italy.- Part 3: Authoritarian States.- Chapter 8: Authoritarian Crisis Response To Covid-19 In China.- Chapter 9: Health And Vaccine Diplomacy In Russia’s Foreign Policy.- Part 4: Global Inequality.- Chapter 10: Covid-19 And Sub-Saharan Africa: Paradoxes And Very Tentative Conclusions On The Pandemic.- Chapter 11: Conversation On Precarity. The Mutation Of The Virus Into A Public Health Risk On Equity.- Chapter 12: Pandemic Co-Pathogenesis: From The Vectors To The Variants Of Neoliberal Disease.This book seeks to identify the reasons why some countries were more efficient and effective than others in responding to the COVID 19 pandemic, and why the global community failed to coalesce. What are the political determinants of the different state responses to the pandemic? Why was scientific advice rejected or ignored in many countries? What has been the role, respectively, of neoliberalism, populism, and authoritarianism in the making of Covid-19 policy? What role have each of these factors played in the uneven and clearly inadequate global response to the pandemic?

In an effort to understand why some states failed to handle the pandemic properly, some of the literature suggests that populism is at the root of the current failure of international co-operation. The global financial crisis of 2008-10 triggered significant cooperation within the G-20, led by the combined efforts of the United States and China. These forms of cooperation have clearly disappeared in the context of the pandemic, not only with respect to economic policy but also in public health and management. The authors of this volume link the different state responses to the pandemic-- from its inception to the start of the vaccination campaign, and to the political regimes prevailing in each. In particular, the present volume focuses on a distinction between the responses of neo-liberal regimes, populist regimes and authoritarian ones.

Leila Simona Talani has been Professor of International Political Economy in the Department of European and International Studies at King’s College London since 2014. She is the current editor of the Palgrave series: The Politics of Citizenship and Migration.

Alan Cafruny (Ph.D.) Cornell (1983) is Henry Platt Bristol Professor of International Affairs at Hamilton College. He is a former series editor (with Herman Schwartz) of the series: Advances in International Political Economy, sponsored by the International PoliticalEconomy Section of the International Studies Association.<div></div>		This book seeks to identify the reasons why some countries were more efficient and effective than others in responding to the COVID 19 pandemic, and why the global community failed to coalesce. What are the political determinants of the different state responses to the pandemic? Why was scientific advice rejected or ignored in many countries? What has been the role, respectively, of neoliberalism, populism, and authoritarianism in the making of Covid-19 policy? What role have each of these factors played in the uneven and clearly inadequate global response to the pandemic?In an effort to understand why some states failed to handle the pandemic properly, some of the literature suggests that populism is at the root of the current failure of international co-operation. The global financial crisis of 2008-10 triggered significant cooperation within the G-20, led by the combined efforts of the United States and China. These forms of cooperation have clearly disappeared in the context of the pandemic, not only with respect to economic policy but also in public health and management. The authors of this volume link the different state responses to the pandemic-- from its inception to the start of the vaccination campaign, and to the political regimes prevailing in each. In particular, the present volume focuses on a distinction between the responses of neo-liberal regimes, populist regimes and authoritarian ones.Addresses how different political regimes tackled the pandemicLooks at the global response to the pandemic and tackles the political economy response to COVID 19Covers all global regions based on rigorous primary researchLeila Simona Talani has been Professor of International Political Economy in the department of European and International Studies at King’s College London since 2014. She is the author, among other titles, of: The International Political Economy of Migration in the Globalisation era, (London: Palgrave 2021), The political Economy of Italy in the Euro (Palgrave 2017), The Handbook of the International Political Economy of Migration (Edward Elgar, 2014-2017); The Arab Spring in the Global Political Economy(Palgrave, 2014), Dirty Cities: towards a political economy of shadow dynamics in global cities (Palgrave, 2013), European Political Economy(Ashgate: 2013), Globalization, Migration and the future of Europe (Routledge 2011), From Egypt to Europe (I.B.Tauris, 2010).<div>
</div><div>Alan Cafruny (Ph.D.) Cornell (1983) is Henry Platt Bristol Professor of International Affairs at Hamilton College. He is the author of numerous books including Ruling the Waves: The Political Economy of International Shipping (Univ. of California Press 1987; 2020); Europe at Bay (Lynne Rienner, 2008, with Magnus Ryner) The European Union and Global Capitalism: Origins, Development, Crisis (Palgrave MacMillan, with Magnus Ryner, 2017). Most recently he has co-edited The Handbook of Critical International Political Economy (Palgrave MacMillan, Leila Talani and Gonzalo Pozo , 2017). He is a former series editor (with Herman Schwartz) of the series: Advances in International Political Economy, sponsored by the International Political Economy Section of the International Studies Association.
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Political Economy’Politics and International StudiesPublic Health/International Political Economy’/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031239168The Political Economy of Global Responses to COVID-19https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031239168?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
55
978-94-6265-573-7CaponeFrancesca Capone; Christophe Paulussen; Rebecca Mignot-MahdaviFrancesca Capone, Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna, Pisa, Italy; Christophe Paulussen, T.M.C. Asser Instituut, The Hague, The Netherlands; Rebecca Mignot-Mahdavi, The University of Manchester, Manchester, UKReturning Foreign Fighters: Responses, Legal Challenges and Ways ForwardXIX, 304 p.12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Law and CriminologyContributed volumeBook0English304LBBJPVHT.M.C. Asser PressT.M.C. Asser Press0Available2024-03-262023-03-252024-03-252024-03-251Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part I: Setting the Scene.- Chapter 2. Europe and Its Returning Foreign Fighters: Overview of the Policy Response.- Chapter 3. Historical Responses to Foreign Fighters and Returnees.- Chapter 4. The Status of Foreign Fighters’ Family Members under Counter-Terrorism Law and International Humanitarian Law: Overcoming the Victims/Perpetrators Dichotomy?.- Part II: Responses to the (Returning) Foreign Fighters Phenomenon: The International Dimension.- Chapter 5. The International Legal and Policy Framework on Returning Foreign Fighters: Focus on the United Nations and the Global Counterterrorism Forum.- Chapter 6. ‘Foreign Fighters’, Syrian Camps and the Jurisdictional Quagmire.- Part III: Responses to the (Returning) Foreign Fighters Phenomenon: The National Criminal Law Dimension.- Chapter 7. Evidentiary and Charging Matters in the Context of Prosecuting Returning Foreign Fighters before National Courts.- Chapter 8. The Qualification of the Activities of (Returned) Foreign Fighters under National Criminal Law.- Chapter 9. The Lack of Individualisation of Sentences and their Enforcement at the Expense of Reintegration in France.- Chapter 10. Putting the ‘Foreign’ in ‘Foreign Fighter’: Nationality Deprivation and the Denial of Readmission.- Chapter 11. Family Courts as Part of States’ Counter-Terrorism Toolkit: A Welcome Development for the Children of FTFs?.- Chapter 12. Legal Regulation of Subversive Expressions in Relation to Terrorist Travel: The Dutch Situation against the Backdrop of International Human Rights Law.

<div>This book, a follow-up publication to the 2016 volume Foreign Fighters under International Law and Beyond, zooms in on the responses that the international community and individual States are implementing in response to (prospective and actual) returning foreign fighters (FFs) and their families, focusing on returnees from Syria and Iraq to European countries. </div><div>
</div><div>As States and international organisations are still ‘learning by doing’, the role of the academic community is to help steer the process by bridging the divide between international standards and their implementation at the national level and between security concerns and human rights law. Furthermore, the academic community can and should assist in identifying ways forward that are both effective, sustainable and international law-compliant. Those are, ultimately, the goals that the present volume seeks to pursue. </div><div>
</div><div>The observations, recommendations and warnings included in this book will be useful in future debates on (returning) FFs, both in the academic world and in the world of policy makers and practitioners, as well as to the public at large.</div><div>
</div><div>Francesca Capone is Associate Professor of International Law at the Istituto DIRPOLIS of the Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna in Pisa, Italy.</div><div>
</div><div>Christophe Paulussen is Senior Researcher International Law at the T.M.C. Asser Instituut in The Hague, The Netherlands.</div><div>
</div><div>Rebecca Mignot-Mahdavi is Lecturer in International Law at the Manchester International Law Centre, University of Manchester, School of Law in Manchester, United Kingdom.</div>		This book, a follow-up publication to the 2016 volume Foreign Fighters under International Law and Beyond, zooms in on the responses that the international community and individual States are implementing in response to (prospective and actual) returning foreign fighters (FFs) and their families, focusing on returnees from Syria and Iraq to European countries. As States and international organisations are still ‘learning by doing’, the role of the academic community is to help steer the process by bridging the divide between international standards and their implementation at the national level and between security concerns and human rights law. Furthermore, the academic community can and should assist in identifying ways forward that are both effective, sustainable and international law-compliant. Those are, ultimately, the goals that the present volume seeks to pursue.
The observations, recommendations and warnings included in this book will be useful in future debates on (returning) FFs, both in the academic world and in the world of policy makers and practitioners, as well as to the public at large.
Francesca Capone is Associate Professor of International Law at the Istituto DIRPOLIS of the Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna in Pisa, Italy.
Christophe Paulussen is Senior Researcher International Law at the T.M.C. Asser Instituut in The Hague, The Netherlands.
Rebecca Mignot-Mahdavi is Lecturer in International Law at the Manchester International Law Centre, University of Manchester, School of Law in Manchester, United Kingdom.

Covers/provides recommendations to highly topical, legally complex issues related to (returning) foreign fightersWritten by prominent experts in this fieldContributions are not only critical from a more academic point of view but they keep in mind the realities of practiceFrancesca Capone is Associate Professor of International Law at the Istituto DIRPOLIS of the Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna in Pisa, Italy.Christophe Paulussen is Senior Researcher International Law at the T.M.C. Asser Instituut in The Hague, The Netherlands.
Rebecca Mignot-Mahdavi is Lecturer in International Law at the Manchester International Law Centre, University of Manchester, School of Law in Manchester, United Kingdom.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00Public International LawHuman RightsInternational Humanitarian Law, Law of Armed ConflictInternational Criminal Law/Public International Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789462655737Returning Foreign Fighters: Responses, Legal Challenges and Ways Forwardhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789462655737?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
56
978-981-99-0785-4CaronJean-François CaronJean-François Caron, Nazarbayev University, Astana, KazakhstanA Revolt in the SteppeUnderstanding Kazakhstan’s January Events of 2022VIII, 103 p. 1 illus.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1The Steppe and Beyond: Studies on Central AsiaEconomics and FinanceContributed volumeBook0English103KCHBJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2024-04-012023-03-312024-03-312024-03-311Chapter 1: An Unpredictable Revolt in the Steppe?.- Chapter 2: Will you Preserve my Political Legacy? Lessons from Kazakhstan and Other Authoritarian States.- Chapter 3: Between Threat, Alliance, and Multivectorism: Kazakh-Russian Relations in the Wake of the Russo-Ukrainian War.- Chapter 4: From Qandy Qantar to Tragic January: State Framing of the January Events.- Chapter 5 : Foreign terrorists and Kyrgyz jazzmen: framing the January 2022 unrest in Kazakhstan.This book explores the various ramifications and consequences of the violent civil protests that affected Kazakhstan in January 2022. In this compelling study, the authors examine the underlying social and political tensions that have affected this biggest country of Central Asia, especially since its political transition of 2019 and how the state has managed to justify its actions that led to a return to peace. It also puts in perspective this event in the wider transition affecting Eurasia with the war in Ukraine and how this shift of world politics may impact Kazakhstan that required the support of Russia and the other members of the Collective Security Treaty Organization during these protests. This book will be of value for scholars, journalists and NGOs working on authoritarianism and on Central Asia.<div>
</div><div>Jean-François Caron is an Associate Professor at the Department of Political Science and International Relations at Nazarbayev University. </div>		This book explores the various ramifications and consequences of the violent civil protests that affected Kazakhstan in January 2022. In this compelling study, the authors examine the underlying social and political tensions that have affected this biggest country of Central Asia, especially since its political transition of 2019 and how the state has managed to justify its actions that led to a return to peace. It also puts in perspective this event in the wider transition affecting Eurasia with the war in Ukraine and how this shift of world politics may impact Kazakhstan that required the support of Russia and the other members of the Collective Security Treaty Organization during these protests. This book will be of value for scholars, journalists and NGOs working on authoritarianism and on Central Asia.
Provides a case study of contemporary activism in authoritarian statesExplains the Kazakh revolt of 2022Gives insight into a changing EurasiaJean-François Caron is an Associate Professor at the Department of Political Science and International Relations at Nazarbayev University.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00Economy-wide Country StudiesRussian, Soviet, and East European HistoryGovernance and Government/Economy-wide Country Studies/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819907854A Revolt in the Steppehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819907854?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
57
978-3-031-57937-0Castán BrotoVanesa Castán BrotoVanesa Castán Broto, Sheffield, UKCommunity Energy and Sustainable Energy TransitionsExperiences from Ethiopia, Malawi and MozambiqueX, 140 p. 20 illus.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0Social SciencesBrief/PivotBook0English200JPQBJHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-252024-05-251.- Part I: Introduction.

.- Chapter 1. Introduction: Off-grid energy and the global challenge of energy access.

.- Part 2: Examining the conceptual basis for community energy.

.- Chapter 2. Off-grid energy for resilience.

.- Chapter 3. Finding the community in community energy.

.- Chapter 4. Intersectionality challenges for the development of community energy.

.- Chapter 5. Financial aspects of community energy.

.- Chapter 6. Regulating community energy at the national level.

.- Chapter 7. The role of supply chains in the development of community energy projects.

.- Part III: Practical experiences of community energy development in East Africa.

.- Chapter 8. Pioneering community energy for development: the Malawi experience.

.- Chapter 9. Changing contexts of community energy development in Mozambique.

.- Chapter 10. The role of community energy in a state-led model of service provision, the case of Ethiopia.

.- Part IV: The future of community energy.

.- Chapter 11. Education for community energy.

.- Chapter 12. Changing the narrative: institutional change for community energy.		This open access book engages with the difficulties of delivering community energy in practice, building on practical experiences in Ethiopia, Malawi, and Mozambique. In these countries, where many people face a substantial gap in access rates to electricity, community energy is an alternative to advance universal energy access. This book argues that, besides providing access, community energy is essential for achieving justice and resilience in the transition to sustainable energy.

Community energy plays a fundamental role in sustainable energy transitions. Community energy combines off-grid infrastructures with innovative forms of governance to incorporate the perspectives of beneficiaries in the generation and distribution of electricity. Community energy systems have multiple benefits for communities, such as facilitating the adoption of renewable technologies, providing energy access where it is lacking, and building resilience. They also offer societal benefits beyond beneficiary communities, such as providing additional capacity to existing grids, delivering off-grid services where the grid is absent, and bridging on-grid and off-grid systems. Despite its promises, however, the adoption of community energy has been slow.

This book presents a feminist-informed perspective on community energy to advance energy justice that puts disadvantaged communities at the centre of the transition. It also explores the room for manoeuvre within existing regulatory systems, supply chains, and delivery systems to facilitate its development. By engaging with existing experiences in community energy, the book demonstrates the potential of communities to gain control over their energy needs and resources and argues for the need to develop a wide range of transdisciplinary skills among policymakers, technicians and communities to deliver a just energy transition.

Vanesa Castán Broto is Professor of Climate Urbanism at the University of Sheffield. She is Principal Investigator of the project Community Energy And Sustainable Energy Transitions In Ethiopia, Malawi, Mozambique (CESET), funded by the UK Global Challenges Research Fund (GCRF). The project has built a collaborative, multi-institutional partnership bringing together a network of researchers across Ethiopia, Malawi, Mozambique, and the UK to discuss social-oriented alternatives to deliver sustainable energy futures.		This open access book engages with the difficulties of delivering community energy in practice, building on practical experiences in Ethiopia, Malawi, and Mozambique.

Community energy refers to infrastructure and institutional arrangements whereby communities take control and ownership of the provision of energy services and enable the development of renewable, off-grid energy infrastructures. While the size and technologies used vary, community energy incorporates the perspectives of beneficiaries on electricity generation and distribution through collaborative mechanisms for decision-making. The combination of off-grid infrastructures with community governance has enabled the delivery of community energy systems, which can provide additional capacity to existing grids, provide off-grid services where the grid is absent, and bridge on-grid and off-grid systems. Community energy joins social development objectives (e.g., access to energy, energy justice) with sustainability ones (e.g., reduction of carbon emissions) in practical attempts to reimagine and put into practice sustainable energy futures.

These countries face a substantial gap in access rates to electricity. Community energy has become an important response to advance universal energy access. Yet, this book argues that community energy must also be understood beyond providing energy access as a wider tool for achieving resilience and justice across the energy system.

The book presents a feminist-informed perspective on community energy to advance energy justice, puts disadvantaged communities at the center of the transition, and explores what room for maneuver exists within existing regulatory systems, supply chains, and systems of delivery. The book also places particular emphasis on education and the need to develop energy literacy across policymakers, technicians, and communities.		Provides an overview of key issues in the delivery of community energy systemsConnects current literature with cutting-edge critical debates that challenge thinking in community energy systemsOffers a suite of multi-scalar empirical examples in the East Africa contextThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessVanesa Castán Broto is Professor of Climate Urbanism at the University of Sheffield. She is Principal Investigator of the project Community Energy And Sustainable Energy Transitions In Ethiopia, Malawi, Mozambique (CESET), funded by the UK Global Challenges Research Fund (GCRF). The project has built a collaborative, multi-institutional partnership bringing together a network of researchers across Ethiopia, Malawi, Mozambique, and the UK to discuss social-oriented alternatives to deliver sustainable energy futures.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences01Environmental Social SciencesHuman GeographyEnergy Policy, Economics and ManagementIntegrated GeographyScience and Technology Studies/Environmental Social Sciences/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/00009783031579370Community Energy and Sustainable Energy Transitionshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031579370?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
58
978-3-031-58504-3Allamel-RaffinCatherine Allamel-Raffin; Jean-Luc Gangloff; Yves GingrasCatherine Allamel-Raffin, University of Strasbourg, Strasbourg, France; Jean-Luc Gangloff, University of Strasbourg, Strasbourg, France; Yves Gingras, Université du Québec à Montréal, Montréal, QC, CanadaExperimentation in the SciencesComparative and Long-Term Historical Research on Experimental PracticeXX, 135 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Archimedes72Religion and PhilosophyContributed volumeBook0English135PDAPDXSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-232024-05-231Dedication.- Chapter 1. The characteristics and diversity of experimentation in the sciences (Catherine Allamel-Raffin, Jean-Luc Gangloff and Yves Gingras).- Chapter 2. Experimentation in physics (Yves Gingras).- Chapter 3. Experimentation in chemistry (Jean-Pierre Llored).- Chapter 4. Experimentation in the life sciences (Laurent Loison).- Chapter 5. Experimentation in psychology (Jean Audusseau).- Chapter 6. Experimentation in sociology (Dominique Raynaud).- Chapter 7. Experimentation in economics (Herrade Igersheim & Mathieu Lefebvre).- Chapter 8. Experimentation in management science (Vincent Helfrich).- Chapter 9. Experimentation in Medecine (Stéphanie Dupouy).- Chapter 10. The medical clinic as an experimental practice (Jean-Christophe Weber).- Chapter 11. Experimentation in Archeology (Nicolas Monteix).This book takes a novel approach by highlighting comparative and long-term historical perspectives on experimental practice. The juxtaposition of accounts of natural, social, and medical experimentation is very enlightening, especially because the authors put the emphasis on the different kinds of objects of experimentation (physical matter, chemical reagents, social groups, organizations, sick individuals, archeological remains) and demonstrate how much the kinds of objects matter for the practice of experimentation, its methods, tools, and methodologies. Taken together, the chapters raise several fascinating questions for further study: What do these different approaches have in common? Why do we call them “experimentation”? What are the intersections among the fields and their developments? The volume engages philosophical approaches that are not well known to Anglophone readers (Bachelard, Bergson, Bernard, Canguilhem, among others) and brings to attention a wealth of Francophone secondary literature on past and present scientific experimentation. The collection fills a yawning gap in science, science studies, and philosophy of science teaching, making it particularly valuable philosophers and historians of science in all subfields.This book takes a novel approach by highlighting comparative and long-term historical perspectives on experimental practice. The juxtaposition of accounts of natural, social, and medical experimentation is very enlightening, especially because the authors put the emphasis on the different kinds of objects of experimentation (physical matter, chemical reagents, social groups, organizations, sick individuals, archeological remains) and demonstrate how much the kinds of objects matter for the practice of experimentation, its methods, tools, and methodologies. Taken together, the chapters raise several fascinating questions for further study: What do these different approaches have in common? Why do we call them “experimentation”? What are the intersections among the fields and their developments? The volume engages philosophical approaches that are not well known to Anglophone readers (Bachelard, Bergson, Bernard, Canguilhem, among others) and brings to attention a wealth of Francophone secondary literature on past and present scientific experimentation. The collection fills a yawning gap in science, science studies, and philosophy of science teaching, making it particularly valuable philosophers and historians of science in all subfields.
Covers the practice of experimentations in a large array of sciencesBrings together practicing scientists that reflect on experimentation in their fieldShows the wealth of Francophone secondary literature on past and present scientific experimentationCatherine Allamel-Raffin is Professor at the University of Strasbourg and Co-Director of the Archives Henri Poincaré Laboratory (CNRS, University of Lorraine, University of Strasbourg). Her research focuses on objectivity of scientific images. She has written, co-written or edited a dozen books and some forty articles.

Jean-Luc Gangloff teaches both at a high school and at the University of Strasbourg. He has written, co-written or edited a dozen books and some twenty articles. His research focuses on questions of philosophy of science and on the representation of science in fiction.

Yves Gingras is Professor of history and sociology of science at Université du Québec à Montréal. His research focuses on the transformations of scientific disciplines. He has written, co-written or edited twenty books, and published over one hundred and forty articles.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00Philosophy of ScienceHistory of ScienceExperimental Philosophy/Philosophy of Science/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031585043Experimentation in the Scienceshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031585043?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
59
978-3-031-28338-3Cayón PeñaJuan Cayón Peña; J. Martín RamírezJuan Cayón Peña, Universidad Diseño, innovación y Tecnología, Madrid, Spain; J. Martín Ramírez, Nebrija University, Madrid, SpainThreats to Peace and International Security: Asia versus WestCurrent Challenges in a New Geopolitical SituationXII, 243 p. 32 illus., 30 illus. in color.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Advanced Sciences and Technologies for Security ApplicationsPolitical Science and International StudiesProceedingsBook0English243JPSJPSSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2024-03-292023-03-282024-03-282024-03-281PREFACE.- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND INTRODUCTION.- Part 1 - European perspective.- Chapter 1. Sovereignty and Defence in the future of the European Union.- Chapter 2. The hegemonic rivalry between the PRC and US: EU’s place.- Chapter 3. The Russia–Ukraine conflict from an international law perspective.- Chapter 4. The Russian commitment to Eurasianism: A crazy idea for European Security and Defence?.- Chapter 5. Eurasia vs. West: history, causes, and issues related to de Ukrainian war.- Chapter 6. Security of the Eastern Borders of the EU in the context of the Functions of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency. Selected elements.- Part 2 - Far East Challenges.- Chapter 7. Chinese expansionism without borders. Threat to international security.- Chapter 8. Chinese influence in the southern cone: Bolivia, Chile and Argentina.- Chapter 9. The role of the Philippines in the South China Sea.- Chapter 10. Artificial Islands in the South China Sea. Territorial Disputes in the Area. United Nations Conference of the Law of the Sea proposals.- Chapter 11. The arbitral decision regarding historic rights and the lawfulness of certain actions of China in the South China Sea under Annex VII to the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea.- Part 3 - Global Risks.- Chapter 12. The risk of misuse of nuclear technology in the context of geopolitical conflict between the west and the east.- Chapter 13. Returned foreign terrorist fighters: different responses to a common security threat to Asia and the West?.- Chapter 14. Cyber intelligence over Cyber security in the Asia-West conflict.- Chapter 15. Jihad in Europe: Towards a predictive model for the neutralization of terrorist threats.- Chapter 16. Developments oblige the new Iranian Government to give a higher priority to its neighbouring countries.- Chapter 17. Analysis of Crisis management systems in the contexts of the Global Economic Crisis and Military-Political Changes.- EPILOGUE.This book aims to analyze from a multidisciplinary perspective the current geopolitical conflict between East and West, between two differentiated and apparently conflicting cosmogonic visions. The geopolitical evolution of the current panorama seems to lead to a new world in the field of international relations, a new board played on a planetary level. Once again, bloc geopolitics can be glimpsed in the immediate future, in which the most important actors such as Russia, China, the United States of America, and the European Union are called to position themselves with respect to the territorial and strategic ambitions of the opponent. International law seems to be overwhelmed by military actions and factual pressure on the ground, while the battle of ideas extends to the technological field and cyberspace. The different origins of the authors, with extensive academic, military, police forces, and business experience undoubtedly enriches the unique perspective that this work intends toaddress, always in the attempt to enforce international law and the channels of dialogue between nations, such as the best solution to conflicts.
This book aims to analyze from a multidisciplinary perspective the current geopolitical conflict between East and West, between two differentiated and apparently conflicting cosmogonic visions. The geopolitical evolution of the current panorama seems to lead to a new world in the field of international relations, a new board played on a planetary level. Once again, bloc geopolitics can be glimpsed in the immediate future, in which the most important actors such as Russia, China, the United States of America, and the European Union are called to position themselves with respect to the territorial and strategic ambitions of the opponent. International law seems to be overwhelmed by military actions and factual pressure on the ground, while the battle of ideas extends to the technological field and cyberspace. The different origins of the authors, with extensive academic, military, police forces, and business experience undoubtedly enriches the unique perspective that this work intendsto address, always in the attempt to enforce international law and the channels of dialogue between nations, such as the best solution to conflicts.Analyzes the geopolitical conflict between East and WestProvides a unique mix of contributions of international experts from militia, diplomatic and academiaOffers a public and private approachDr. Juan Cayón Peña was born in 1968 in Madrid. French Language and Civilization (Sorbonne, 1988, Paris), Law Degree (UPCO, 1991, Madrid), Diploma in Legal Practice (UPCO, 1992, Madrid), Law Ph.D. Law Philosophy, morals and politics (UPCO, 1998, Madrid) and Rector of Nebrija University from 2014 to 2020. His university administrative career includes from Department Director to one-person positions in the university government, such as Secretary General, ViceRector for Institutional Relations, and Vice-Rector for International Relations in two different Universities. Throughout his teaching career, which began in 1993, he has taught a panoply of subjects and courses that cover all his specialty areas. Dr. Cayón has been appointed visiting professor at different foreign universities. During this time, he has been a Collaborating Professor in the Management of the Ministry of Justice and of the Training and Improvement Division of the National Police, as well as a lecturer at other prestigious Universities such as the Sorbonne University in Paris, the University of Buenos Aires, the Pontificia Universidad Javeriana (Colombia), the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile (Chile), and the Higher Center for National Defense Studies CESEDEN (Spain) He has directed several doctoral works and published 17 book chapters in indexed publishers such as Aranzadi Thompson-Reuters, Cambridge Scholar Publishing or Springer, as well as quite a few research articles in different journals. Corresponding academic at the Royal Academy of Jurisprudence and Legislation (Spain), where he is a member of the Ibero-American Law Section and of the permanent seminar on Natural Law; He is also a corresponding academic at the Academy of Arts and Sciences of Puerto Rico and a Fellow at the World Academy of Arts and Sciences He belongs to the Spanish National Group of the Pugwash Movement (Nobel Peace Prize 1995) and is also a full member of the Bolzano-based Institute for European Studies Antonio Rosmini He has been awarded the First Class Cross of San Raimundo de Peñafort by the Spanish Ministry of Justice, the Grand Cross of Naval Merit by the Spanish Ministry of Defense. In the international arena, among others, he was recognized with the Medal of the Colombian War School and the academic distinction of the General Directorate of Schools of the National Police of Colombia and the Peruvian Lawyers Order by Lima Bar Association, among other distinctions.Dr. J. Martín Ramírez was born in Madrid. Honorary Professor of Nebrija University, currently, he is Chair of its Center for Conflict Studies, of the CICA International Foundation; and of the Spanish Pugwash Movement (Peace Nobel Laureate, 1995). He studied Medicine, Humanities, and Law, obtaining a Ph.D. degree in Medicine and Surgery (Neurosciences) and in Philosophy (Education), as well as three Diplomas and a Master’s in National Defense at the Spanish MoD Center for Advanced Studies for Defence (CESEDEN). He is aHumboldt & Fullbright Fellow at Ruhr Universität and Stanford, respectively. Dr. Martín Ramírez is also a Research Fellow of the International Security Program of Harvard University and Visiting Fellow of the Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, probably the two most important left-leaned and right-leaned American think-tanks, respectively. He also served as Visiting Professor and Research Fellow at universities in Israel, France, Poland, Wales, Australia, Japan, Canada, Iran, Guatemala, Germany, and the USA. He has been awarded multiple international honors, such as being several times official of the Boarding Counsel of the International Society for Research on Aggression (ISRA), on the Advisory Board of the Society for Terrorism Research and of the Professors World Peace Academy, and Fellow of the World Academy of Art and Sciences and of the New York AScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Security StudiesPeace and Conflict StudiesInternational RelationsPublic International Law/International Security Studies/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031283383Threats to Peace and International Security: Asia versus Westhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031283383?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
60
978-3-031-16702-7Chakraborty PaunksnisRuna Chakraborty Paunksnis; Šarūnas PaunksnisRuna Chakraborty Paunksnis, Kaunas University of Technology, Kaunas, Lithuania; Šarūnas Paunksnis, Kaunas University of Technology, Kaunas, LithuaniaGender, Cinema, Streaming PlatformsShifting Frames in Neoliberal IndiaXIII, 285 p.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English285APJFDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-272023-03-252024-03-262024-03-261Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Biopolitics of Hindutva: Masculinity and Violence in Leila and Aashram.- Chapter 3. Questioning the “Great” in “The Great Indian Wedding”: Streaming Feminism through Band Baaja Baaraat and Made in Heaven.- Chapter 4. Questioning the “Great” in “The Great Indian Wedding”: Streaming Feminism through Band Baaja Baaraat and Made in Heaven.- Chapter 5. Lust Stories and the Politics of Private Viewing on SVOD Platforms.- Chapter 6. New Feminist Visibilities and Sisterhood: Re-interpreting Marriage, Desire, and Self-fulfilment in Mainstream Hindi Cinema.- Chapter 7. Gaze Averted: Interrogating the Portrayal of Menstruation in Hindi Cinema.- Chapter 8. Gender and Nationalism: The Journey of Sehmat in Meghna Gulzar’s Raazi.- Chapter 9. India’s Daughter: The Banality of Rape.- Chapter 10. The Deeply Personal Is Deeply Political: New Voices in Women’s Documentary Practice in Indian Subcontinent.- Chapter 11. On Cinematic Transformation, Gender and Religion.An Interview with Ashish Avikunthak.
This book offers interdisciplinary examination of gender representations in cinema and SVOD (Subscription Video on Demand) platforms in India. This book will identify how the so-called feminist enunciations in twenty-first century film and SVOD content in India are marked by an ambiguous entanglement of feminist and postfeminist rhetoric. Set against the backdrop of two significant contemporary phenomena, namely neoliberalism and the digital revolution, this book considers how neoliberalism, aided by technological advancement, re-configured the process of media consumption in contemporary India and how representation of gender is fraught with multiple contesting trajectories. The book looks at two types of media—cinema and SVOD platforms, and explores the reasons for this transformation that has been emerging in India over the past two decades. Keeping in mind the complex paradoxes that such concomitant process of the contraries can invoke, the book invites myriad responsesfrom the authors who view the shifting gender representations in postmillennial Hindi cinema and SVOD platforms from their specific ideological standpoints. The book includes a wide array of genres, from commercial Hindi films to SVOD content and documentary films, and aims to record the transformation facilitated by economic as well as technological revolutions in contemporary India across various media formats. <div>
</div><div><div>Dr. Runa Chakraborty Paunksnis teaches at Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania. Her research interests include gender, caste, media representations and subaltern literature. Her academic articles and book chapters have been published by reputed international publishers. She is also a creative writer and translator. Her translated stories have been published by Orient Blackswan and Sahitya Akademi, New Delhi.</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Šarūnas Paunksnis teaches at Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania. His research interests include politics, new media, Indian cinema, science and technology studies and postcolonial theory. He is author of Dark Fear, Eerie Cities: New Hindi Cinema in Neoliberal India (2019) and the editor of Dislocating Globality: Deterritorialization, Difference and Resistance (2016).</div></div>		This book offers interdisciplinary examination of gender representations in cinema and SVOD (Subscription Video on Demand) platforms in India. This book will identify how the so-called feminist enunciations in twenty-first century film and SVOD content in India are marked by an ambiguous entanglement of feminist and postfeminist rhetoric. Set against the backdrop of two significant contemporary phenomena, namely neoliberalism and the digital revolution, this book considers how neoliberalism, aided by technological advancement, re-configured the process of media consumption in contemporary India and how representation of gender is fraught with multiple contesting trajectories. The book looks at two types of media—cinema and SVOD platforms, and explores the reasons for this transformation that has been emerging in India over the past two decades. Keeping in mind the complex paradoxes that such concomitant process of the contraries can invoke, the book invites myriad responsesfrom the authors who view the shifting gender representations in postmillennial Hindi cinema and SVOD platforms from their specific ideological standpoints. The book includes a wide array of genres, from commercial Hindi films to SVOD content and documentary films, and aims to record the transformation facilitated by economic as well as technological revolutions in contemporary India across various media formats.Examines emerging and scarcely researched SVOD platforms in IndiaAnalyses recent developments of gender representation in cinema and SVOD platforms in 21st century IndiaEvaluates the impact of neoliberalism, postfeminism and digital revolution on gender representations<div>Dr. Runa Chakraborty Paunksnis teaches at Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania. Her research interests include gender, caste, media representations and subaltern literature. Her academic articles and book chapters have been published by reputed international publishers. She is also a creative writer and translator. Her translated stories have been published by Orient Blackswan and Sahitya Akademi, New Delhi.</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Šarūnas Paunksnis teaches at Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania. His research interests include politics, new media, Indian cinema, science and technology studies and postcolonial theory. He is author of Dark Fear, Eerie Cities: New Hindi Cinema in Neoliberal India (2019) and the editor of Dislocating Globality: Deterritorialization, Difference and Resistance (2016).</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Asian Film and TVMedia and GenderFilm and Television IndustryDigital and New Media/Asian Film and TV/Film and Television Studies/Media and Communication/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031167027Gender, Cinema, Streaming Platformshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031167027?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
61
978-3-031-54721-8ChałupnikMałgorzata ChałupnikMałgorzata Chałupnik, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, UKLeadership and Collaboration in Workplace DiscourseFrom Field to ApplicationX, 246 p. 28 illus.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Communicating in Professions and OrganizationsSocial SciencesMonographBook0English228CBXKJMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-272024-05-2711. Introduction.- 2. Leadership and collaboration.- 3. Discourses of leadership and collaboration.- 4. Auto-ethnography in the workplace.- 5. Leading others.- 6. Collaborating.- 7. From field to application.- 8. Conclusions.This book presents a comprehensive examination of how leadership and collaboration are discursively performed in professional communication, using real-world data from a UK public sector IT team. Taking an auto-ethnographic approach to workplace talk, the author examines the language involved in the performance of different team-based professional roles, examining how professional identity and relationships are indexed through casual face-to-face talk in an office environment. This investigation of how a group of people come together in an effort to achieve shared workplace goals relates to key debates in the area of professional communication, putting forward new theoretical and methodological frameworks for understanding and analysing how person-orientated aspects of professional communication shape discourses of work. This book appeals to a wide and interdisciplinary audience, including advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students, academics and researchers specialising in applied linguistics broadly, and professional communication in particular, as well as consultants and practitioners working across a wide range of professional sectors. <div>
</div><div>Małgorzata Chałupnik is a lecturer in the School of English at the University of Nottingham, UK. Her expertise is in professional communication, particularly as observed in business and health(care) settings. She has worked with many organisations from across the UK, embedding findings of professional communication research into professional practice.
</div><div></div>		This book presents a comprehensive examination of how leadership and collaboration are discursively performed in professional communication, using real-world data from a UK public sector IT team. Taking an auto-ethnographic approach to workplace talk, the author examines the language involved in the performance of different team-based professional roles, examining how professional identity and relationships are indexed through casual face-to-face talk in an office environment. This investigation of how a group of people come together in an effort to achieve shared workplace goals relates to key debates in the area of professional communication, putting forward new theoretical and methodological frameworks for understanding and analysing how person-orientated aspects of professional communication shape discourses of work. This book appeals to a wide and interdisciplinary audience, including advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students, academics and researchers specialising in applied linguistics broadly, and professional communication in particular, as well as consultants and practitioners working across a wide range of professional sectors.Examines the processes and linguistic features involved in the performance of different team-based professional rolesPresents an examination of how leadership and collaboration are discursively performed in professional communicationAppeals to a wide and interdisciplinary audienceMałgorzata Chałupnik is a lecturer in the School of English at the University of Nottingham, UK. Her expertise is in professional communication, particularly as observed in business and health(care) settings. She has worked with many organisations from across the UK, embedding findings of professional communication research into professional practice.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41176Social Sciences00LinguisticsManagementEthnographyWork and Organizational PsychologyMedia and Communication/Linguistics/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031547218Leadership and Collaboration in Workplace Discoursehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031547218?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
62
978-3-031-50949-0ChanEugene Y. ChanEugene Y. Chan, Toronto Metropolitan University, Toronto, ON, CanadaConsumer Behavior in PracticeStrategic Insights for the Modern MarketerXXI, 267 p. 1 illus.12024final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.5099.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English267KJSKJSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0Available2024-04-032024-04-032024-03-112024-03-111Introduction to this Text.- PART 1.- Chapter 1: Consumer Decision Making Strategies.- PART 2.- Chapter 2: Advertising.- Chapter 3: Pricing.- Chapter 4: Brand Loyalty.- Chapter 5: Emotional Marketing.- PART 3.- Chapter 6: Luxury Consumer Behavior.- Chapter 7: Digital Consumer Behavior.- Chapter 8: The Ideological Consumer.- Chapter 9: Cross-Cultural Consumer Behavior.- PART 4.- Chapter 10: Consumer Behavior in the Sharing Economy.- Chapter 11: Sustainable Consumer Decision-Making.- Chapter 12: Consumer Behavior During a Brand Crisis.- PART 5.- Consumer Behavior in the Future.“In his new book, Eugene Chan finally unlocks the full potential of consumer psychology for marketing practice. Jargon can get in the way of appreciating this discipline’s usefulness, but the author distills the concepts in a simple but compelling way while demonstrating applicability. The result is a book that will resonate with anyone whose aim is to influence modern consumers.”– François Carrillat, Professor of Marketing Department, Griffith Business School, Griffith University, Australia “For both marketing students and practitioners who have struggled to master what consumers think, feel, and do in practice, this book is a must-read. The book provides a comprehensive compilation of theories and case-in-point practices on consumer behavior in modern marketing.” – Liem Viet Ngo, Editor-in-Chief of Australasian Marketing Journal and Associate Professor of Marketing, UNSW Sydney, Australia

Aimed at marketing students and practitioners, this book places less emphasis on theory but, instead, helps readers to understand why their customers are acting in a certain way or why their marketing activities or initiatives are not (or are) working out.The text examines the relevance of consumer behavior in such marketing topics as advertising and pricing, with topical chapters such as the sharing economy, luxury consumer behavior, and the ideological consumer. Each chapter includes boxes that highlight theory in greater depth; show how the concepts discuss “work” in actual practice; and the relevance of digital and social media marketing.This book will prove useful to those looking for a greater understanding of how consumer behavior provides greater insight about marketing activities.
Eugene Chan is an Associate Professor of Marketing in the Ted Rogers School of Management at Toronto Metropolitan University, Canada. He uses experimental and survey methods and draws on theories from diverse disciplines in the social sciences to study how consumers make choices, judgments, and decisions in the marketplace, in organizations, and in society. He is co-author of an undergraduate textbook on consumer behavior focused on Australia and the Asia-Pacific.
Aimed at marketing students and practitioners, this book places less emphasis on theory but, instead, helps readers to understand why their customers are acting in a certain way or why their marketing activities or initiatives are not (or are) working out.The text examines the relevance of consumer behavior in such marketing topics as advertising and pricing, with topical chapters such as the sharing economy, luxury consumer behavior, and the ideological consumer. Each chapter includes boxes that highlight theory in greater depth; show how the concepts discuss “work” in actual practice; and the relevance of digital and social media marketing.This book will prove useful to those looking for a greater understanding of how consumer behavior provides greater insight about marketing activities.Empowers learners to better understand their customers through numerous cases, including contemporary examplesFocuses on the application of marketing phenomena on consumer behavior rather than theoryDiscusses how marketers can employ digital tools to capture consumer interest and increase brand engagementEugene Y. Chan is an Associate Professor of Marketing in the Ted Rogers School of Management at Toronto Metropolitan University, Canada. He uses experimental and survey methods and draws on theories from diverse disciplines in the social sciences to study how consumers make choices, judgments, and decisions in the marketplace, in organizations, and in society. He is co-author of an undergraduate textbook on consumer behavior focused on Australia and the Asia-Pacific.
StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00Consumer BehaviorBrandingMarket Research and Competitive IntelligenceMarketing/Consumer Behavior /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/00009783031509490Consumer Behavior in Practicehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031509490?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
63
978-3-031-57594-5ChandraRamesh ChandraRamesh Chandra, GLASGOW, UKReflections on the Future of CapitalismFrom Karl Marx to Amartya SenApprox. 400 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceMonographBook0English370KCZKCZPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-132024-06-1311. Introduction.- 2. Karl Marx.- 3. Joseph Schumpeter.- 4. Thorstein Veblen.- 5. Henry George.- 6. Gunnar Myrdal.- 7. Alfred Marshall.- 8. Allyn Young.- 9. J. M. Keynes.- 10. Amartya Sen.- 11. Summary and Conclusions.This book explores the ideas of nine renowned economists to present the evolution of economic thought on the development and trajectory of capitalism as a system. The author shows how this diverse group of thinkers are linked by their thinking on the future role of capitalism in society and fleshes out the influences informing each economist’s work. With chapters dedicated to Karl Marx, Joseph Schumpeter, Thorstein Veblen, Henry George, Gunnar Myrdal, Alfred Marshall, Allyn Young, J. M. Keynes and Amartya Sen, the book aims to analyse contrasting views on the future of capitalism in historical perspective and make a critical assessment of their insights in contemporary contexts.



While considering the views of some thinkers such as Marx, Schumpeter, and Veblen who critiqued capitalism, the book does not view capitalism beyond redemption, nor is meant to be a critique of capitalism in its conclusions. Rather, it argues that thinkers like Marshall, Myrdal, Young and Keynes were more right in their optimism about the future prospects of capitalism than many others. It argues that capitalism can be reformed through the democratic process in a more humane direction. This can happen if democracy works for all, and if discriminating privileges and crony capitalism are eschewed. This book is valuable reading for scholars and students of economic history and the history of economic thought.



Ramesh Chandra is an independent economist who has published extensively including three books. He received his PhD in Economics from the University of Strathclyde, UK, and studied economics at the Delhi School of Economics, University of California (Berkeley) and University of Glasgow. He has held professorships at Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration and Indian Council of Research on International Economic Relations, India, among others. His research interests include trade policy and growth, the relationship between economic thought and development economics, and the history of economic thought.		This book explores the ideas of nine renowned economists to present the evolution of economic thought on the development and trajectory of capitalism as a system. The author shows how this diverse group of thinkers are linked by their thinking on the future role of capitalism in society and fleshes out the influences informing each economist’s work. With chapters dedicated to Karl Marx, Joseph Schumpeter, Thorstein Veblen, Henry George, Gunnar Myrdal, Alfred Marshall, Allyn Young, J. M. Keynes and Amartya Sen, the book aims to analyse contrasting views on the future of capitalism in historical perspective and make a critical assessment of their insights in contemporary contexts.



While considering the views of some thinkers such as Marx, Schumpeter, and Veblen who critiqued capitalism, the book does not view capitalism beyond redemption, nor is meant to be a critique of capitalism in its conclusions. Rather, it argues that thinkers like Marshall, Myrdal, Young and Keynes were more right in their optimism about the future prospects of capitalism than many others. It argues that capitalism can be reformed through the democratic process in a more humane direction. This can happen if democracy works for all, and if discriminating privileges and crony capitalism are eschewed. This book is valuable reading for scholars and students of economic history and the history of economic thought.		Presents the development of economic thinking on capitalism in historical perspectiveContrasts and analyses the work of nine renowned economists in the history of economic thoughtArgues for periodical reform of capitalism in conjunction with a democratic systemRamesh Chandra is an independent economist who has published extensively including three books. He received his PhD in Economics from the University of Strathclyde, UK, and studied economics at the Delhi School of Economics, University of California (Berkeley) and University of Glasgow. He has held professorships at Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration and Indian Council of Research on International Economic Relations, India, among others. His research interests include trade policy and growth, the relationship between economic thought and development economics, and the history of economic thought.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00History of Economic Thought and MethodologyEconomic HistoryPolitical Economy and Economic SystemsPublic Economics/History of Economic Thought and Methodology/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/Political Economy and Economic Systems/Economic History/00009783031575945Reflections on the Future of Capitalismhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031575945?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
64
978-3-031-56797-1CharisChristos Charis; Georgia PanayiotouChristos Charis, Dillenburg, Germany; Georgia Panayiotou, University of Cyprus, Nicosia, CyprusAnxiety Disorders and Related ConditionsConceptualization and Treatment from Psychodynamic and Cognitive Behavioral PerspectivesApprox. 250 p.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English0JMMMJSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-072024-06-071Chapter 1. Neuroendocrine factors in anxiety.- Chapter 2. Fear, Anxiety and their meaning for our life from psychodynamic point of view Chapter 3. Exposure therapy of fear of public speaking and the use of virtual reality.- Chapter 4. Attention biases in social anxiety – considerations for conceptualization and treatment.- Chapter 5. The role of breathing in anxiety.- Chapter 6. Psychodynamic Treatment of Social Anxiety.- Chapter 7. A theoretical Digression: Panic Focused Psychodynamic Psychotherapy.- Chapter 8. Case study of a 33 year-old patient with a panic disorder, (ICD-10 F 41.0) from Psychodynamic point of view.- Chapter 9. Case conceptualization and treatment of Anxiety from an ACT perspective.- Chapter 10. Treatment of a Borderline Personality Disorder patient with anxiety.- Chapter 11. Pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders.


The volume aims to instigate a dialog between the psychoanalytic and the cognitive-behavioral tradition on conceptualization and treatment of anxiety disorders and related conditions through contributions of respective experts. It presents current findings, and current theories and conceptualizations with regards to the mechanisms of etiology and maintenance of anxiety and related conditions, as well as innovative, new or experimental approaches to treatment that target core difficulties found in patients with anxiety. The book integrates basic research with conceptualization and treatment, while giving space for multiple perspectives to treatment, both psychotherapeutic and pharmacological, to be described. Chapters include a) conceptualization and treatment of anxiety and panic from psychodynamic perspectives, b) 2nd wave CBT treatment and the use of virtual reality, c) 3rd wave (ACT) perspectives, and d) neuroendocrine factors, and e) pharmacotherapy perspectives. Different theoretical approaches are presented highlighting the strengths and the evidence in favour of each approach, without promoting any specific perspective, but with an effort to highlight common underlying themes like safety behaviors and avoidance, social support, and role of learning history. In this way the book will present a combination of theory, science and practice aiming to be an excellent resource for researchers, clinicians and students of mental health professions.The volume aims to instigate a dialog between the psychoanalytic and the cognitive-behavioral tradition on conceptualization and treatment of anxiety disorders and related conditions through contributions of respective experts. It presents current findings, and current theories and conceptualizations with regards to the mechanisms of etiology and maintenance of anxiety and related conditions, as well as innovative, new or experimental approaches to treatment that target core difficulties found in patients with anxiety. The book integrates basic research with conceptualization and treatment, while giving space for multiple perspectives to treatment, both psychotherapeutic and pharmacological, to be described. Chapters include a) conceptualization and treatment of anxiety and panic from psychodynamic perspectives, b) 2nd wave CBT treatment and the use of virtual reality, c) 3rd wave (ACT) perspectives, and d) neuroendocrine factors, and e) pharmacotherapy perspectives. Different theoretical approaches are presented highlighting the strengths and the evidence in favour of each approach, without promoting any specific perspective, but with an effort to highlight common underlying themes like safety behaviors and avoidance, social support, and role of learning history. In this way the book will present a combination of theory, science and practice aiming to be an excellent resource for researchers, clinicians and students of mental health professions. <div>
</div>		Combines empirical evidence with practical treatment recommendations from seasoned cliniciansIncludes case studies that highlight application of different theoriesClear sense of both psychodynamic & behavioral traditions in one volume with discussion of trans-theoretical key points​Dr. Med. Christos Charis Biography: <div>
<div>The author is a consultant for psychosomatic medicine and psychotherapy, psychiatrist.He has a doctorate with postdoctoral research experience. He has been working in his own practice as a psychodynamic psychotherapist in Dillenburg/Germany since October 2006.In adition, he worked in a mental institution (outpatient department of the Vitos Klinik Bamberger Hof/Frankfurt am Main) one day per week as a psychiatrist and psychotherapist from 2006 to 2021. His primary work interests are in the domain of somatoform disorders, anxiety disorders, depression and personality disorders. He treated a lot of patients with anxiety disorders under the supervision of Professor Sven Olaf Hoffmann for 11 years. (Professor Hoffmann is a very experienced anxiety disorders specialist/psychoanalyst in Germany). </div><div>
</div><div>Since 2012 Professor Georgia Panagiotou and Dr. med. Christos Charis have been organising a biennial international symposium on Cyprus on relevant chapters of psychotherapy, where specialists in behavioural therapy and psychodynamic psychotherapy analyse the respective topic from their point of view and enter into a dialogue with each other. Professor Panayiotou and Dr. med. Charis have edited two books together: „Somatoform and other Psychosomatic Disorders“, „Depression, Conceptualization and Treatment“. </div>
</div><div>Georgia Panayiotou is Professor of Clinical Psychology at the Department of Psychology and Center for Applied Neuroscience, University of Cyprus. Her research is focused on emotion processing and regulation difficulties as they appear and form part of the mechanism of various forms of psychopathology. She has expertise in multiple experimental methodologies, including peripheral psychophysiology, eye-tracking, EEG and more recently has also applied qualitative methods in her work. She conducts both basic experimental research into pathogenic mechanisms of psychological disorders and RCTs on preventive skills training protocols, focused especially on the development of emotion regulation skills in various populations. She has managed many university, national and international grants as PI or co-Investigator on anxiety disorders, learning disabilities, neurodevelopmental disorders, smoking, alexithymia, and other conditions and has collaborated with stakeholders, such as the National Antinarcotics Authority, National Betting Authority, and Ministry of Transport to study emotion and emotion regulation problems in substance use, gambling pathology, and high-risk driving behavior respectively. She has substantial experience in managing large projects, in collaboration with local and multi-national research teams, and has supervised numerous doctoral and post-doctoral researchers locally and internationally. She teaches undergraduate and doctoral level courses in psychopathology, clinical practicum seminars, and CBT. She is a licensed Clinical Psychologist, and currently serves as Dean of the Graduate School at her University.</div><div>
</div>		StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyClinical PsychologyPsychological MethodsPsychotherapyPsychiatry/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031567971Anxiety Disorders and Related Conditionshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031567971?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
65
978-981-19-5733-8ChenHoward Hao-Jan Chen; Keiko Mochizuki; Hongyin TaoHoward Hao-Jan Chen, National Taiwan Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan; Keiko Mochizuki, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies, Tokyo, Japan; Hongyin Tao, University of California, Los Angeles, CA, USALearner Corpora: Construction and Explorations in Chinese and Related LanguagesVI, 333 p. 383 illus., 41 illus. in color.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Chinese Language Learning SciencesEducationContributed volumeBook0English333CJCBSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-04-042024-04-041Part 1.- 1. Introduction.- Part 2. Learner Corpus Construction and Processing.- 2. Building a New Generation Learner Corpus of Chinese.- 3. Some Pragmatic Issues in Learner Corpus: A CSL Perspective.- 4. The Construction of a Learner Error Corpus of Chinese and Its Pedagogical.- 5. A Preliminary Study on Chinese Learner’s Written Errors Based on an Error-Tagged Learner Corpus.- Part 3. Explorations in Learner Corpora.- 6. A Corpus Study of Verb Complement of Manner Constructions in Chinese as a Second Language.- 7. The Acquisition of Relative Clauses in L2 Chinese: A Corpus-Based Study.- 8. Mis-Selection of Near Synonyms: A Study Based on a Written Chinese Corpus.- 9. A Study on the Common V-N Collection Errors Based on Chinese Learner Corpus.- 10. Acquisition of the Chinese Indefinite Determiner “One + Classifier” and English Articles in Two-Way Learner Corpora.- 11. The Acquisition of Aspect in Chinese Based on a Chinese Learner Corpus by English L1 and Japanese L1 Learners.- 12. Referent Tracking and Event Grounding in Oral Narratives of French Learners of Chinese.This edited book reflects the state of the art in learner corpus and related approaches to Chinese as a second language (CSL). CSL as a field has flourished in the past few decades due to the increasingly important role of the Chinese language at the world stage, yet studies of Chinese as a second language based on learner corpora have been less well developed due to the limited availability of data and lack of theoretical insights. This book represents the latest research in this area by 1) assembling a large group of active researchers from multiple international research communities (USA, China, Hong Kong, Macau, Japan, Taiwan, and France); 2) discussing the latest resources and technologies in Chinese and other Asian languages learner corpora and corpus building; 3) basing Chinese as a second language studies on data from learners of Chinese with a wide range of first language backgrounds (English, Japanese, Korean, French, among others); and 4) integrating corpus methodswith a wide range of related methods in allied fields—language acquisition, usage-based linguistics, psycholinguistics, and neurolinguistics. This comprehensive collection is indispensable for anyone who is interested in corpus approaches to CSL and Chinese applied language studies in general.This edited book reflects the state of the art in learner corpus and related approaches to Chinese as a second language (CSL). CSL as a field has flourished in the past few decades due to the increasingly important role of the Chinese language at the world stage, yet studies of Chinese as a second language based on learner corpora have been less well developed due to the limited availability of data and lack of theoretical insights. This book represents the latest research in this area by 1) assembling a large group of active researchers from multiple international research communities (USA, China, Hong Kong, Macau, Japan, Taiwan, and France); 2) discussing the latest resources and technologies in Chinese and other Asian languages learner corpora and corpus building; 3) basing Chinese as a second language studies on data from learners of Chinese with a wide range of first language backgrounds (English, Japanese, Korean, French, among others); and 4) integrating corpus methodswith a wide range of related methods in allied fields—language acquisition, usage-based linguistics, psycholinguistics, and neurolinguistics. This comprehensive collection is indispensable for anyone who is interested in corpus approaches to CSL and Chinese applied language studies in general.Reflects the state of the art in learner corpus and related approaches to Chinese as a second languageBases Chinese as a second language studies on data of Chinese with a wide range of first language backgroundsIntegrates corpus methods with a wide range of related methods in allied fieldsHoward Hao-Jan Chen is Professor of Applied Linguistics and former Chair of English Department at the National Taiwan Normal University. His areas of expertise include computer-assisted language learning, corpus linguistics, and applied linguistics. He has also served as Director of Mandarin Training Center of National Taiwan Normal University for four years. He has published numerous journal articles related to computer-assisted language learning and corpus linguistics. He also serves on several editorial boards, including Computer Assisted Language Learning, English Teaching and Learning, and International Journal of Digital Learning Technology. He is also managing the Cool English website, a website for English learning supported by Taiwan Ministry of Education.

Keiko Mochizuki is Professor of Applied Linguistics in Graduate School of Global Studies, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies. She specializes in Chinese linguistics, second language acquisition, contrastive linguistics between Japanese, Chinese, and English as well as pedagogy based on learners’ native languages. Her recent works, mostly learner corpus-focussed, have included 1) research on cross-referential learners’ corpora of English, Chinese, and Japanese; 2) an Online Learners’ Composition Corpus and Error Dictionary with the cooperation with researchers in natural language processing; 3) a collaborative project between the Tokyo University of Foreign Studies, National Taiwan Normal University, National Taiwan University, Peking University, Shanghai International Studies University, the University of Leeds, and Akita International University collecting data for an English-Chinese-Japanese Learner Corpus and constructing Learners’ Error Corpora of English/Chinese/Japanese Searching Platform; and 4) International Research on Spoken and Written Corpora of Learners of English, Chinese, and Japanese through University-High School Collaboration. She was Executive Committee Member of International Association of Chinese Linguistics in 2010–2011.

Hongyin Tao is Professor of Chinese language and linguistics and applied linguistics at the University of California, Los Angeles. Prior to UCLA, he taught at the National University of Singapore and Cornell University. His areas of expertise include Chinese linguistics, corpus linguistics, sociolinguistics, and applied linguistics. His recent books include Working with Spoken Chinese (2011), Chinese under Globalization (co-edited with Jin Liu, 2011), and Integrating Linguistic Research with Chinese Language Teaching and Learning (2016). His research is supported by the US Department of Education. He was 2014 President of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, USA, is Distinguished Chair Professor at the National Taiwan Normal University, and serves on over twenty editorial boards, including Chinese Language and Discourse, the Heritage Language Journal, and Contemporary Chinese Linguistics.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00Language EducationLanguage Teaching and LearningAsian Languages/Didactics and Teaching Methodology/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Language Education/00009789811957338Learner Corpora: Construction and Explorations in Chinese and Related Languageshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789811957338?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
66
978-981-19-8885-1ChenBinggong ChenBinggong Chen, Jilin University, Changchun, ChinaPrinciples of Subjective AnthropologyConcepts and the Knowledge SystemVIII, 484 p. 2 illus.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesMonographBook0English484JHMJHMCSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2024-03-292023-03-272024-03-282024-03-2811. Concept and Research Object of Subjective Anthropology.- 2. Theoretical Foundation and Mode of Thinking of Subjective Anthropology.- 3. The Essence of Human Life : Practical Subject.- 4. The Noumenon of Human Life – Man’s “Structure and Choice”.- 5. Personality Structure.- 6. Group Structure, Group Choice and Group Behavior Pattern.This book puts forward the concept of “subjective anthropology” and outlines a theoretical system that will allow subjective anthropology to qualify as a new academic discipline in its own right. In an effort to respond to the field’s proper role as the science of humanity, subjective analysis has been introduced into the study of anthropology. The book fills two distinct gaps in our knowledge and understanding of modern man, offering detailed descriptions of personality and of groups, while also advancing the theory of “structure and choice.” The book formulates seven basic principles of subjective anthropology and divides anthropology into three major branches: subjective anthropology, cultural anthropology, and biological (or physical) anthropology, which can be further divided into sub-branches. The book pursues three key goals: advancing and developing the theoretical system of subjective anthropology, reconstructing the discipline of anthropology, and establishing a Chinese anthropology with Chinese characteristics, Chinese visions, and Chinese styles.
This book puts forward the concept of “subjective anthropology” and outlines a theoretical system that will allow subjective anthropology to qualify as a new academic discipline in its own right. In an effort to respond to the field’s proper role as the science of humanity, subjective analysis has been introduced into the study of anthropology. The book fills two distinct gaps in our knowledge and understanding of modern man, offering detailed descriptions of personality and of groups, while also advancing the theory of “structure and choice.” The book formulates seven basic principles of subjective anthropology and divides anthropology into three major branches: subjective anthropology, cultural anthropology, and biological (or physical) anthropology, which can be further divided into sub-branches. The book pursues three key goals: advancing and developing the theoretical system of subjective anthropology, reconstructing the discipline of anthropology, and establishing a Chinese anthropology with Chinese characteristics, Chinese visions, and Chinese styles.Discusses an anthropological discipline system of Chinese anthropologyEnriches understanding of subjective analysis in order to provide abundant food for perspicuousBuilds knowledge of anthropological discipline systemChen Binggong is Kuang Yaming Distinguished Professor at Jilin University, China, Director of the Research Center of National Core Values, Chief Specialist in the Central Project of Marxist Research and Development, and one of the most distinguished social scientists in China today. His research areas include philosophy, philosophical anthropology, subjective anthropology, and education. He has published more than 20 monographs and over 150 articles. He was awarded the first prize in the humanities and social sciences category by the Ministry of Education, China. He has advanced the theory of “structure and choice.”ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Anthropological TheoryResearch Methods in AnthropologySociocultural AnthropologyPhilosophy of Anthropology/Anthropological Theory/Humanities and Social Sciences/Anthropology/Society/00009789811988851Principles of Subjective Anthropologyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789811988851?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
67
978-981-97-1930-3ChihwaiPeter ChihwaiPeter Chihwai, Vaal University of Technology, VanderbiljparkCOVID-19 Impact on Tourism Performance in AfricaX, 290 p. 40 illus.12024approx.169.99181.89186.99149.99201.00199.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English351KNSKJSSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore1In production2024-05-212024-05-211COVID-19 Impact and Recovery on Tourism in Africa: An Introduction and Background.- The Impact of COVID-19 on University Students Studying Hospitality Management in South Africa.- Exploring the Impact of COVID-19 on Tourism in East African Countries.- The Impact of COVID-19 on Quarantine Hotel Employees.- Maintaining a Sustainable Competitive Advantage in Tourism through Quality Service and Customer Satisfaction in Africa.- Designing a Most Suitable Questionnaire for Measuring Tourists’ Satisfaction in Wildlife Viewing Context.- Digital Entrepreneurship in Tourism and Hospitality Sector: Lessons from the Global South.- Continuous Improvement and Innovation During Covid-19 In East Africa: Implications for Future Tourism Policy and Planning.- A Social Work-Ubuntu Perspective of Continuous Improvement and Innovation During COVID-19 Era in South Africa and the Lessons on Tourism.- Revitalizing Tourism in Free State Province, South Africa: Digital Marketing Strategies for Domestic Tourism Post-COVID-19 Recovery.- Tourism Marketing During and Post COVID-19 in Africa.- COVID-19 Domestic Tourism Recovery Strategies by Wildlife-Based Tourist Destinations in Masvingo Province, Zimbabwe.- Exploring COVID-19 Tourism Recovery Strategies in East Africa.- Exploring the Impact of COVID-19 and Tourism Recovery Strategies in West Africa.- Analysis of Tourism Recovery Strategies in South Africa from the COVID-19 Pandemic.- Post Covid-19 Pandemic Coping Strategies of Tourism-Dependent Households Along Kenya’s Coastal Tourism Circuit.- Tourism Performance During and Post COVID-19 in Africa: Conclusions and Recommendations.This book examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on tourism performance in Africa. It covers a wide range of topics that will interest academic readers and researchers, including the effects of COVID-19 on various segments of the tourism sector. The aim is to provide a deeper understanding of the damage caused by the pandemic, enriching future research based on the findings and conclusions presented in the book.

The research presented in this book is new and original, representing different perspectives from across Africa's 52 countries. It offers valuable insights for the business world on how to adapt and adopt communication strategies during crises such as COVID-19. Themes such as innovation, service quality, and continuous improvement during the pandemic are explored, providing lessons that can benefit the tourism industry in navigating similar challenges in the future.


Additionally, the book discusses the future of tourism, presenting various perspectives on what the future holds for the tourism industry. This provides an exciting platform for tourism stakeholders to learn about the future of the sector from diverse and knowledgeable angles. The unique perspectives offered, especially those from Africa, will appeal to a wide and diverse audience, including ecotourists, educational tourists, adventure tourists, governments, academics, and other stakeholders.		This book examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on tourism performance in Africa. It covers a wide range of topics that will interest academic readers and researchers, including the effects of COVID-19 on various segments of the tourism sector. The aim is to provide a deeper understanding of the damage caused by the pandemic, enriching future research based on the findings and conclusions presented in the book.

The research presented in this book is new and original, representing different perspectives from across Africa's 52 countries. It offers valuable insights for the business world on how to adapt and adopt communication strategies during crises such as COVID-19. Themes such as innovation, service quality, and continuous improvement during the pandemic are explored, providing lessons that can benefit the tourism industry in navigating similar challenges in the future.


Additionally, the book discusses the future of tourism, presenting various perspectives on what the future holds for the tourism industry. This provides an exciting platform for tourism stakeholders to learn about the future of the sector from diverse and knowledgeable angles. The unique perspectives offered, especially those from Africa, will appeal to a wide and diverse audience, including ecotourists, educational tourists, adventure tourists, governments, academics, and other stakeholders.

Appeals to a wider audience befitting researchers, academics, students, governments, and all tourism stakeholdersExplores tourism performance with themes of marketing, management, and service qualityUses qualitative and quantitative methods using the most recent analysis tools and methodsDr. Peter Chihwai is a Postdoctoral Fellow at Vaal University of Technology, affiliated with the Department of Tourism and Integrated Communication. He completed a Master of Commerce in Marketing Strategy, which included eleven modules and a dissertation titled 'Repositioning Zimbabwe as a Safe Tourist Destination'. He holds a Doctor of Business Administration, with a thesis titled 'Developing SAFSERV: A Scale Measuring Safari Tourists’ Satisfaction.'

Dr. Chihwai has authored numerous book chapters, a book titled 'Tourism Marketing and Management,' and published in many peer-reviewed journals. He also serves as a peer reviewer for several international journals, reflecting his expertise and commitment to academic rigor. Dr. Chihwai's research focuses on enhancing the tourism experience, and his work contributes significantly to the field of tourism.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00Tourism ManagementMarketingManagementAfrican History/Tourism Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/00009789819719303COVID-19 Impact on Tourism Performance in Africahttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819719303?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
68
978-3-031-23865-9ChitimiraHoward Chitimira; Tapiwa Victor WarikandwaHoward Chitimira, North-West University, Mmabatho, South Africa; Tapiwa Victor Warikandwa, University of Namibia, Windhoek, NamibiaFinancial Inclusion and Digital Transformation Regulatory Practices in Selected SADC CountriesSouth Africa, Namibia, Botswana and ZimbabweXII, 374 p. 1 illus.12023final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice106Law and CriminologyContributed volumeBook0English374LBKFFSpringerSpringer International Publishing1Available2024-03-302023-03-292024-03-292024-03-291<div><div><div><div><div>Financial Inclusion as an Enabler of United Nations Sustainable Development Goals in the 21ST Century: An Introduction.- Towards an International Financial Inclusion Strategy, Institutional Frameworks and Enforcement: Setting Regulatory Benchmarks for the SADC Countries.- Facilitating Financial Inclusion Through the Development of a Decentralised Cryptocurrencies’ Regulatory Regime in South Africa, Zimbabwe and Botswana.- The Role of Corporate Directorship in Financial Inclusion within Selected SADC Countries.- Financial Inclusion and Persons Living with Disabilities in Zambia: Reality versus Rhetoric.- The Prospects and Challenges for Mobile Money Regulation and the Promotion of Financial Inclusion in Zimbabwe.- Land Reform and Financial Inclusion Challenges in South Africa.- Exploring Digital Financial Inclusion Strategies for Urban and Rural Communities in Botswana, Namibia, South Africa and Zimbabwe.- A ‘Social Justice’ Movement in the Banking Industry? Banking, Competition and Financial Inclusion in South Africa with Insights from Zimbabwe.- Intra-African Trade and the AFCFTA: A Law and Economics Perspective.- Retirement Funding and Financial Inclusion in South Africa: A Contrary Policy Approach.- Mobile Fin-Tech Ecosystem Shaping Financial Inclusion in Zimbabwean Banking and Financial Services Markets.- Financial Inclusion Challenges and Prospects during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Insights from Botswana, Namibia, South Africa and Zimbabwe.- Financial Inclusion and the Small-Scale Fisheries Sector in Namibia: A Contemporary Legal Perspective.- Barriers to Integrating Financial Inclusion for Coastal Small-Scale Fishermen into Namibian Fisheries Policies and Regulatory Frameworks.- Policy and Regulatory Frameworks for Financial Inclusion in South Africa, Botswana, Namibia and Zimbabwe.
</div><div> </div> </div><div> </div> </div><div> </div> </div> </div>		This book investigates the regulation and promotion of financial inclusion and provides a comparative analysis of the regulation, promotion and enforcement of the relevant laws in the SADC (in particular, South Africa, Namibia, Botswana and Zimbabwe), as well as the challenges of financial inclusion. In turn, it evaluates financial inclusion in the context of specific challenges faced by unbanked and underbanked customers, who are easy targets for cyber criminals because they tend to have lower levels of digital literacy. <div>The book presents novel discussions that identify the challenges and flaws associated with the enforcement of financial inclusion laws and related measures intended to promote financial inclusion in the SADC region. This is primarily done in order to reveal the current strengths and weaknesses of financial inclusion laws in relation to certain aspects of the companies, securities and financial markets in the region. For example, there is no common financialinclusion instrument/law that is effectively and uniformly applied throughout the SADC. This has impeded the enforcement authorities’ efforts to effectively combat financial exclusion across the region.</div><div>The book is likely the most comprehensive study to date on the regulation and promotion of financial inclusion in the SADC region and fills a major gap in SADC and African legal jurisprudence. As such, it offers a valuable asset for policymakers, attorneys, bankers, securities (share) holders, and other market participants who deal with financial inclusion, as well as undergraduate and graduate students interested in the topic.</div><div>
</div>		<div>This book investigates the regulation and promotion of financial inclusion and provides a comparative analysis of the regulation, promotion and enforcement of the relevant laws in the SADC (in particular, South Africa, Namibia, Botswana and Zimbabwe), as well as the challenges of financial inclusion. In turn, it evaluates financial inclusion in the context of specific challenges faced by unbanked and underbanked customers, who are easy targets for cyber criminals because they tend to have lower levels of digital literacy. </div><div>The book presents novel discussions that identify the challenges and flaws associated with the enforcement of financial inclusion laws and related measures intended to promote financial inclusion in the SADC region. This is primarily done in order to reveal the current strengths and weaknesses of financial inclusion laws in relation to certain aspects of the companies, securities and financial markets in the region. For example, there is no commonfinancial inclusion instrument/law that is effectively and uniformly applied throughout the SADC. This has impeded the enforcement authorities’ efforts to effectively combat financial exclusion across the region.</div><div>The book is likely the most comprehensive study to date on the regulation and promotion of financial inclusion in the SADC region and fills a major gap in SADC and African legal jurisprudence. As such, it offers a valuable asset for policymakers, attorneys, bankers, securities (share) holders, and other market participants who deal with financial inclusion, as well as undergraduate and graduate students interested in the topic.</div><div>
</div>		Deals with financial inclusion from a law and economics perspectiveWritten from a regional perspectiveIncorporates developments around covid-19 on the realisation of financial inclusionHoward Chitimira is a full Professor of Law and Research Professor at the Faculty of Law, North-West University. He is also an advocate of the High Court of South Africa and a National Research Foundation (NRF) rated legal scholar. Prof Chitimira holds the degrees Bachelor of Laws (LLB) (Cum Laude) from the University of Fort Hare (UFH); Master of Laws (LLM) from UFH and Doctor of Laws (LLD) from the Nelson Mandela Metropolitan University (NMMU). For his doctorate, he specialised in securities and financial markets law. Prof Chitimira is a reviewer and editorial board member of several law journals in South Africa and elsewhere, as well as an external examiner for LLB, LLM and LLD degrees at several universities. He serves on editorial boards of journals and a member of several academic and related associations. <div>
</div><div>Tapiwa Victor Warikandwa holds a Doctor of Laws in International Trade Law. He is a Senior Lecturer and Head of Department inthe Faculty of Law at the University of Namibia. He specialises in International Trade Law, Labour Law, Indigenisation Laws, Mining Law and Constitutional Law amongst other disciplines. Prior to coming to Namibia, Dr. Warikandwa worked as a legal officer and later legal advisor in the Ministry of Public Service Labour and Social Welfare in Zimbabwe. Key amongst his duties was legal drafting. Dr Warikandwa worked with the law reviser of the Ministry of Justice in Zimbabwe in reviewing laws administered by the Ministry of Public Service Labour and Social Welfare. Dr Warikandwa also completed an ordinary and advanced training in Labour Law Making at the International Labour Organization’s International Training Centre in Turin Italy. On numerous occasions, Dr. Warikandwa was actively involved in the activities of the Cabinet Committee on Legislation on behalf of the Ministry of Public Service Labour and Social Welfare. </div>		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative LawFinancial LawBusiness Law/Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031238659Financial Inclusion and Digital Transformation Regulatory Practices in Selected SADC Countrieshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031238659?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
69
978-3-031-58678-1CliffAlan CliffAlan Cliff, University of Cape Town, Rondebosch, South AfricaThirty Years of Literacies Testing at the University of Cape TownA Critical Reflection on the Work and its ImpactApprox. 140 p.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0EducationMonographBook0English168CFCJNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-202024-05-2011. Introduction and context setting.- 2. A quest for theoretical underpinnings.- 3. Test design, development, and results interpretation–the tests themselves.- 4. Research on assessment of academic literacies–what do the empirical data say.- 5. Conclusions–a critical review of the contributions of UCT-led literacies testing over three decades.- 6. A way forward–academic literacies assessment and its roles in educational and higher education systems development.This book delves into extensive research regarding the identification and characterization of academic literacies constructs, encompassing academic literacy, quantitative literacy, mathematics comprehension, and reasoning skills, with a specific focus on their relevance within South African educational contexts. The volume provides an in-depth exploration of the research behind the design and creation of assessments aimed at gauging these crucial literacies. It also delves into theoretical aspects of developmental work while shedding light on historical and contemporary inequalities in the South African educational landscape.

Emphasizing the practical implications of this research, the book underscores the pivotal role that assessing academic literacies can play in the equitable selection of students, particularly those hailing from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds. Additionally, it highlights how such assessments can inform higher education responsiveness, curriculum development, programme implementation, and the provision of support services for students, ultimately aiding in informed student placement decisions.		This book delves into extensive research regarding the identification and characterization of academic literacies constructs, encompassing academic literacy, quantitative literacy, mathematics comprehension, and reasoning skills, with a specific focus on their relevance within South African educational contexts. The volume provides an in-depth exploration of the research behind the design and creation of assessments aimed at gauging these crucial literacies. It also delves into theoretical aspects of developmental work while shedding light on historical and contemporary inequalities in the South African educational landscape.

Emphasising the practical implications of this research, the book underscores the pivotal role that assessing academic literacies can play in the equitable selection of students, particularly those hailing from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds. Additionally, it highlights how such assessments can inform higher education responsiveness, curriculum development, programme implementation, and the provision of support services for students, ultimately aiding in informed student placement decisions.		Explains the design, development, and rationale of standardized academic literacy testsTackles the challenges of access, redress and success in higher education and shows how literacy tests can enhance themHighlights the need for higher education to be responsive to student diversity via holistic approaches and interventionsAlan Cliff is the Professor Emeritus of Higher Education Studies in the Centre for Higher Education Development (CHED) at the University of Cape Town, South Africa. He served as Interim Dean of the faculty from September 2018 to March 2022. Alan obtained his BA, BEd (with distinction) and MEd (with distinction) from UCT and his PhD from the University of Auckland. His current research interests are in the use of theories and principles of Dynamic Assessment to facilitate student learning; and in the processes of staff development as ‘literacies practices’ and induction into professional learning communities.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00LiteracyAssessment and TestingHigher Education/Skills/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Literacy/00009783031586781Thirty Years of Literacies Testing at the University of Cape Townhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031586781?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
70
978-3-031-57518-1CollodelMatteo Collodel; Eric OberheimMatteo Collodel, Ca’ Foscari University of Venice, Venice, Italy; Eric Oberheim, Humboldt-Universität, Berlin, GermanyFeyerabend’s Formative Years. Volume 2. Feyerabend on Logical Empiricism, Bohm & KuhnCorrespondence and Unpublished PapersX, 400 p. 12 illus.12024approx.129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Vienna Circle Institute Library10Religion and PhilosophyContributed volumeBook0English400HPCPDASpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-262024-06-2611. Introduction.- Part I. Feyerabend and Logical Empiricsm.- 2. “The Dogmas of Logical Empiricism” (1951).- 3. The Feyerabend-Carnap Controversies (1954-1958).- 4. Feyerabend at the Minnesota Center for Philosophy of Science (1957-1963).- 5. The Feyerabend-Hempel Correspondence (1961-1977).- 6. Excerpts from the Feyerabend-Smart Correspondence (1963).- Part II. Feyerabend and Bohm.- 7. Autobiographical Remarks (1993).- 8. “On Certain Epistemological and Cosmological Problems Raised in Dr. Feyerabend’s Review of Causality and chance in Modern Physics” (1959).- Part III. Feyerabend and Kuhn.- 9. The Feyerabend Kuhn Correspondence (1960-1961).<div>The authors Matteo Collodel and Eric Oberheim take the reader on a journey through the early life of the famous Austrian philosopher Paul Feyerabend, whose groundbreaking work Against the Method forged new paths in the philosophical understanding of science. </div><div>
</div><div>Collodel and Oberheim's book contains the translated correspondence of Feyerabend (1924-1994) with equally influential philosophers and scientists of the time, including Rudolf Carnap, Herbert Feigl, Carl G. Hempel, J.J.C. Smart, David Bohm, and Thomas Kuhn.</div><div>
</div><div> This book offers an entirely unique approach to the philosopher Paul Feyerabend. Informative, challenging and profound, it immerses the reader deeply in the mind of a truly revolutionary philosopher of science.</div><div>
</div><div>The main focus lies on the explanation of Paul Feyerabend's ideas on logical empiricism and quantum mechanics, which he developed especially in the 1960s. In order to appreciate the celebrated work of the philosopher, it is important to create an understanding of these formative years in Feyerabend's life and work.</div><div>
</div><div>Anyone who knows similar discussions, like the paradigm shift of Thomas Kuhn, or has a passion for history, philosophy and science will be fascinated by the works of Paul Feyerabend. As scientists and followers of Feyerabend, Collodel and Oberheim strive to pay respect to the philosopher and to make his work accessible to a whole new generation.</div>		<div>The authors Matteo Collodel and Eric Oberheim take the reader on a journey through the early life of the famous Austrian philosopher Paul Feyerabend, whose groundbreaking work Against the Method forged new paths in the philosophical understanding of science. </div><div>
</div><div>Collodel and Oberheim's book contains the translated correspondence of Feyerabend (1924-1994) with equally influential philosophers and scientists of the time, including Rudolf Carnap, Herbert Feigl, Carl G. Hempel, J.J.C. Smart, David Bohm, and Thomas Kuhn.</div><div>
</div> This book offers an entirely unique approach to the philosopher Paul Feyerabend. Informative, challenging and profound, it immerses the reader deeply in the mind of a truly revolutionary philosopher of science.<div>
</div><div>The main focus lies on the explanation of Paul Feyerabend's ideas on logical empiricism and quantum mechanics, which he developed especially in the 1960s. In order to appreciate the celebrated work of the philosopher, it is important to create an understanding of these formative years in Feyerabend's life and work.</div><div>
</div>Anyone who knows similar discussions, like the paradigm shift of Thomas Kuhn, or has a passion for history, philosophy and science will be fascinated by the works of Paul Feyerabend. As scientists and followers of Feyerabend, Collodel and Oberheim strive to pay respect to the philosopher and to make his work accessible to a whole new generation.<div>
</div>		Offers an inside look at the development of Paul Feyerabend’s revolutionary ideasFeatures rare material from fellow philosopher, David Bohm, and previously unpublished papers by FeyerabendA stimulating yet accessible look at philosophical science, including logical empiricism and quantum theoryMatteo Collodel earned his PhD in Philosophy from the “Ca’ Foscari” University of Venice (Italy), with the philosophy of science as his main area of specialization and a historically-oriented dissertation on Paul Feyerabend’s idea of incommensurability (2007). Since 2009, he is qualified as a secondary school teacher in philosophy, history, psychology and the social sciences. He has also worked as a research fellow at the Humboldt University of Berlin (2008-2012) on an archival project funded by the German Research Foundation, whose main aim was to collect, transcribe and edit Feyerabend’s correspondence with Popper, Feigl, Carnap, Hempel, Kuhn, Watkins, Agassi, and Lakatos, among others. Over the last decade, he has given academic lectures and seminars on the philosophy of science and the philosophy of medicine and he has regularly contributed to major international conferences with historical studies on Feyerabend, Carnap, the “Vienna Circle”, Logical Empiricism, and the “Popperian School”, becoming gradually increasingly interested in the sociology of philosophical knowledge and, more generally, in intellectual history. He is currently working on a biography of Paul K. Feyerabend.

Eric Oberheim, author of Feyerabend’s Philosophy (2006), is an internationally renowned Feyerabend scholar who has edited Feyerabend’s posthumously published The Tyranny of Science (2011) and Feyerabend’s The Philosophy of Nature (2016). He is currently working on his Habilitation at the Humboldt University of Berlin, as well as the completion of editing a series of volumes of Feyerabend’s correspondence.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00History of PhilosophyPhilosophy of ScienceHistory of SciencePhilosophy/History of Philosophy/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031575181Feyerabend’s Formative Years. Volume 2. Feyerabend on Logical Empiricism, Bohm & Kuhnhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031575181?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
71
978-3-031-57218-0ConstantinSandra V. ConstantinSandra V. Constantin, University of Geneva, Genève, SwitzerlandA Life Course Perspective on Chinese YouthsFrom the Transformation of Social Policies to the Individualization of the Transition to AdulthoodApprox. 175 p. 4 illus.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover1Life Course Research and Social Policies17Social SciencesMonographBook0English171JHBKCPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-042024-06-041Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part 1: Revisiting individualization in China through the prism of the transition to adulthood: Chapter 2: Institutionalized individualism in post-collectivist China.- Chapter 3: Suzhi discourse as a structural component of institutionalized individualism in post-Maoist China.- Chapter 4: A life-course perspective on the individualization process in post-collectivist China.- Part 2: Coming of age in uncertain times: Chapter 5: Exploring pathways to adulthood.- Chapter 6: The rise of new social risks in post-collectivist China.- Part 3: The rise of neo-familialism: Chapter 7: The postponement of family formation due to employment instability.- Chapter 8: Young adults’ aspiration for intimacy in post-collectivist China.- Chapter 9: What does the individualization process do to intergenerational solidarities?.- Conclusion.- Appendix.
This open access book investigates from a life-course perspective the individualization process and the challenges faced by young adults in post-collectivist China, where people are enjoined to 'liberate' (jiefang) their individual capacities, to 'rely on themselves' (kao ziji) and to no longer 'depend on the state' (kao guojia). Based on unique quantitative and qualitative data, this book provides a solid empirical portrait of Chinese youths and transformation of social policies in post-collectivist ChinaThis book will be a great resource to students, academics as well as social scientists and policy-makers who wish not only to understand how, in such a short period of time, young adults and their families have managed to navigate from a relatively egalitarian society to one of the most unequal, but also how the articulation between socialist and neoliberal ideologies is reconfiguring social and economic relations as well as women’s and men’s life-course.The basis of the English translation of this book from its French original manuscript was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision and rewriting of the content was done by the author.



This open access book investigates from a life-course perspective the individualization process and the challenges faced by young adults in post-collectivist China, where people are enjoined to 'liberate' (jiefang) their individual capacities, to 'rely on themselves' (kao ziji) and to no longer 'depend on the state' (kao guojia). Based on unique quantitative and qualitative data, this book provides a solid empirical portrait of Chinese youths and transformation of social policies in post-collectivist ChinaThis book will be a great resource to students, academics as well as social scientists and policy-makers who wish not only to understand how, in such a short period of time, young adults and their families have managed to navigate from a relatively egalitarian society to one of the most unequal, but also how the articulation between socialist and neoliberal ideologies is reconfiguring social and economic relations as well as women’s and men’s life-course.The basis of the English translation of this book from its French original manuscript was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision and rewriting of the content was done by the author.

This OA book provides a unique comparative analysis of young adults’ life-course in socialist and post-socialist ChinaShows the impact of social policies transformations on young adults from a gender and inter-sectional perspectiveProvides advanced techniques of life-course analysis and unique quantitative and qualitative dataThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessSandra V. Constantin is a sociologist specialized in social policies. She completed her PhD at the University of Geneva, Switzerland. During her PhD, she was a member of the Swiss national centre of competence in research LIVES – Overcoming vulnerability: life course perspectives. Her research interests and expertise are focused on the analysis of social policy and inequalities. Her postdoctoral research focused on family policy, gender and care. Member of the COST Action (CA) “Who cares in Europe”, she also investigates how social welfare demands from families shape both voluntary actions and State provisions. As a board member of the European Sociological Association (ESA)’s research network 14 – Gender relations in the labor market and the Welfare State – she is engaged in the rethinking of the welfare state from the perspective of gender.

ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences01Life CoursePopulation EconomicsSociology of Family, Youth and Aging/Life Course/Population and Demography/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/00009783031572180A Life Course Perspective on Chinese Youthshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031572180?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
72
978-3-031-57215-9ConstantinSandra V. ConstantinSandra V. Constantin, University of Geneva, Genève, SwitzerlandA Life Course Perspective on Chinese YouthsFrom the Transformation of Social Policies to the Individualization of the Transition to AdulthoodApprox. 175 p. 4 illus.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0Life Course Research and Social Policies17Social SciencesMonographBook0English171JHBKCPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-042024-06-041Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part 1: Revisiting individualization in China through the prism of the transition to adulthood: Chapter 2: Institutionalized individualism in post-collectivist China.- Chapter 3: Suzhi discourse as a structural component of institutionalized individualism in post-Maoist China.- Chapter 4: A life-course perspective on the individualization process in post-collectivist China.- Part 2: Coming of age in uncertain times: Chapter 5: Exploring pathways to adulthood.- Chapter 6: The rise of new social risks in post-collectivist China.- Part 3: The rise of neo-familialism: Chapter 7: The postponement of family formation due to employment instability.- Chapter 8: Young adults’ aspiration for intimacy in post-collectivist China.- Chapter 9: What does the individualization process do to intergenerational solidarities?.- Conclusion.- Appendix.
This open access book investigates from a life-course perspective the individualization process and the challenges faced by young adults in post-collectivist China, where people are enjoined to 'liberate' (jiefang) their individual capacities, to 'rely on themselves' (kao ziji) and to no longer 'depend on the state' (kao guojia). Based on unique quantitative and qualitative data, this book provides a solid empirical portrait of Chinese youths and transformation of social policies in post-collectivist ChinaThis book will be a great resource to students, academics as well as social scientists and policy-makers who wish not only to understand how, in such a short period of time, young adults and their families have managed to navigate from a relatively egalitarian society to one of the most unequal, but also how the articulation between socialist and neoliberal ideologies is reconfiguring social and economic relations as well as women’s and men’s life-course.The basis of the English translation of this book from its French original manuscript was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision and rewriting of the content was done by the author.



This open access book investigates from a life-course perspective the individualization process and the challenges faced by young adults in post-collectivist China, where people are enjoined to 'liberate' (jiefang) their individual capacities, to 'rely on themselves' (kao ziji) and to no longer 'depend on the state' (kao guojia). Based on unique quantitative and qualitative data, this book provides a solid empirical portrait of Chinese youths and transformation of social policies in post-collectivist ChinaThis book will be a great resource to students, academics as well as social scientists and policy-makers who wish not only to understand how, in such a short period of time, young adults and their families have managed to navigate from a relatively egalitarian society to one of the most unequal, but also how the articulation between socialist and neoliberal ideologies is reconfiguring social and economic relations as well as women’s and men’s life-course.The basis of the English translation of this book from its French original manuscript was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision and rewriting of the content was done by the author.

This OA book provides a unique comparative analysis of young adults’ life-course in socialist and post-socialist ChinaShows the impact of social policies transformations on young adults from a gender and inter-sectional perspectiveProvides advanced techniques of life-course analysis and unique quantitative and qualitative dataThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessSandra V. Constantin is a sociologist specialized in social policies. She completed her PhD at the University of Geneva, Switzerland. During her PhD, she was a member of the Swiss national centre of competence in research LIVES – Overcoming vulnerability: life course perspectives. Her research interests and expertise are focused on the analysis of social policy and inequalities. Her postdoctoral research focused on family policy, gender and care. Member of the COST Action (CA) “Who cares in Europe”, she also investigates how social welfare demands from families shape both voluntary actions and State provisions. As a board member of the European Sociological Association (ESA)’s research network 14 – Gender relations in the labor market and the Welfare State – she is engaged in the rethinking of the welfare state from the perspective of gender.

ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences01Life CoursePopulation EconomicsSociology of Family, Youth and Aging/Life Course/Population and Demography/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/00009783031572159A Life Course Perspective on Chinese Youthshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031572159?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
73
978-981-97-2331-7CookJulia Cook; Quentin Maire; Johanna WynJulia Cook, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan, NSW, Australia; Quentin Maire, University of Melbourne, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Johanna Wyn, University of Melbourne, Melbourne, VIC, AustraliaLongitudinal Methods in Youth ResearchUnderstanding Young Lives Across Time and SpaceXX, 240 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Perspectives on Children and Young People15EducationContributed volumeBook0English236JNJNSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-06-052024-06-051Understanding young lives across time and space.- The development of longitudinal youth research.- Longitudinal youth research with Lithuania's Soviet and post-Soviet generations.- Using prospective and retrospective interviews to understand girls’ educational aspirations, subjectivities and social change.- Conclusion: The practice of longitudinal research.- Understanding change through Australian longitudinal mixed-method multicohort youth research.- Insights on gender through Argentinian longitudinal youth research.- Young people and sudden post-socialist changes in Estonia at the beginning of the 1990s: experiences conducting longitudinal research.- Conclusion: Insights from longitudinal research.- Working with creative and dialogic methods in longitudinal research.This book addresses how longitudinal research approaches are used to understand young people’s lives. It elucidates how youth researchers use longitudinal approaches, and how longitudinal research can help us to both understand and shape the field of youth sociology. Chapters discuss the creation of knowledge about youth and how longitudinal research shapes the field of youth sociology and shed light on key tensions and emerging debates in longitudinal youth research ranging from research design to data collection, analysis, and use. It considers longitudinal studies using a broad range of methods, including qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods, retrospective methods, and creative and participatory methods. This collection offers insights from longitudinal youth scholars conducting research in Argentina, Lithuania, Australia, Estonia, Canada, the United States (US), the United Kingdom (UK), Finland and India. These researchers reflect on the future of longitudinal youth research, addressing emerging and prospective issues. This book provides a concise survey of key established and emerging areas of concern in longitudinal research and of the relationship between these areas and the field of youth studies more specifically.This book addresses how longitudinal research approaches are used to understand young people’s lives. It elucidates how youth researchers use longitudinal approaches, and how longitudinal research can help us to both understand and shape the field of youth sociology. Chapters discuss the creation of knowledge about youth and how longitudinal research shapes the field of youth sociology and shed light on key tensions and emerging debates in longitudinal youth research ranging from research design to data collection, analysis, and use. It considers longitudinal studies using a broad range of methods, including qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods, retrospective methods, and creative and participatory methods. This collection offers insights from longitudinal youth scholars conducting research in Argentina, Lithuania, Australia, Estonia, Canada, the United States (US), the United Kingdom (UK), Finland and India. These researchers reflect on the future of longitudinal youth research, addressing emerging and prospective issues. This book provides a concise survey of key established and emerging areas of concern in longitudinal research and of the relationship between these areas and the field of youth studies more specifically.Fills a clear gap in the intersecting fields of youth sociology, social policy, and research methodsBrings together the work of scholars conducting longitudinal researchAddresses key tensions and debates in longitudinal youth research using case studiesDr Julia Cook is Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the University of Newcastle, Australia. Her research interests include the sociology of youth, housing and money, and her most recent research addresses the role of family financial assistance in young adults’ pathways into home ownership and young adults’ navigation of debt and financial assistance, with a particular focus on buy-now-pay-later services. She is a current Australian Research Council (ARC) DECRA Fellow (2022-2025), and a chief investigator on the current phase of the ARC-funded Life Patterns longitudinal research program (2021-2026). She is co-editor in chief of Journal of Applied Youth Studies, and was recently selected as a 2022 Australian Broadcasting Commission Top 5 (Humanities) scholar.



Dr. Quentin Maire is Senior Research Fellow in the Faculty of Education at the University of Melbourne, Australia. He is a sociologist researching schooling, education, and young people, with a particular focus on social inequalities. He published his first monograph ‘Credential Market: Mass Schooling, Academic Power and the International Baccalaureate Diploma’ with Springer in 2021. He is currently working on the Australian Research Council (ARC)-funded Life Patterns research program, a mixed-method longitudinal project following the lives of young people in Australia since the 1990s.



Johanna Wyn is a Redmond Barry Distinguished Professor and member of the Youth Research Collective at the University of Melbourne and a Fellow of the Academy of Social Sciences Australia and the Academy of Social Sciences, United Kingdom (UK). She leads the Australian Research Council (ARC) funded Life Patterns longitudinal research program to pursue multidisciplinary and multi-method research on the ways in which young people navigate their lives in a changing world, with a focus on the areas of transition, gender, wellbeing and inequality.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00Sociology of EducationChildren and Youth WorkEducational ResearchResearch Methods in EducationEducational Policy and Politics/Sociology of Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/Education/Education Science/00009789819723317Longitudinal Methods in Youth Researchhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819723317?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
74
978-3-031-57602-7CrainicTeodor Gabriel Crainic; Michel Gendreau; Antonio FrangioniTeodor Gabriel Crainic, Université du Québec à Montréal, Montréal, QC, Canada; Michel Gendreau, Polytechnique Montréal, Montreal, QC, Canada; Antonio Frangioni, Università di Pisa, Pisa, ItalyCombinatorial Optimization and ApplicationsA Tribute to Bernard GendronApprox. 450 p. 45 illus.12024approx.169.99181.89186.99149.99201.00199.99Hard cover0International Series in Operations Research & Management Science358Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English510KJTKJMVSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-06-202024-06-201Bernard Gendron and Operations Research.- Methodological Developments.- Variable Neighbourhood Search with Dynamic Exploration for the Set Union Knapsack Problem.- Common-Flow Formulations for the Diameter Constrained Spanning Tree Problem.- Models and Methods for Two-Level Uncapacitated Facility Location Problem.- Facility Location: A Guide to Modeling and Solving Complex Problem Variants via Lagrangian Relaxation.- Bin Packing Problems for Capacity Planning and Last Mile Applications.- Models for Network Flow and Network Design Problems with Piecewise Linear Costs.- New Formulations for the Scheduled Service Network Design Problem with Piecewise Linear Costs.- Multi-layer Network Design for Consolidation-based Transportation Planning.- Separable Lagrangian Decomposition for Quasi-Separable Problems.- Decomposition-based Algorithms for Mixed-Integer Linear Programs with Integer Subproblems.- Perspectives on Using Benders Decomposition to Solve Two-Stage Stochastic Mixed-Integer Programs.- Decomposition Methods for Choice-Based Optimization Models.- Application-oriented Developments.- The Static Elevator Dispatching Problem with Destination Control.- Flow-based Robustness in Consistent Home Care Service Delivery.- Production Inventory Technician Routing Problem: a Bi-Objective Post-Sales Application.- Express Package Delivery Optimization Using Walkers, Cargo Tricycles and Delivery Trucks.- Integrated Location, Sizing, and Pricing for EV Charging Stations.Combinatorial Optimization represents a major component of Operations Research, Mathematical Programming, and, in a broader sense, the development of digital intelligence (and society). It covers, in particular, such important areas as network design, location, routing, and scheduling, with major applications in transportation, logistics, health systems, production, communications, and energy.Starting from the exceptional contribution Professor Bernard Gendron made to combinatorial optimization and its applications in multiple areas, the book presents a state-of-the-art view on the field through a combination of surveys, expository articles, and focused methodological and applied research. The authors hail from various Operations Research areas and institutions around the world. Having collaborated closely with Professor Gendron, they drew on his foundational work to showcase a variety of models and algorithms that draw a living picture of the multifaceted word of applied combinatorial optimization.Combinatorial Optimization represents a major component of Operations Research, Mathematical Programming, and, in a broader sense, the development of digital intelligence (and society). It covers, in particular, such important areas as network design, location, routing, and scheduling, with major applications in transportation, logistics, health systems, production, communications, and energy.Starting from the exceptional contribution Professor Bernard Gendron made to combinatorial optimization and its applications in multiple areas, the book presents a state-of-the-art view on the field through a combination of surveys, expository articles, and focused methodological and applied research. The authors hail from various Operations Research areas and institutions around the world. Having collaborated closely with Professor Gendron, they drew on his foundational work to showcase a variety of models and algorithms that draw a living picture of the multifaceted word of applied combinatorial optimization.
Emphasizes applications in various operations research areasProvides a comprehensive overview of Bernard Gendron’s scientific contributionsOffers a state-of-the-art view of combinatorial optimizationTeodor Gabriel Crainic is Professor of Operations Research, Transportation, and Logistics at the School of Business Administration of the Université du Québec à Montréal (Canada). He is Adjunct Professor at the Department of Computer Science and Operations Research of the Université de Montréal and a long-time member of the Interuniversity Research Centre on Enterprise Networks, Logistics and Transportation (CIRRELT) . His main research interests are in network, integer, and combinatorial optimization, meta-heuristics, and parallel computing applied to the planning and management of complex systems, particularly in transportation and logistics.Michel Gendreau is Professor of Operations Research at the Department of Applied Mathematics and Industrial Engineering of Polytechnique Montréal (Canada). He is also a long-time member of the Interuniversity Research Centre on Enterprise Networks, Logistics and Transportation (CIRRELT) . His main research area is the application of operations research to transportation and logistics systems planning and operation, energy production and storage, healthcare, and telecommunications. Antonio Frangioni is Full Professor at the Department of Computer Science of the University of Pisa (Italy). His main research interests are analysis, implementation and testing of solution approaches for problems at the interface between continuous and combinatorial optimization, and their real-life application in several fields. He has co-ordinated several scientific and applied projects, among which serving as vice-chair of the COST Action TD1207.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00Operations Research and Decision TheoryOperations ManagementOptimization/Operations Research and Decision Theory/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031576027Combinatorial Optimization and Applicationshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031576027?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
75
978-3-031-57899-1Cuenca-GarciaCarmen Cuenca-Garcia; Andrei Asăndulesei; Kelsey LoweCarmen Cuenca-Garcia, University of Valencia, Valencia, Spain; Andrei Asăndulesei, "Alexandru Ioan Cuza" University of Iași, Iasi, Romania; Kelsey Lowe, University of Queensland, Brisbane, AustraliaWorld Archaeo-GeophysicsIntegrated minimally invasive approaches using country-based examplesApprox. 490 p. 133 illus., 118 illus. in color.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0One World ArchaeologyHistoryContributed volumeBook0English489HDJFCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-122024-06-121Chapter 1. Has anything changed? The current role of archaeo-geophysics in Australian archaeological research and cultural heritage management (Lowe and Moffat).- Chapter 2. The application of geophysical survey in archaeological research in Belgium: current state and future perspectives (Verhegge et al).- Chapter 3. Synergy of environmental magnetism and archaeomagnetism for the benefit of archaeology - state of the art in Bulgaria (Jordanova et al).- Chapter 4. Archaeo-geophysics in China - A historical perspective (Zhao and Wang).- Chapter 5. Sensing the Cultural Heritage from above. The Case from Cyprus (Vella et al).- Chapter 6. A review of the development and current role of ground-based geophysical methods for archaeological prospection in Scandinavia (Stamnes et al).- Chapter 7. Geophysical prospecting in Egypt: an overview (Herbich).- Chapter 8. On a Commercial Scale: Archaeological Geophysics in England (Parker et al).- Chapter 9. Variety in archaeo-geophysics: the French example (Thiesson et al).- Chapter 10. Geophysical prospecting on soils in Mesopotamia: From mega-cities in the marches of southern Iraq to Assyrian sites in the mountains of Kurdistan (Fassbinder et al).- Chapter 11. Recent soil study research in Irish archaeological prospection strategies (Bonsall).- Chapter 12. Integrated archaeological prospection studies in Mexico: a review (Blancas et al).- Chapter 13. Looking through Earth: Archaeo-Geophysics and Soil Science in the Republic of Moldova (Băț et al).- Chapter 14. The state of archaeo-geophysics in the Maghrib: case studies from Tunisia and Morocco (Jrad et al).- Chapter 15. Back to the roots. Ablest prospection techniques for rediscovering the Chalcolithic settlement of Cucuteni – Cetățuie, Romania: a short retrospective, novel recent data, prospects for the future (Asăndulesei).- Chapter 16. Geophysical survey in the archaeology of Scotland: recent developments and results (Jones).- Chapter 17. The place of archaeo-geophysics in archaeological and cultural heritage site investigations in Turkey (Drahor and Berge).- Chapter 18. Geophysical survey in support of archaeological rescue excavations at industrial area of Kremenchuk magnetic anomaly in Ukraine (Bondar et al).This open access volume showcases the intersection of geophysics and archaeology on a global scale, emphasising the evolution and application of geophysical methods in archaeological research and cultural heritage management. It compiles contributions from 74 experts across 18 countries, focusing on the use of near-surface geophysical techniques and their integration with soil analyses and other methods to enrich archaeological interpretations. Prepared under the auspices of the collaborative network fostered by COST Action SAGA - CA17131, this work navigates through the successes and challenges encountered in the widespread adoption of archaeo-geophysical methods across diverse geographic and cultural landscapes. It offers a comprehensive chronicle of the genesis, maturation, and cutting-edge advancements in geophysical techniques, advocating for their amplified integration within the archaeological community. Incorporating an array of case studies and critical discussions on methodological and interpretive questions, the book underscores the importance of multidisciplinary collaboration, and defines perspectives for innovation and growth within the field. As an open-access work, 'WORLD ARCHAEO-GEOPHYSICS' aims to contribute to the democratisation of knowledge, fostering shared learning and cooperative engagement among professionals, academics, students and archaeology enthusiasts alike. Funded by the European Cooperation in Science and Technology (COST) and supported by the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), this volume stands as a legacy of the resilient spirit of collaboration that defined the COST Action SAGA community, even in the face of pandemic challenges. It invites the academic and professional community to engage in new explorations and advancements, positioning itself as a reference for current and future endeavors in archaeo-geophysics.This open access volume showcases the intersection of geophysics and archaeology on a global scale, emphasising the evolution and application of geophysical methods in archaeological research and cultural heritage management. It compiles contributions from 74 experts based in 18 countries, with their research and case studies spanning across 24 different countries, focusing on the use of near-surface geophysical techniques and their integration with soil analyses and other methods to enrich archaeological interpretations. Prepared under the auspices of the collaborative network fostered by COST Action SAGA - CA17131, this work navigates through the successes and challenges encountered in the widespread adoption of archaeo-geophysical methods across diverse geographic and cultural landscapes. It offers a comprehensive chronicle of the genesis, maturation, and cutting-edge advancements in geophysical techniques, advocating for their amplified integration within the archaeological community. Incorporating an array of case studies and critical discussions on methodological and interpretive questions, the book underscores the importance of multidisciplinary collaboration, and defines perspectives for innovation and growth within the field. As an open-access work, 'WORLD ARCHAEO-GEOPHYSICS' aims to contribute to the democratisation of knowledge, fostering shared learning and cooperative engagement among professionals, academics, students and archaeology enthusiasts alike. Funded by the European Cooperation in Science and Technology (COST) and supported by the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), this volume stands as a legacy of the resilient spirit of collaboration that defined the COST Action SAGA community, even in the face of pandemic challenges. It invites the academic and professional community to engage in new explorations and advancements, positioning itself as a reference for current and future endeavors in archaeo-geophysics.

Provides a country-based state-of-the-art on the use of archaeo-geophysicsContains overviews of cultural heritage (CH) management in one country/territory/regionDescribes the use of integrated geophysical methodsThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessDr. Carmen Cuenca-García is a Distinguished Researcher (CIDEGENT) at the University of Valencia (UV) and holds a research affiliation with the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). Her career in archaeology began at the UV (Spain, 1993-1998), followed by seven years dedicated to rescue archaeology in Spain and the UK. Her commitment to geophysical prospection began with an MSc from Bradford University (England, 2007-2008), followed by a PhD from the University of Glasgow (Scotland, 2009-2013). Her professional pathway has been marked by research and consultancy positions in Greece (FORTH-IMS, Rethymno-Crete, 2013-2015), Austria (Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty Organization-CTBTO, Vienna, 2015-2016), and Norway (NTNU, Trondheim, 2017-2023). Her interdisciplinary research, spanning archaeology, applied geophysics, and geosciences, underscores the critical role of geophysical methods in archaeology and heritage management. She specialises in usinggeophysical techniques for the non-invasive discovery, mapping, and characterisation of archaeological sites and paleo-environments. A particular focus of her work has been on the development of field methods, incorporating soil/deposits characterisation into archaeo-geophysical investigations to yield more detailed interpretations. Her extensive fieldwork encompasses a variety of archaeological sites from different eras across Scotland, Greece, Cyprus, Spain, Norway, and Estonia, contributing to the development of a rich portfolio of scientific publications, reports, and dissemination materials. Dr. Cuenca-García has successfully led several projects won through national and international competitive calls, notably coordinating the COST Action SAGA. This project, which rallied 115 experts to refine the use of geophysical and soil analytical methods in archaeology, achieved significant progress despite pandemic-related challenges. Over four years, it facilitated scientific collaboration through meetings, training events, conferences, and research missions, producing 53 scientific publications, 15 research proposals, and notably, the SAGA Database. This database, which catalogues research infrastructures and methodologies, enhances equipment sharing and fosters collaboration among researchers. Actively engaged in the academic and research community, she serves on scientific panels and conference committees, performs reviews and editorial work for international journals, and dedicates herself to teaching and mentoring.

Dr. Andrei Asăndulesei is a Senior Researcher/Archaeologist at the Institute of Interdisciplinary Research (ICI) with expertise in the area of prehistoric archaeology. His main responsibilities include non-invasive geophysical prospection, aerial photography, LiDAR/TLS interpretation and GIS applications in archaeology. He is closely interested in the analysis of the ancient human settling patters and internal spatial organisations ofsettlements in order to better understand the interdependence relation between communities and the environment. He has received several scholarships abroad, as part of international multi-institutional research teams from Germany, Austria, France, and Australia, in which he had the possibility to conduct non-invasive field surveys in Kurdistan, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Caucasus, Russia, Germany, and the R. Moldova. As project manager, he has coordinated two national grants: “Non-destructive approaches to complex archaeological sites. An integrated applied research model for cultural heritage management (2014–2017)” and “Settling Selection Patterns and Settlement Layout Development in the Chalcolithic Cucuteni Culture of Northeastern Romania (2020-2022)”. His contributions are reflected in articles, studies, books and book chapters, participation and organisation of conferences, etc.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History01ArchaeologyCultural Heritage/Archaeology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031578991World Archaeo-Geophysicshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031578991?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
76
978-3-031-26763-5DabèneOlivier DabèneOlivier Dabène, Sciences Po, Paris, FranceLatin America’s Pendular PoliticsElectoral Cycles and AlternationsXXV, 382 p. 36 illus., 35 illus. in color.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Soft cover1Studies of the AmericasPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English382JPSJPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-242023-03-232024-03-232024-03-231Chapter 1: Introduction. Electoral cycles, continuity and change in Latin American politics. A framework for analysis.- Part 1: Conservative alternations.- Chapter 2: New political cycle in Chile: from centrist consensus to the struggle for cultural hegemony.- Chapter 3: Step right or step ahead? Explaining the 2019 presidential swing in Uruguay.- Chapter 4: Radicalization of alternation: political change and degraded democracy in El Salvador (2019-2021).- Chapter 5: Guatemala, an alternation in continuity.- Chapter 6: The return of the divided rights. Alternations in Peru.- Part 2: Progressist alternations.- Chapter 7: Polarization, depolarization and (re)polarization. The 2019 electoral process and a new alternation in Argentine democracy.- Chapter 8: Mexico’s 2018 Tsunami-alternation: change and continuities following the collapse of the transitional three-party system.- Chapter 9: Panama: alternation inside the box.- Part 3: Conservative alternations following a destitution.- Chapter 10: Brazil 2016-2018: a double political alternation.- Chapter 11: The 2019 elections in Bolivia.- Part 4: Partial alternations.- Chapter 12: Colombia: the country where peace allowed political alternation.- Chapter 13: Paraguay 2018. A country of electoral “intralternation”.- Chapter 14: Costa Rica’s 2018 and 2020 elections: a partial alternation and a conservative turn.- Part 5: Electoral authoritarianism.- Chapter 15: The Sandinista order. Changes in voting procedures and authoritarianism in Nicaragua.- Chapter 16: Venezuela: the authoritarian and conservative turn of Nicolás Maduro.- Chapter 17: From competitive authoritarianism to state capture: a contested re-election in Honduras (2017).This book explores pendular politics in Latin America, focusing on electoral cycles with a pattern of similar results. Latin America has been neoliberal in the 1990s, leftist during the 2000s, then conservative in 2016-2018 and progressist again since 2018.The reference to a right/left/right/left sequence over a period of thirty years undoubtedly accounts for a singular pendulum pattern yet proves to be excessively simplistic. The right/left dichotomy hides fractures and nuances that characterize each political camp.

This book seeks to explain why some elections result in alternations and others do not. Based on an innovative theoretical framework and a unique collection of case studies, the book offers a rich understanding of Latin America’s contemporary political evolutions.

Voters are getting accustomed to punishing incumbents for not delivering in time of crises, resulting in frequent alternations. It might be good for democracy, not so much for governability.

Olivier Dabène is Professor of Political Science at the Paris Institute of Political Studies (Sciences Po) and Senior Researcher at the Center for International Studies (CERI, Sciences Po), France. He is also the President of the Political Observatory of Latin America and the Caribbean (www.sciencespo.fr/opalc) and Visiting Professor in many Latin American universities.
<div>​This book explores pendular politics in Latin America, focusing on electoral cycles with a pattern of similar results. Latin America has been neoliberal in the 1990s, leftist during the 2000s, then conservative in 2016-2018 and progressist again since 2018.The reference to a right/left/right/left sequence over a period of thirty years undoubtedly accounts for a singular pendulum pattern yet proves to be excessively simplistic. The right/left dichotomy hides fractures and nuances that characterize each political camp.This book seeks to explain why some elections result in alternations and others do not. Based on an innovative theoretical framework and a unique collection of case studies, the book offers a rich understanding of Latin America’s contemporary political evolutions.Voters are getting accustomed to punishing incumbents for not delivering in time of crises, resulting in frequent alternations. It might be good for democracy, not so much for governability.
<div> </div> </div>		The volume offers an innovative perspective on Latin American recent political evolutionsIt documents pendular politics in contemporary Latin America focusing on cycles of elections prompting alternancesIt offers a rich collection of case studies illuminated by top Latin-Americanist scholarsOlivier Dabène is Professor of Political Science at the Paris Institute of Political Studies (Sciences Po) and Senior Researcher at the Center for International Studies (CERI, Sciences Po), France. He is also the President of the Political Observatory of Latin America and the Caribbean (www.sciencespo.fr/opalc) and Visiting Professor in many Latin American universities.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00International Relations TheoryInternational Political Economy’/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/00009783031267635Latin America’s Pendular Politicshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031267635?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
77
978-3-031-21260-4D'AgostinoGabriella D'Agostino; Vincenzo MateraGabriella D'Agostino, University of Palermo, Palermo, Italy; Vincenzo Matera, University of Milano, Milan, ItalyHistories of AnthropologyXVII, 676 p.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English676JHMJHMCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-04-102023-03-232024-03-232024-03-2311 Introduction.- 2 Why anthropology? Reasons of the past.- 3 Anthropology in UK.- 4 Anthropology in France.- 5 Anthropology in USA.- 6 Anthropology in Africa.- 7 Anthropology in Oceania and Australia.- 8 Anthropology in India and Southeast Asia.- 9 Anthropology in Italy.- 10 Anthropology in Germany and Austria.- 11 Anthropology in Spain.- 12 Anthropologies in Portugal: contacts and transitions.- 13 Anthropology in Northern Europe.- 14 Anthropology in Eastern Europe, USSR – Russia.- 15 Anthropology in Brazil. The making of the nation: Brazilian anthropology.- 16 Anthropology in Mexico.- 17 Anthropology in Colombia and other areas of Latin America.-18 Anthropology in the Middle East.- 19 Anthropology in China.- 20 Anthropology of today. Reasons of the present.
<div>'The book offers a fresh analysis of the discipline’s unfolding in different nation states by tracing the historical trajectories of lesser known anthropological traditions in terms of theoretical and methodological practices.'
—Soumendra Patnaik, Professor of Anthropology, University of Delhi</div><div>
</div>This edited volume presents, for the first time, a history of anthropology regarding not only the well-known European and American traditions, but also lesser-known traditions, extending its scope beyond the Western world. It focuses on the results of these traditions in the present. Taking into account the distinction between empire-building and nation-building anthropology, introduced by G. Stocking and taken up by U. Hannerz, the book investigates different histories of anthropology, especially in ex-colonial and marginal contexts. It highlights how the hegemonic anthropologies have been accepted and assimilated in local contexts, which approaches have been privileged by institutions and academies in different locations, how the anthropological approach has been modelled and adapted according to specific knowledge requirements related to the cultural features of different areas, and which schools emerge as the most consolidated today.<div>
<div>Each chapter presents a “cultural history” of one of the historical-cultural and geo-political contexts that influenced and produced the specific disciplinary traditions. The chapters highlight the local contributions to the discipline, the influences that the world centres have on the peripheries, but also the ways in which the peripheries have “learned from the centres” in order to re-elaborate meaningful or otherwise recognisable disciplinary lines.</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Gabriella D’Agostino is Full Professor of Cultural Anthropology at Palermo University, Department of Cultures and Societies, Italy. She is author of the book Sous le traces. Anthropologie et contemporanéité (Éditions Pétra 2018), and Editor-in-Chief of the journal Archivio Antropologico Mediterraneo.<div>
</div><div>Vincenzo Matera is Full Professor of Cultural Anthropology at the University of Milan, Department of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Mediations, Italy. He is also a professor at USI (Università della Svizzera Italiana). He is co-editor of Ethnography: A Theoretically Oriented Practice (Palgrave Macmillan 2021).</div></div><div>
</div>		This edited volume presents, for the first time, a history of anthropology regarding not only the well-known European and American traditions, but also lesser-known traditions, extending its scope beyond the Western world. It focuses on the results of these traditions in the present. Taking into account the distinction between empire-building and nation-building anthropology, introduced by G. Stocking and taken up by U. Hannerz, the book investigates different histories of anthropology, especially in ex-colonial and marginal contexts. It highlights how the hegemonic anthropologies have been accepted and assimilated in local contexts, which approaches have been privileged by institutions and academies in different locations, how the anthropological approach has been modelled and adapted according to specific knowledge requirements related to the cultural features of different areas, and which schools emerge as the most consolidated today.<div>
<div>Each chapter presents a “cultural history” of one of the historical-cultural and geo-political contexts that influenced and produced the specific disciplinary traditions. The chapters highlight the local contributions to the discipline, the influences that the world centres have on the peripheries, but also the ways in which the peripheries have “learned from the centres” in order to re-elaborate meaningful or otherwise recognisable disciplinary lines.
</div></div>		Presents a global history of anthropologyElucidates the diversity of local manifestations of anthropological theory, genealogies and institutional practicePays special attention to history of anthropology in ex-colonial and marginal contextsGabriella D’Agostino is Full Professor of Cultural Anthropology at Palermo University, Department of Cultures and Societies, Italy. She is author of the book Sous le traces. Anthropologie et contemporanéité (Éditions Pétra 2018), and Editor-in-Chief of the journal Archivio Antropologico Mediterraneo.<div>
</div><div>Vincenzo Matera is Full Professor of Cultural Anthropology at the University of Milan, Department of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Mediations, Italy. He is also a professor at USI (Università della Svizzera Italiana). He is co-editor of Ethnography: A Theoretically Oriented Practice (Palgrave Macmillan 2021), author of the book Antropologia contemporanea (Laterza 2017), and editor of the special issue De-constructing the Field, Archivio Antropologico Mediterraneo online, XVI (2013), 15 (2)
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Anthropological TheorySociocultural Anthropology/Anthropological Theory/Humanities and Social Sciences/Anthropology/Society/00009783031212604Histories of Anthropologyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031212604?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
78
978-981-97-2061-3Dall’AlbaGloria Dall’AlbaGloria Dall’Alba, The University of Queensland, St Lucia, QLD, AustraliaBeing and Becoming through Higher EducationExpanding PossibilitiesApprox. 225 p.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0Debating Higher Education: Philosophical Perspectives13EducationContributed volumeBook0English257JNAJNMSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore1In production2024-07-082024-07-081Chapter 1. Embodied Being in Higher Education.- Chapter 2. An Ontological Turn for Higher Education.- Chapter 3. Learning Professional Ways of Being: Ambiguities of Becoming.- Chapter 4. Toward a Pedagogy of Responsive Attunement for Higher Education.- Chapter 5. Becoming Authentic Professionals: Learning for Authenticity.- Chapter 6. Bodily Grounds of Learning: Embodying Professional Practice in Biotechnology.- Chapter 7. Embodied Knowing in Online Environments.- Chapter 8. International Education and (Dis)Embodied Cosmopolitanisms.- Chapter 9. Re-Imagining Active Learning: Delving into Darkness.- Chapter 10. Committed to Learn: Student Engagement and Care in Higher Education.- Chapter 11. Committed to Learn: Student Engagement and Care in Higher Education.- Chapter 12. Evaluative Judgement for Learning to Be in a Digital World.- Chapter 13. Improving Teaching: Enhancing Ways of Being University Teachers.- Chapter 14. Making the Familiar Unfamiliar: Re-Thinking Teaching in HigherEducation.- Chapter 15. Re-Imagining the University: Developing a Capacity to Care.This book focuses on the importance of an ontological dimension for today’s higher education, with critical attention to implications for the student experience, engagement, satisfaction, wellbeing, employability, (dis)embodiment and activism in which students take a stand on their own being and becoming. In accessible language, key philosophical ideas are explored for their relevance to contemporary higher education, integrating philosophical with pedagogical perspectives. Although much of the material has been published previously, there is value in bringing it together into a single volume in exploring an ontological dimension of higher education as it is embodied. In doing so, the book demonstrates benefits to pedagogy through sustained attention to philosophy and theory, and vice versa, thereby contributing to recent heightened interest in the philosophy and theory of higher education. This book is intended to prompt re-imagining the ways in which higher education is conceived and conducted. An argument is put forward for greater emphasis on expanding possibilities for knowing, acting and being, toward fuller lives of interdependence with others and things in an interconnected world. Through highlighting an ontological dimension in this manner, a hope-filled future emerges for higher education.<div><div>This book focuses on the importance of an ontological dimension for today’s higher education, with critical attention to implications for the student experience, engagement, satisfaction, wellbeing, employability, (dis)embodiment and activism in which students take a stand on their own being and becoming. In accessible language, key philosophical ideas are explored for their relevance to contemporary higher education, integrating philosophical with pedagogical perspectives. </div>Although much of the material has been published previously, there is value in bringing it together into a single volume in exploring an ontological dimension of higher education as it is embodied. In doing so, the book demonstrates benefits to pedagogy through sustained attention to philosophy and theory, and vice versa, thereby contributing to recent heightened interest in the philosophy and theory of higher education. This book is intended to prompt re-imagining the ways in which higher education is conceived and conducted. An argument is put forward for greater emphasis on expanding possibilities for knowing, acting and being, toward fuller lives of interdependence with others and things in an interconnected world. Through highlighting an ontological dimension in this manner, a hope-filled future emerges for higher education. </div><div></div>Explores what being and becoming means for contemporary higher education, conceptually and for practiceElaborates an ontological dimension of learning in the context of our embodied being-in-the-worldIntegrates philosophical with pedagogical inquiry in exploring new possibilities for higher educationGloria Dall'Alba is an Honorary Associate Professor in the School of Education at the University of Queensland, Australia, as well as a consultant on higher education and workplace learning. She has more than 30 years’ experience in university teaching and research, with over 75 invited presentations in 12 countries. Her research and scholarship integrate pedagogical with philosophical inquiry to inform and re-imagine how we educate. The focus of this research is learning and teaching in higher education and the workplace, with particular interest in the philosophy of higher education and educating for the professions. She has published widely on a range of issues relating to higher education, workplace learning and research inquiry. A strong strand of her research is interdisciplinary, including collaborations with researchers from Australia, Denmark, New Zealand, Sweden, the USA and Vietnam from the fields of higher education, business, dentistry, engineering, medicine, nursing, pharmacy, philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics. philosophy and physics. philosophy and physics. philosophy and physics. philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.philosophy and physics.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00Educational PhilosophyHigher EducationProfessional and Vocational EducationPedagogyOntologyPhilosophy of Education/Educational Philosophy/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819720613Being and Becoming through Higher Educationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819720613?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
79
978-3-031-21981-8Dall'AstaMonica Dall'Asta; Jacques Migozzi; Federico Pagello; Andrew PepperMonica Dall'Asta, University of Bologna, Bologna, Italy; Jacques Migozzi, University of Limoges, Limoges, France; Federico Pagello, University of Chieti-Pescara, Chieti, Italy; Andrew Pepper, Queen’s University Belfast, Belfast, UKContemporary European Crime FictionRepresenting History and PoliticsXIV, 295 p.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Crime FilesLiterature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English295DSDSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-04-212024-04-211<div>1. Where’s the Empire? Loss, Geopolitical Agency and Imperial Longing in Jacqueline Winspear’s Maisie Dobbs Series.- 2. The Fingerprints of Fascism: Phillip Kerr’s Bernie Gunther Novels, Nazi Noir, and the Continuing Presence of the Past.- 3. Noir Bearing Gifts: The Greek Shoah and its memory in Philip Kerr’s Greeks Bearing Gifts.- 4. Confronting Memories: The Case of Babylon Berlin.- 5. Crime for a Higher Cause: The Baader Meinhof Complex and The Left Wing Gang.- 6. No Future and Spectrality in David Peace’s Red Riding Quartet.- 7. The Trails of a Counter-Narrative: The Representation of the Years of Lead in Loriano Macchiavelli’s Sarti Antonio’s Series.- 8. Didier Daeninckx, Le roman noir de l’Histoire (2019): Dismantling the Tale of French History through Disseminated Micro-Histories.- 9. Revisioning the Past to Build the Democratic Future: The Cases of Italian and Spanish Crime Fiction.- 10. How does Crime Fiction ‘talk politics’? Figures of Political Action in Contemporary French Crime Writing.- 11. Shadow Economies: The Financial Crisis and European TV Crime Series.- 12. A ‘Bottom-Up’ Approach to Transcultural Identities: Petra and Women Detectives in Italian TV Crime Drama.- 13. The Excavation of History and the Quest for Identity in Contemporary Polish Crime Fiction.- 14. Euroscapes: Space, Place and Multi-Level Governance in European Television Crime Series.</div>This book represents the first extended consideration of contemporary crime fiction as a European phenomenon. Understanding crime fiction in its broadest sense, as a transmedia practice, and offering unique insights into this practice in specific European countries and as a genuinely transcontinental endeavour, this book argues that the distinctiveness of the form can be found in its related historical and political inquiries. It asks how the genre’s excavation of Europe’s history of violence and protest in the twentieth century is informed by contemporary political questions. It also considers how the genre’s progressive reimagining of new identities forged at the crossroads of ethnicity, gender, and sexuality is offset by its bleaker assessment of the corrosive effects of entrenched social inequalities, political corruption, and state violence. The result is a rich, vibrant collection that shows how crime fiction can help us better understand the complex relationship between Europe’spast, present, and future. <div>Seven chapters are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com. Monica Dall’Asta is Professor of Film and Media Studies at the University of Bologna, Italy. She is one of the founding editors of the Women Film Pioneers Project, based at Columbia University, and served as Coordinator of the DETECt-Detecting Transcultural Identity in European Popular Crime Narratives project (2018–21).
Jacques Migozzi is Professor of French Literature at the University of Limoges, France, where he leads the Groupe de recherches sur les Littératures Populaires et Cultures Médiatiques. He published a synthetical essay in 2005, Boulevards du Populaire, and has edited or co-edited 12 volumes or journal special issues.
Federico Pagello teaches Film and Media Studies at the University of Chieti-Pescara, Italy. His research focuses on popular serial narratives and their transmedia and transmedia circulation. His most recent monograph is entitled Quentin Tarantino and Film Theory: Aesthetics and Dialectics in Late Postmodernity (Palgrave 2020). Andrew Pepper is Professor of English at Queen’s University Belfast, Northern Ireland. He is author of Unwilling Executioner: Crime Fiction and the State (2016) and co-editor of Globalization and the State in Contemporary Crime Fiction (2016) and The Routledge Companion to Crime Fiction (2020). </div>		This book represents the first extended consideration of contemporary crime fiction as a European phenomenon. Understanding crime fiction in its broadest sense, as a transmedia practice, and offering unique insights into this practice in specific European countries and as a genuinely transcontinental endeavour, this book argues that the distinctiveness of the form can be found in its related historical and political inquiries. It asks how the genre’s excavation of Europe’s history of violence and protest in the twentieth century is informed by contemporary political questions. It also considers how the genre’s progressive reimagining of new identities forged at the crossroads of ethnicity, gender, and sexuality is offset by its bleaker assessment of the corrosive effects of entrenched social inequalities, political corruption, and state violence. The result is a rich, vibrant collection that shows how crime fiction can help us better understand the complex relationship between Europe’s past, present, and future. Seven chapters are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Uncovers the ways in which the crime genre interrogates concealed histories and political underpinnings in EuropeConsiders the movement of crime, law, and policing across local, regional, and national bordersExamines crime narratives about World War II, the post-war era, and after the fall of the Berlin WallMonica Dall’Asta is Professor of Film and Media Studies at the University of Bologna, Italy. She has written widely about early film seriality, the history of film theories, and the work of women in the early film industries. She is one of the founding editors of the Women Film Pioneers Project and served as Coordinator of the DETECt-Detecting Transcultural Identity in European Popular Crime Narratives project (2018–21).

Jacques Migozzi is Professor of French Literature at the University of Limoges, France, where he leads the Groupe de recherches sur les Littératures Populaires et Cultures Médiatiques. Having written about popular fiction for 30 years, he published a synthetical essay in 2005, Boulevards du Populaire, and has edited or co-edited 12 volumes or journal special issues.

Federico Pagello teaches Film and Media Studies at the University of Chieti-Pescara, Italy. His current research focuses on popular serial narratives and their transmedia and transmedia circulation, with a particular attention to the crime genre. His most recent monograph is entitled Quentin Tarantino and Film Theory: Aesthetics and Dialectics in Late Postmodernity (Palgrave 2020).

Andrew Pepper is Professor of English at Queen’s University Belfast, Northern Ireland. He is author of Unwilling Executioner: Crime Fiction and the State (2016) and co-editor of Globalization and the State in Contemporary Crime Fiction (Palgrave 2016) and The Routledge Companion to Crime Fiction (2020).


SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00European LiteratureComparative LiteratureLiterary HistoryEuropean Film and TVPopular CultureEuropean History/European Literature/Literary Region or Country/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031219818Contemporary European Crime Fictionhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031219818?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
80
978-3-031-55236-6DalphinisMorgan Dalphinis; Duane Edwards; Michael M. Kretzer; Violet CuffyMorgan Dalphinis, Ilford, UK; Duane Edwards, University of Guyana, Turkeyen, Guyana; Michael M. Kretzer, Ruhr University Bochum, Bochum, Germany; Violet Cuffy, Bedfordshire, UKCreole Cultures, Vol. 2Creole Identity and Language RepresentationsApprox. 160 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English483JFCJFCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-05-292024-05-2911. Introduction by Violet Cuffy.- Part I: Creolisation Complexities.- 2. Civil Society and Creole Society: Contemporary Coloniality and Developmental Implications by Dr Duane Edwards, Senior Researcher at Project Development Consultancy (PDC) in Guyana.- 3. The Kalinago/African Cultural Exchange in Dominica’s Creole Culture, by Dr Lennox Honychurch, noted Dominica historian and politician.- 4. Creole and National Identity: The Case of Dominica by Gregory Rabess, cultural and communication consultant, founding member of the Dominica Festivals Commission.- 5. Inclusivity of Indian Ocean Island Creole Communities by Dr Shihan de Silva Jayasuriya,Visiting Professor, Ritsumeikan University, Kyoto, Japan.- Part II: Kwéyòl Language Representations.- 6. A Tale of Two Cultures: Torn between the Rose and the Marguerite by Lindy-Ann Alexander, Dean of the Division of Arts, Science & General Studies at Sir Arthur Lewis Community College in St. Lucia (retired).- 7. Language Ideologies and the Schooling of Caribbean Creole English-speaking Youth in New York City by Dr Dale Michael Britton, teacher at Touro College.- 8. Safeguarding the Creole Language (Lalang Seselwa), culture and heritage of the Seychelles by Aneesa Vel, Senior Research Officer at the Creole Language and Culture Research Institute, and Dr. Michael M. Kretzer, researcher at Ruhr University in Bochum, Germany.- 9. Institutionalizing the Kwéyòl language in Dominica by Dr Bruce Jn Baptiste, Maître de Conférences, Paris IV-Sorbonne University.- 10. History, Language Policy and Costs in St Lucia by Dr Morgan Dalphins, academic writer & poet.- Part III: Curriculum Developments: Dominica as a Case Study.- 11. Intangible Heritage and Bilingual Education in Dominica: Challenges and perspectives for local languages by Zephine Royer, teacher, lecturer, and researcher.- 12. A Glimpse at the Dominican French Creole in the Education System by Magalie Celestine, Exams Education Officer in the Ministry of Education in Dominica and Charlene White-Christian, Modern Languages Coordinator in the Ministry of Education in Dominica.- 13. Kwéyòl in Tertiary Education in Dominica: The UWI Experience by Dr Barry Casimir, Programme Officer at UWI Open Campus Dominica & Dr Kimone Joseph, Head of UWI Open Campus Dominica.This edited book considers the significance of creole cultures within current, changing global contexts located within post-colonial and developing states. It also examines safeguarding the languages and cultural practices that sustain creole identities. The concept of Creolity as approached through the different lenses of postcolonial studies, history, and anthropology is used here to consider the social constructions of creole identities, their political and economic realities and how they are experienced as changing, particularly in the modern context. Themes explored are creole societies, folklore and orature, cultural hegemony, cultural sociology, hybridity, and national cultural Identity.Morgan Dalphinis holds a PhD from the School of Oriental and African Studies University of London, UK, on African Language Influences in Creoles Lexically Based on Portuguese, English and French, a BA hons in Linguistics and an African Language (Hausa), and a MBA and PGCE (English as a Second Language and French). His publications include Caribbean and African Languages and History and Language in St Lucia 1654-1915.Duane Edwards is a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Sociology at the University of Guyana. He holds a PhD in Sociology from the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill and has lectured in its Department of Government, Sociology, Social Work and Psychology. He also holds a B. Soc. Sc. in Sociology from the University of Guyana. His research interests include ethnic dynamics in ethnically plural societies, social inequalities, migration, and Caribbean philosophical and political thought.Michael M. Kretzer is an Andrew W Mellon Fellow at the University of Western Cape, South Africa. He researches education systems and language policies in Sub-Saharan Africa, environmental education, Linguistic Landscapes (LL) and health crisis communication. He has published several book chapters and articles, including for the Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Politics, the International Journal on Multilingualism, European Journal of Language Policy and the South African Geographical Journal. He is the chief editor of the Handbooks of Language Policies in Africa (HLPA) book series (2022).Violet Cuffy was a much loved and respected Senior Lecturer in Tourism and Events Management, PhD, MSc, AICB, BEd and a Fellow of the Higher Education Academy. She sadly died in December 2021.This edited book considers the significance of creole cultures within current, changing global contexts located within post-colonial and developing states. It also examines safeguarding the languages and cultural practices that sustain creole identities. The concept of Creolity as approached through the different lenses of postcolonial studies, history, and anthropology is used here to consider the social constructions of creole identities, their political and economic realities and how they are experienced as changing, particularly in the modern context. Themes explored are creole societies, folklore and orature, cultural hegemony, cultural sociology, hybridity, and national cultural Identity.
Promotes an international scope for Creoles from the Indian Ocean to the Caribbean with a focus on creole heritageReviews divide between civil and creole society, thus questioning the cultural hegemony of civil societyClarifies teaching and learning and language policies for Creoles in multiethnic and multilingual societiesMorgan Dalphinis holds a PhD from the School of Oriental and African Studies University of London, UK, on African Language Influences in Creoles Lexically Based on Portuguese, English and French, a BA hons in Linguistics and an African Language (Hausa), and a MBA and PGCE (English as a Second Language and French). His publications include Caribbean and African Languages and History and Language in St Lucia 1654-1915.

Duane Edwards is a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Sociology at the University of Guyana. He holds a PhD in Sociology from the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill and has lectured in its Department of Government, Sociology, Social Work and Psychology. He also holds a B. Soc. Sc. in Sociology from the University of Guyana. His research interests include ethnic dynamics in ethnically plural societies, social inequalities, migration, and Caribbean philosophical and political thought.

Michael M. Kretzer isan Andrew W Mellon Fellow at the University of Western Cape, South Africa. He researches education systems and language policies in Sub-Saharan Africa, environmental education, Linguistic Landscapes (LL) and health crisis communication. He has published several book chapters and articles, including for the Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Politics, the International Journal on Multilingualism, European Journal of Language Policy and the South African Geographical Journal. He is the chief editor of the Handbooks of Language Policies in Africa (HLPA) book series (2022).Violet Cuffy was a much loved and respected Senior Lecturer in Tourism and Events Management, PhD, MSc, AICB, BEd and a Fellow of the Higher Education Academy. She sadly died in December 2021.

SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Cultural HeritageRegional Cultural StudiesAfrican Languages/Cultural Heritage/Cultural Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031552366Creole Cultures, Vol. 2https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031552366?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
81
978-3-031-47478-1De CoteauDawn De CoteauDawn De Coteau, EMA Solutions, St George's, GrenadaBlack Fins White Sharks: Unmasking the Genealogy of Caribbean Political CorruptionDecolonising Caribbean Corruption StudiesX, 183 p. 10 illus.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Political Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English169GTFJPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-142024-05-141Chapter 1: Massa Day Done or 'Same Old Khaki Pants ? - contextualising Caribbean political corruption.- Chapter 2: Smokescreens and Pipe Dreams - Examining Anti-Corruption Measures in the Eastern Caribbean.- Chapter 3: Analysing Governance Arrangements – Freedom of Speech & Press and Elections.- Chapter 4: Analysis of Governance Arrangements for Controlling Corruption and their Effectiveness.- Chapter 5: Corruption: The Lived Experience – Interview Participants’ Perspectives.<div>
</div>		A ground-breaking scholarly text with resonance and relevance in emerging post-globalism discourse, it provides a theoretical and empirical framework not only for decolonising Caribbean political corruption studies but also for giving agency to small island development outside Western narratives -an exciting prospect of 'small walking tall'.

---Simon Lee, independent scholar and CaribbeanistThis book is a pioneering multi-disciplinary analytical study of Caribbean political corruption grounded in Caribbean epistemology, challenging universalist perceptions generated outside the region which take no account of historical and cultural elativity. In tracing the history and development of Caribbean political systems and corruption, it collates and synthesizes existing data, indispensable to current and future research. Rigorous analysis of international corruption measurement tools demonstrates deficiencies and limited validity for small island states in the Caribbean and worldwide. Highly detailed case studies and fieldwork research investigating perceptions of corruption and democratic capacity present invaluable new empirical data and offer insights into remodelling corruption analysis. With its wide cross-disciplinary appeal, this book makes significant and timely contributions to decolonial studies and an emerging decolonization discourse in the Caribbean. Dr. Dawn De Coteau is an international lawyer who practices in England & Wales and the Caribbean region. She obtained the award of Doctor of Philosophy from the University of Liverpool in 2022, with her thesis entitled 'Corruption in Caribbean Politics - Examining Cultural Tolerance’.


This book is a pioneering multi-disciplinary analytical study of Caribbean political corruption grounded in Caribbean epistemology, challenging universalist perceptions generated outside the region which take no account of historical and cultural elativity. In tracing the history and development of Caribbean political systems and corruption, it collates and synthesizes existing data, indispensable to current and future research. Rigorous analysis of international corruption measurement tools demonstrates deficiencies and limited validity for small island states in the Caribbean and worldwide. Highly detailed case studies and fieldwork research investigating perceptions of corruption and democratic capacity present invaluable new empirical data and offer insights into remodelling corruption analysis. With its wide cross-disciplinary appeal, this book makes significant and timely contributions to decolonial studies and an emerging decolonization discourse in the Caribbean.
Analyses Caribbean political corruptionReconceptualises analysis of corruption in small statesTraces genealogy of Caribbean corruptionDr. Dawn De Coteau is an international lawyer who practices in England & Wales and the Caribbean region. She obtained the award of Doctor of Philosophy from the University of Liverpool in 2022, with which her thesis entitled - 'Corruption in Caribbean Politics - Examining Cultural Tolerance’.

SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Development StudiesInternational Political Economy’Imperialism and ColonialismGovernance and Government/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Development Studies/00009783031474781Black Fins White Sharks: Unmasking the Genealogy of Caribbean Political Corruptionhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031474781?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
82
978-3-031-57329-3DeeganMarc James DeeganMarc James Deegan, University of Oxford, Oxford, UKReflections on Criticality in Educational PhilosophyCritical Traditions, Freire and WittgensteinApprox. 295 p. 1 illus.12024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Educational Philosophy and TheorySocial SciencesMonographBook0English510JNAJNZPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-142024-06-141Part 1: Introduction.- Chapter 1: Perspectival Horizons .- Part 2: Educational Policy.- Chapter 2: Maintained Schools in England.- Chapter 3: Critical Thinking Models.- Part 3: Democracy and Social Justice.- Chapter 4: Walking my own path towards Democracy and Social Justice.- Chapter 5: Freire’s Dream of a Free and Inclusive Democratic Society.- Chapter 6: Wittgenstein as an Advocate for Social and Political Change.- Part 4: Thinking.- Chapter 7: What is Criticality?.- Chapter 8: Conceptions of Criticality.- Chapter 9: What is a Critical Education?.- Chapter 10: Who is the Critical Being?.- Chapter 11: Freire, Wittgenstein and Criticality.- Chapter 12: Freire, Wittgenstein and the Critical Being.-Part 5: Knowing.- Chapter 13: Ways of Knowing.- Chapter 14: Freire, Wittgenstein and Aesthetics, Ethics and Religious Belief.- Part 6: Reflections.- Chapter 15: Findings, Recommendations and Next Steps.- Chapter 16: Remarks in Closing.<div><div>This book navigates global educational policy concerning critical thinking skills and competencies. The author explores the concept of criticality from the perspectives of several critical traditions, and draws on the works of Paulo Freire and Ludwig Wittgenstein. The diverse and intricate ideas, methods and ways of thinking that emerge are examined in the new perspectival space of ‘criticality scholarship’. Pursuing his own political and philosophical aspirations, the author endeavours to link a critical education with the promotion of democracy and social justice. Opportunities for further empirical and theoretical research are signposted. The book will be of interest to scholars in educational philosophy.
</div></div><div>
</div><div>Marc James Deegan is a retired Australian and English barrister and a former legal academic. He works with Reader Services in the Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, UK.
</div>		This book navigates global educational policy concerning critical thinking skills and competencies. The author explores the concept of criticality from the perspectives of several critical traditions, and draws on the works of Paulo Freire and Ludwig Wittgenstein. The diverse and intricate ideas, methods and ways of thinking that emerge are examined in the new perspectival space of ‘criticality scholarship’. Pursuing his own political and philosophical aspirations, the author endeavours to link a critical education with the promotion of democracy and social justice. Opportunities for further empirical and theoretical research are signposted. The book will be of interest to scholars in educational philosophy.
Brings together the philosophies and social movements that inform the concept of criticalityCompares the ideas and methods of Paulo Freire and Ludwig Wittgenstein on debates concerning criticalityWorks within a perspectival space to synthesize multiple perspectives, with considerations arising in educational policyMarc James Deegan is a retired Australian and English barrister and a former legal academic. He works with Reader Services in the Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, UK.





SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41176Social Sciences00Educational PhilosophyCritical ThinkingPedagogyInformal LogicEducation Policy/Educational Philosophy/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031573293Reflections on Criticality in Educational Philosophyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031573293?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
83
978-3-031-56113-9Del FaveroDennis Del Favero; Susanne Thurow; Michael J. Ostwald; Ursula FrohneDennis Del Favero, The University of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW, Australia; Susanne Thurow, The University of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW, Australia; Michael J. Ostwald, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia; Ursula Frohne, University of Münster, Münster, GermanyClimate Disaster PreparednessReimagining Extreme Events through Art and TechnologyApprox. 200 p. 45 illus.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0Arts, Research, Innovation and SocietyBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English238KJRNFSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-132024-05-131Introduction.- Part 1: Simulating.- Reimagining uncertainty. Digital art and the capacity to envision terrestrial disasters.- Latest advances and challenges in extreme event 3D simulation.- Intelligent architectures for extreme event visualization.- Simulation of rare event scenarios via physics-based fire models integrated with visualization systems.- Aligning immersive multi-agent training systems for extreme event scenarios.- Part 2: Narrating.- Preparing for the unpredictable.- Moving beyond the recovery and reconstruction discourse to imagine interaction with extreme events using the performing arts.- Iconographies of climate catastrophe. The representation of climate change in art and film.- Exploring the aesthetics of climate change in performative and visual storytelling.- Part 3: Rehearsing.- Application of user-centered interaction design in 3D immersive environments.- Leveraging Deep Learning and Generative AI for sonic worldmaking. New dimensions for immersion in interactive environments.- Prototyping emergency scenarios. Converging architectural computing and intelligent mobility modelling.- Part 4: Practicing.- The policy landscape of preparedness. Gaps in recommendations for extreme climate events.- Learning from the past, preparing for tomorrow. Conceptualizing place and community in light of extreme event experiences.- Communicating in crisis. Community practices of online participation during extreme events.- Horizon scanning the imaging of extreme events. Challenges and frontiers.- Conclusion.As a result of global warming, extreme events, such as firestorms and flash floods, pose increasingly unpredictable and uncertain existential threats, taking lives, destroying communities, and wreaking havoc on habitats. Current aesthetic, technological and scientific frameworks struggle to imagine, visualise and rehearse human interactions with these events, hampering the development of proactive foresight, readiness and response.

This open access book demonstrates how the latest advances in creative arts, intelligent systems and climate science can be integrated and leveraged to transform the visualisation of extreme event scenarios. It reframes current practice from passive perception of pre-scripted illustrations to active immersion in evolving life-like interactive scenarios that are geo-located. Drawing on the multidisciplinary expertise of leaders in the creative arts, climate sciences, environmental engineering, and intelligent systems, this book examines the ways in which climate disaster preparedness can be reformulated through practices that address dynamic and unforeseen interactions between climate and human life worlds. Grouped into four sections (picturing, narrating, rehearsing, and communicating), this book maps this approach by exploring the emerging strengths and current limitations of each discipline in addressing the challenge of envisioning the unpredictable interaction of extreme events with human populations and environments.This book provides a timely intervention into the global discourse on how art, culture and technology can address climate disaster resilience. It appeals to readers from multiple fields, offering academic, industry and community audiences novel insights into a profound gap in the current knowledge, policy and action landscape.
As a result of global warming, extreme events, such as firestorms and flash floods, pose increasingly unpredictable and uncertain existential threats, taking lives, destroying communities, and wreaking havoc on habitats. Current aesthetic, technological and scientific frameworks struggle to imagine, visualise and rehearse human interactions with these events, hampering the development of proactive foresight, readiness and response.
This open access book demonstrates how the latest advances in creative arts, intelligent systems and climate science can be integrated and leveraged to transform the visualisation of extreme event scenarios. It reframes current practice from passive perception of pre-scripted illustrations to active immersion in evolving life-like interactive scenarios that are geo-located. Drawing on the multidisciplinary expertise of leaders in the creative arts, climate sciences, environmental engineering, and intelligent systems, this book examines the waysin which climate disaster preparedness can be reformulated through practices that address dynamic and unforeseen interactions between climate and human life worlds. Grouped into four sections (picturing, narrating, rehearsing, and communicating), this book maps this approach by exploring the emerging strengths and current limitations of each discipline in addressing the challenge of envisioning the unpredictable interaction of extreme events with human populations and environments. This book provides a timely intervention into the global discourse on how art, culture and technology can address climate disaster resilience. It appeals to readers from multiple fields, offering academic, industry and community audiences novel insights into a profound gap in the current knowledge, policy and action landscape.
This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessIntegrates creative arts, artificial intelligence, and climate science to create extreme event visualization scenarioExplores best practices in digital arts, intelligent systems and climate science to address global climate challengesOffers a unique, multi-disciplinary perspective on disaster anticipation, preparedness and responseDennis Del Favero is an artist, Australian Laureate Fellow and Chair Professor of Digital Innovation and Executive Director of The University of New South Wales (UNSW)’s iCinema Centre for Interactive Cinema Research (iCinema). He has led numerous large-scale interdisciplinary art projects that explore the visceral dynamics of unpredictable climate scenarios and the aesthetics of uncertainty using AI visualisation systems. He is a Visiting Professor at the University of Melbourne and Visiting Professorial Fellow at the University of Münster, Germany; Editorial Board Member of Quodlibet Studio Corpi, Italy; and former Executive Director of the Australian Research Council | Humanities & Creative Arts. He is represented by Galerie Brigitte Schenk, Cologne and Mais Wright, Sydney.Susanne Thurow is a Deputy Director and Director of Research Development as well as an ARC Laureate Postdoctoral Fellow at UNSW’s iCinema Centre, where she leads the climate aestheticsresearch program. Her interdisciplinary work rethinks contemporary arts through performative digital aesthetics, having co-developed multidisciplinary projects with industry partners, such as Opera Australia. She has published widely, spanning theatre, performance and digital media studies. Her latest book (Routledge, 2020) won the 2021 Alvie Egan Award and the 2019 UNSW Art & Design Dean’s Award for Research Excellence, Best Monograph. In the past, she worked for Thalia Theater (Germany), Big hART (Australia) and German cultural association Goethe-Institut. Michael J. Ostwald is a Professor of architectural analytics at The University of New South Wales (UNSW). He was previously an EU Distinguished Professor, Dean of the Built Environment at the University of Newcastle, Professorial Fellow at Victoria University Wellington and Adjunct Professor at RMIT. He completed postdoctoral research on applications of spatial computing in architecture at UCLA(Calif.), CCA (McGill, Montreal) and Harvard (Mass.). He is the author of 17 books and over 160 journal articles. Michael is Editor-in-Chief of the Nexus Network Journal: Architecture and Mathematics (Springer) and a member of the editorial boards of ARQ (Cambridge) and Architectural Theory Review (Taylor and Francis).Ursula Frohne is Professor for art history at the University of Münster (Germany). Previously, she was Professor of twentieth and twenty-first-century art history at the University of Cologne, Chief Curator for ZKM Center for Art & Media in Karlsruhe and Lecturer at Karlsruhe’s State Academy of Fine Art. In Cologne, she chaired the DFG-project Cinematographic Aesthetics in Contemporary Art (2007–14), while from 2023 she has been co-leading the DFG-Research Group on Access to Cultural Goods in Digital Transformation. She was awarded the University of Cologne’s Leo Spitzer Prize for Excellence in Research. She has published widely on contemporary art practice and technological creative media.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management01Innovation and Technology ManagementEnvironmental ManagementInteraction DesignEnvironmental Social Sciences/Innovation and Technology Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031561139Climate Disaster Preparednesshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031561139?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
84
978-3-031-56116-0Del FaveroDennis Del Favero; Susanne Thurow; Michael J. Ostwald; Ursula FrohneDennis Del Favero, The University of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW, Australia; Susanne Thurow, The University of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW, Australia; Michael J. Ostwald, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia; Ursula Frohne, University of Münster, Münster, GermanyClimate Disaster PreparednessReimagining Extreme Events through Art and TechnologyApprox. 200 p. 45 illus.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover1Arts, Research, Innovation and SocietyBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English238KJRNFSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-132024-05-131Introduction.- Part 1: Simulating.- Reimagining uncertainty. Digital art and the capacity to envision terrestrial disasters.- Latest advances and challenges in extreme event 3D simulation.- Intelligent architectures for extreme event visualization.- Simulation of rare event scenarios via physics-based fire models integrated with visualization systems.- Aligning immersive multi-agent training systems for extreme event scenarios.- Part 2: Narrating.- Preparing for the unpredictable.- Moving beyond the recovery and reconstruction discourse to imagine interaction with extreme events using the performing arts.- Iconographies of climate catastrophe. The representation of climate change in art and film.- Exploring the aesthetics of climate change in performative and visual storytelling.- Part 3: Rehearsing.- Application of user-centered interaction design in 3D immersive environments.- Leveraging Deep Learning and Generative AI for sonic worldmaking. New dimensions for immersion in interactive environments.- Prototyping emergency scenarios. Converging architectural computing and intelligent mobility modelling.- Part 4: Practicing.- The policy landscape of preparedness. Gaps in recommendations for extreme climate events.- Learning from the past, preparing for tomorrow. Conceptualizing place and community in light of extreme event experiences.- Communicating in crisis. Community practices of online participation during extreme events.- Horizon scanning the imaging of extreme events. Challenges and frontiers.- Conclusion.As a result of global warming, extreme events, such as firestorms and flash floods, pose increasingly unpredictable and uncertain existential threats, taking lives, destroying communities, and wreaking havoc on habitats. Current aesthetic, technological and scientific frameworks struggle to imagine, visualise and rehearse human interactions with these events, hampering the development of proactive foresight, readiness and response.

This open access book demonstrates how the latest advances in creative arts, intelligent systems and climate science can be integrated and leveraged to transform the visualisation of extreme event scenarios. It reframes current practice from passive perception of pre-scripted illustrations to active immersion in evolving life-like interactive scenarios that are geo-located. Drawing on the multidisciplinary expertise of leaders in the creative arts, climate sciences, environmental engineering, and intelligent systems, this book examines the ways in which climate disaster preparedness can be reformulated through practices that address dynamic and unforeseen interactions between climate and human life worlds. Grouped into four sections (picturing, narrating, rehearsing, and communicating), this book maps this approach by exploring the emerging strengths and current limitations of each discipline in addressing the challenge of envisioning the unpredictable interaction of extreme events with human populations and environments.This book provides a timely intervention into the global discourse on how art, culture and technology can address climate disaster resilience. It appeals to readers from multiple fields, offering academic, industry and community audiences novel insights into a profound gap in the current knowledge, policy and action landscape.
As a result of global warming, extreme events, such as firestorms and flash floods, pose increasingly unpredictable and uncertain existential threats, taking lives, destroying communities, and wreaking havoc on habitats. Current aesthetic, technological and scientific frameworks struggle to imagine, visualise and rehearse human interactions with these events, hampering the development of proactive foresight, readiness and response.
This open access book demonstrates how the latest advances in creative arts, intelligent systems and climate science can be integrated and leveraged to transform the visualisation of extreme event scenarios. It reframes current practice from passive perception of pre-scripted illustrations to active immersion in evolving life-like interactive scenarios that are geo-located. Drawing on the multidisciplinary expertise of leaders in the creative arts, climate sciences, environmental engineering, and intelligent systems, this book examines the waysin which climate disaster preparedness can be reformulated through practices that address dynamic and unforeseen interactions between climate and human life worlds. Grouped into four sections (picturing, narrating, rehearsing, and communicating), this book maps this approach by exploring the emerging strengths and current limitations of each discipline in addressing the challenge of envisioning the unpredictable interaction of extreme events with human populations and environments. This book provides a timely intervention into the global discourse on how art, culture and technology can address climate disaster resilience. It appeals to readers from multiple fields, offering academic, industry and community audiences novel insights into a profound gap in the current knowledge, policy and action landscape.
This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessIntegrates creative arts, artificial intelligence, and climate science to create extreme event visualization scenarioExplores best practices in digital arts, intelligent systems and climate science to address global climate challengesOffers a unique, multi-disciplinary perspective on disaster anticipation, preparedness and responseDennis Del Favero is an artist, Australian Laureate Fellow and Chair Professor of Digital Innovation and Executive Director of The University of New South Wales (UNSW)’s iCinema Centre for Interactive Cinema Research (iCinema). He has led numerous large-scale interdisciplinary art projects that explore the visceral dynamics of unpredictable climate scenarios and the aesthetics of uncertainty using AI visualisation systems. He is a Visiting Professor at the University of Melbourne and Visiting Professorial Fellow at the University of Münster, Germany; Editorial Board Member of Quodlibet Studio Corpi, Italy; and former Executive Director of the Australian Research Council | Humanities & Creative Arts. He is represented by Galerie Brigitte Schenk, Cologne and Mais Wright, Sydney.Susanne Thurow is a Deputy Director and Director of Research Development as well as an ARC Laureate Postdoctoral Fellow at UNSW’s iCinema Centre, where she leads the climate aestheticsresearch program. Her interdisciplinary work rethinks contemporary arts through performative digital aesthetics, having co-developed multidisciplinary projects with industry partners, such as Opera Australia. She has published widely, spanning theatre, performance and digital media studies. Her latest book (Routledge, 2020) won the 2021 Alvie Egan Award and the 2019 UNSW Art & Design Dean’s Award for Research Excellence, Best Monograph. In the past, she worked for Thalia Theater (Germany), Big hART (Australia) and German cultural association Goethe-Institut. Michael J. Ostwald is a Professor of architectural analytics at The University of New South Wales (UNSW). He was previously an EU Distinguished Professor, Dean of the Built Environment at the University of Newcastle, Professorial Fellow at Victoria University Wellington and Adjunct Professor at RMIT. He completed postdoctoral research on applications of spatial computing in architecture at UCLA(Calif.), CCA (McGill, Montreal) and Harvard (Mass.). He is the author of 17 books and over 160 journal articles. Michael is Editor-in-Chief of the Nexus Network Journal: Architecture and Mathematics (Springer) and a member of the editorial boards of ARQ (Cambridge) and Architectural Theory Review (Taylor and Francis).Ursula Frohne is Professor for art history at the University of Münster (Germany). Previously, she was Professor of twentieth and twenty-first-century art history at the University of Cologne, Chief Curator for ZKM Center for Art & Media in Karlsruhe and Lecturer at Karlsruhe’s State Academy of Fine Art. In Cologne, she chaired the DFG-project Cinematographic Aesthetics in Contemporary Art (2007–14), while from 2023 she has been co-leading the DFG-Research Group on Access to Cultural Goods in Digital Transformation. She was awarded the University of Cologne’s Leo Spitzer Prize for Excellence in Research. She has published widely on contemporary art practice and technological creative media.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management01Innovation and Technology ManagementEnvironmental ManagementInteraction DesignEnvironmental Social Sciences/Innovation and Technology Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031561160Climate Disaster Preparednesshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031561160?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
85
978-3-031-55902-0Del PreteRossella Del PreteRossella Del Prete, University of Sannio, Benevento, ItalyThe Neapolitan Creative EconomyThe Growth of the Music Market and Creative Sector in Naples, 17th–19th CenturiesX, 240 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Economic HistoryEconomics and FinanceMonographBook0English325KCZKCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-242024-05-2411. The value of economic history of the creative economy.- 2. Understanding the dynamics of creation and regulation of the music market in seventeenth-century Naples.- 3. The transformation of orphanages in music conservatory as a production place to share knowledge, professional development and invest in human capital.- 4. The experience of the Pietà dei Turchini Conservatory (1584-1807).- 5. The entrepreneurial adventure of music in the 19th century: the places, the protagonists, the system of production and use, and the publishing sector.This book analyses the emergence and growth of the creative sector in Naples between the early modern and modern eras, focusing particularly on the development of music markets in the city. From the seventeenth century, Naples became one of the most culturally enriched regions in the Italian peninsula, with internationally known music schools, theatres and opera venues attracting visitors from across Europe in a burgeoning tourist market. This book sheds light on the driving economic factors and political contexts behind this key case study for the early growth of the opera and music sector in Europe.Starting with a discussion of the value of economic history to understanding cultural industries, the chapters approach this analysis through multiple lenses: the formation of human capital as the result of Naples’ institutional urban welfare system; the role of cultural consumption as it evolved from a primarily religious activity to growing popular demand; and the role that central city authorities played in encouraging cultural activity through private investment and public policy. The book also draws on fascinating archival research to examine the contribution of Naples’ music conservatories in the local creative economy. This book is a valuable resource to a broad range of readers, including those working in economic history, tourism history, the history of music and theatre, Italian social history and more.Rossella Del Prete is an Associate Professor of Economic History in the Department of Economics at the University of Sannio, Italy. Her research interests span history and economics, including public history, the economic history of art and culture, governance of cultural heritage, the history of tourism, labour history and female entrepreneurship.
This book analyses the emergence and growth of the creative sector in Naples between the early modern and modern eras, focusing particularly on the development of music markets in the city. From the seventeenth century, Naples became one of the most culturally enriched regions in the Italian peninsula, with internationally known music schools, theatres and opera venues attracting visitors from across Europe in a burgeoning tourist market. This book sheds light on the driving economic factors and political contexts behind this key case study for the early growth of the opera and music sector in Europe. Starting with a discussion of the value of economic history to understanding cultural industries, the chapters approach this analysis through multiple lenses: the formation of human capital as the result of Naples’ institutional urban welfare system; the role of cultural consumption as it evolved from a primarily religious activity to growing popular demand; and the rolethat central city authorities played in encouraging cultural activity through private investment and public policy. The book also draws on fascinating archival research to examine the contribution of Naples’ music conservatories in the local creative economy. This book is a valuable resource to a broad range of readers, including those working in economic history, tourism history, the history of music and theatre, Italian social history and more.
Presents a detailed insight into the urban creative economy in Italy between the 17th and 19th centuriesOffers new insights into the value of economic history analyses of creative sectorsIlluminates archival-based research into the early music conservatories of NaplesRossella Del Prete is an Associate Professor of Economic History in the Department of Economics at the University of Sannio, Italy. Her research interests span history and economics, including public history, the economic history of art and culture, governance of cultural heritage, the history of tourism, labour history and female entrepreneurship.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00Economic HistoryCultural EconomicsHistory of ItalyHistory of Music/Economic History/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/01009783031559020The Neapolitan Creative Economyhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031559020?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
86
978-3-031-57068-1DemetrionGeorge DemetrionGeorge Demetrion, Capital Community College, Hartford, CT, USACritical Probes into the Instructional Design LiteratureReading M. David Merrill From an Outsider’s PerspectiveApprox. 155 p.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English170JNCJNZSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-102024-05-101Chapter One: Introduction.- Chapter Two: Underlying Theories and Operative Assumptions in the work of M. David Merrill.- Chapter Three: “Constructivism and Instructional Design” in Critical Dialogue with Moderate and Radical Constructivist Learning Theory.- Chapter Four: Instructional Transaction Theory (ITT).- Chapter Five: First Principles of Instruction.- Chapter Six: Merrill’s Aesthetic Vision.- Epilogue: Implications for the Field of Adult Basic Education.This book provides a comprehensive study of the work of M. David Merrill, a major pioneer in the field of instructional design. This book centers on his research on his second generation instructional design (ID2) theory, Instructional Transaction Theory, and First Principles of Instruction, which has had a substantial impact on the instructional design field. It’s appealing to the instructional design research and practitioner-based communities who can draw on specific sections of this book to enhance their own work. It is also intended for those seeking to learn more about the relationship between the instructional design field, learning theory, curriculum studies, and lifelong learning/adult education studies. Through this critical, yet empathetic study of Merrill’s 50+ year research agenda, this book provides an illuminating field of entry into a broad range of topics, both those that are central to Merrill’s own research agenda, and into areas that extend well beyond his essentially cognitivist epistemological assumptions.This book provides a comprehensive study of the work of M. David Merrill, a major pioneer in the field of instructional design. This book centers on his research on his second generation instructional design (ID2) theory, Instructional Transaction Theory, and First Principles of Instruction, which has had a substantial impact on the instructional design field. It’s appealing to the instructional design research and practitioner-based communities who can draw on specific sections of this book to enhance their own work. It is also intended for those seeking to learn more about the relationship between the instructional design field, learning theory, curriculum studies, and lifelong learning/adult education studies. Through this critical, yet empathetic study of Merrill’s 50+ year research agenda, this book provides an illuminating field of entry into a broad range of topics, both those that are central to Merrill’s own research agenda, and into areas that extend well beyond his essentially cognitivist epistemological assumptions.Examines the entire scope of Merrill’s work in a single studyExplores the relevance of Merrill’s work for ill-structured learning environmentsHighlights Merrill’s emphasis on well-structured learning environmentsGeorge Demetrion created and managed a major small group tutoring program in adult literacy in Hartford, Connecticut, USA. He taught seminar courses in adult education, as highlighted in “Probing the Interface Between Learning Theory and Practice Adult Basic Education,” where he introduced students and journal readers to the research of M. David Merrill. Demetrion authored Conflicting Paradigms in Adult Literacy Education. He has published over a dozen articles in this field.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Instructional TheoryStudy and Learning SkillsLifelong Learning/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Instructional Theory/00009783031570681Critical Probes into the Instructional Design Literaturehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031570681?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
87
978-3-031-23350-0DeręgowskiJan B. DeręgowskiJan B. Deręgowski, University of Aberdeen, Scotland, UKOn Picture Making and Picture SeeingA Brief DiscourseIX, 109 p. 93 illus., 39 illus. in color.12023final37.9940.6541.7932.9945.0044.99Soft cover1Vision, Illusion and Perception4Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesGeneral interestBook0English109TTBMABSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-04-042024-04-041Introduction in which the reader enters pictorial donnybrook.- On perception of depth, real and portrayed.- On perspective in many guises.- On prof. Farish's immediately comprehensible and Cezanne's immediately puzzling pictures.- On cultural press; If we draw, what and how should we draw?.Archaeological and anthropological investigations of depictions seldom extend beyond a single culture or a single geographical location, although there is a powerful factor common to all depictions, the factor of human perception. In this volume an attempt is made to show how this factor affects both creation and recognition of depictions, how, in common with everyday vision of the environment, typical contours are derived and used, not merely to depict individually readily recognisable models, but also how by concatenation they lead to such a splendid figure as Australian Kakadu crocodiles, or by distortion to creation of illusions of pictorial depth, such as is evoked by Leonardo da Vinci’s perspective and by inverted (Byzantine) perspective thought by some to be an aberration. Bartel’s studies show that pictorial depth is often achieved to the artist’s, and many a viewer’s, but not to geometer’s satisfaction by partial distortion, and Chinese masterpieces embody, side by side, ‘normal’ and inverted perspective.The visual process is universally uniform (if it were not, one would not be able to recognise an Altamira bison as a bison) and its foibles can be freely exploited.Its best known exploiter is probably Cezanne. His pictures are admired by many and puzzle many. Strzemiński postulated that they compound distinct lines of sight, thus endorsing primacy of central vision, a concept thought by Gombrich to be of greater import to geometers than to artists.Archaeological and anthropological investigations of depictions seldom extend beyond a single culture or a single geographical location, although there is a powerful factor common to all depictions, the factor of human perception. In this volume an attempt is made to show how this factor affects both creation and recognition of depictions, how, in common with everyday vision of the environment, typical contours are derived and used, not merely to depict individually readily recognisable models, but also how by concatenation they lead to such a splendid figure as Australian Kakadu crocodiles, or by distortion to creation of illusions of pictorial depth, such as is evoked by Leonardo da Vinci’s perspective and by inverted (Byzantine) perspective thought by some to be an aberration. Bartel’s studies show that pictorial depth is often achieved to the artist’s, and many a viewer’s, but not to geometer’s satisfaction by partial distortion, and Chinese masterpieces embody, side by side, ‘normal’ and inverted perspective.

The visual process is universally uniform (if it were not, one would not be able to recognise an Altamira bison as a bison) and its foibles can be freely exploited.

Its best known exploiter is probably Cezanne. His pictures are admired by many and puzzle many. Strzemiński postulated that they compound distinct lines of sight, thus endorsing primacy of central vision, a concept thought by Gombrich to be of greater import to geometers than to artists.		Fantastic colourful book on Picture Making and Picture SeeingOffers an interesting perspective on the development of styles and conventions in art and how these link to perceptionPresents a nice read packed with lovely illustrationsJan B. Deręgowski, D.Sc., FRSE, FBPsS, is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at the University of Aberdeen. He has been pursuing studies of visual perception in many cultures and has published some of his findings in Illusions, Patterns and Pictures (Academic Press, 1980) as well as, recently, two overviews: Cross-cultural Studies of Illusions (in the Oxford compendium of Visual Illusions, OUP, 2017) and The Psychology of Graphic Perception (in the Oxford Handbook of Archaeology and Anthropology of Rock Art, OUP, 2018).ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00Digital and Analog Signal ProcessingArtsCognitive PsychologyGraphic Design/Digital and Analog Signal Processing/Signal, Speech and Image Processing /Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/00009783031233500On Picture Making and Picture Seeinghttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031233500?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
88
978-3-031-28168-6DevineChristopher J. DevineChristopher J. Devine, University of Dayton, Dayton, OH, USANews Media Coverage of the Vice-Presidential Selection ProcessWhat's Wrong with the "Veepstakes"?XIX, 137 p. 3 illus., 2 illus. in color.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Soft cover1Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesBrief/PivotBook0English137JPAJPAPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-04-042024-04-041Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. How the Veepstakes Came to Be.- Chapter 3. Studying the Veepstakes.- Chapter 4. Veepstakes Media Coverage, 2000-2016.- Chapter 5. Veepstakes Media Coverage, 2020.- Chapter 6. Conclusion.
“In this important volume, Devine examines how the media describe potential candidates when covering the ‘veepstakes,’ and he insightfully critiques the media’s relative focus on electoral versus governing considerations.”

—Herbert F. Weisberg, Professor Emeritus of Political Science, The Ohio State University, USA

“Well-written and full of fascinating details…. I loved this book and learned a lot from it. I couldn’t put it down until I finished it.”

—Karine Prémont, Professor of Political Science, University of Sherbrooke and Deputy Director, Center for United States Studies, University of Québec, Montréal, Canada

“A must-read for anyone who is interested in developing a greater understanding of political media coverage, vice-presidential selection, and American electoral politics.”

—Andrew D. Green, Behavioral Sciences Department Chair and Professor of Political Science, Central College, USA

This book provides the first systematic, empirical analysis of the media’s approach to US vice-presidential selection (or the “veepstakes”). In their news coverage, Devine finds that media outlets typically treat vice-presidential selection as little more than a game—by focusing on how potential running mates might help to win the election, rather than how they might help the next president to govern. Based on an original content analysis of hundreds of veepstakes profiles from 2000–2020, this book quantifies the news media’s relative emphasis on various selection criteria, in general and across different electoral circumstances. The analysis suggests that journalists generally fail to serve the public interest by emphasizing electoral over governing considerations. However, Devine also points to positive examples of media coverage that help the public to evaluate potential running mates’ governing credentials, and suggests ways in which scholars, journalists, and citizens might encourage media outlets toprovide more substantive, responsible coverage of the vice-presidential selection process in future elections.

Christopher J. Devine is Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Dayton, USA. His previous books include Do Running Mates Matter? The Influence of Vice Presidential Candidates in Presidential Elections (2020).		This book provides the first systematic, empirical analysis of the media’s approach to US vice-presidential selection (or the “veepstakes”). In their news coverage, Devine finds that media outlets typically treat vice-presidential selection as little more than a game—by focusing on how potential running mates might help to win the election, rather than how they might help the next president to govern. Based on an original content analysis of hundreds of veepstakes profiles from 2000–2020, this book quantifies the news media’s relative emphasis on various selection criteria, in general and across different electoral circumstances. The analysis suggests that journalists generally fail to serve the public interest by emphasizing electoral over governing considerations. However, Devine also points to positive examples of media coverage that help the public to evaluate potential running mates’ governing credentials, and suggests ways in which scholars, journalists, and citizens might encourage media outlets to provide more substantive, responsible coverage of the vice-presidential selection process in future elections.Demonstrates that the news media devote too much attention to electoral considerations evaluating VP candidatesExplains the importance of veepstakes media coverage, highlighting the media’s role in vetting candidatesProvides the first systematic analysis of veepstakes media coverage, a novel dataset of such coverageChristopher J. Devine is Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Dayton, USA. He is the co-author of two books on vice-presidential candidates, including Do Running Mates Matter? The Influence of Vice Presidential Candidates in Presidential Elections (with Kyle C. Kopko). This research has been cited by numerous US and international media outlets. Devine also has published extensively on other topics relating to campaigns and elections, public opinion, and the U.S. presidency, including the forthcoming book on presidential campaign visits, I’m Here to Ask for Your Vote.SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Political CommunicationAmerican PoliticsNews Journalism/Political Communication/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Media and Communication/Media Policy and Politics/00009783031281686News Media Coverage of the Vice-Presidential Selection Processhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031281686?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
89
978-3-031-56979-1DiasNatália Martins Dias; Caroline de Oliveira CardosoNatália Martins Dias, Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Florianópolis; Caroline de Oliveira Cardoso, Universidade Feevale, Novo Hamburgo, BrazilNeuropsychological Interventions for Children - Volume 2Applications and InterfacesX, 230 p. 9 illus., 4 illus. in color.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English229JMMMMHSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-05-312024-06-021Part I: Child Neuropsychological Rehabilitation: case studies.- Chapter 1: Neuropsychological intervention in brain injuries in childhood and adolescence.- Chapter 2: Neuropsychological rehabilitation in patients with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder.- Chapter 3: Practical model of neuropsychological intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder: a case study.- Chapter 4: Intervention in intellectual disability: case study.- Chapter 5: Childhood Absence Epilepsy: A Historical-Cultural Neuropsychological Approach.- Chapter 6: Rehabilitation of Reading and Writing Learning Disorder.- Chapter 7: Remediation of Developmental Dyscalculia.- Part II: Childhood Neuropsychological Intervention and Interfaces with Other Approaches or Disciplines.- Chapter 8: School Neuropsychology.- Chapter 9: Play and Game: Outlining Playful Practices in the Scenarios of Stimulation and Rehabilitation of Executive Functions.- Chapter 10: Mindfulness as a strategy in child stimulation and rehabilitation.-Chapter 11: Motor Skills and Executive Functions: A Close Relationship Throughout Childhood.- Chapter 12: Play and games as tools for cognitive stimulation: Possible interfaces with neuropsychological intervention.- Chapter 13: Music and Neuropsychological Rehabilitation: Multidisciplinary Perspectives.- Chapter 14: Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation: New perspectives in the rehabilitation of children and adolescents.
This book is the second of two volumes that aim to serve as a comprehensive guide for professionals working with neuropsychological interventions especially designed for children. This second volume complements the theoretical and practical foundations presented in the first volume by presenting applications to different clinical conditions and by exploring interfaces of neuropsychology with other areas of research and practice.Chapters in this second volume are divided into two parts. The first part presents a series of case studies, illustrating the practice and experience of neuropsychological rehabilitation and habilitation in different clinical conditions. The second part brings together chapters that discuss the interfaces of neuropsychology with different areas, which can use its knowledge and interventions (such as school neuropsychology) or which can be used as strategies within neuropsychological intervention or even compose inter and transdisciplinary partnerships in the work of promotion, stimulation, or cognitive remediation, such as the use and role of music, games and play, mindfulness, and transcranial direct current stimulation. So, chapters in this second part highlight the interfaces with other approaches, knowledges or disciplines.

Originally published in Portuguese and now available in English, Neuropsychological Interventions for Children – Volumes 1 and 2 will be of interest to professionals working with neuropsychology in clinical and school contexts. It will also be useful in neuropsychology teaching contexts (specialization courses in neuropsychology and related areas) and for students and professionals in interface areas, such as Psychology, Education, Speech Therapy, Occupational Therapy among others.

The translation of the original Portuguese version of this book into English was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content.		This book is the second of two volumes that aim to serve as a comprehensive guide for professionals working with neuropsychological interventions especially designed for children. This second volume complements the theoretical and practical foundations presented in the first volume by presenting applications to different clinical conditions and by exploring interfaces of neuropsychology with other areas of research and practice.

Chapters in this second volume are divided into two parts. The first part presents a series of case studies, illustrating the practice and experience of neuropsychological rehabilitation and habilitation in different clinical conditions. The second part brings together chapters that discuss the interfaces of neuropsychology with different areas, which can use its knowledge and interventions (such as school neuropsychology) or which can be used as strategies within neuropsychological intervention or even compose inter and transdisciplinary partnerships in the work of promotion, stimulation, or cognitive remediation, such as the use and role of music, games and play, mindfulness, and transcranial direct current stimulation. So, chapters in this second part highlight the interfaces with other approaches, knowledges or disciplines.

Originally published in Portuguese and now available in English, Neuropsychological Interventions for Children – Volumes 1 and 2 will be of interest to professionals working with neuropsychology in clinical and school contexts. It will also be useful in neuropsychology teaching contexts (specialization courses in neuropsychology and related areas) and for students and professionals in interface areas, such as Psychology, Education, Speech Therapy, Occupational Therapy among others.

The translation of the original Portuguese version of this book into English was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content.
Focuses on the applications of neuropsychological interventions with children and its interfaces with other areasIllustrates neuropsychological interventions with children with applications in both clinical and school contextsExplores the interfaces of neuropsychological interventions with areas such as music, games and mindfulnessNatalia Martins Dias is a professor in the Department of Psychology at Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina (UFSC), Brazil, where she coordinates the Laboratory of Cognitive and School Neuropsychology (LANCE). She holds a PhD and a postdoctoral degree in Developmental disorders from Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie, Brazil. She is a member of the board of directors of the Brazilian Society of Neuropsychology (SBNp) and member of the Neuropsychology Working Group of the Brazilian National Association of Research and Graduate Studies in Psychology (ANPEPP). She is an associate researcher at the Science for Education National Network (CpE), Brazil, and holds a productivity grant from the Brazilian National Council for Scientific and Technological Development (CNPq). Caroline de Oliveira Cardoso is a professor at the undergraduate course of psychology of Universidade Feevale, Brazil, where she is also a permanent professorof the Academic Master's Degree in Psychology. She is a specialist in neuropsychology and holds a PhD in psychology with emphasis on human cognition from the Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio Grande do Sul (PUCRS), Brazil. She is a member of the board of directors of the Brazilian Society of Neuropsychology (SBNp) and is a member of the Neuropsychology Working Group of the Brazilian National Association of Research and Graduate Studies in Psychology (ANPEPP). She works as a clinical psychologist and neuropsychologist and is a founding partner of 'Conectare NeuroPsi' – Assistance, training and connections in Neuropsychology.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00NeuropsychologyChild and Adolescence PsychologySchool PsychologyClinical Psychology/Neuropsychology/Biological Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031569791Neuropsychological Interventions for Children - Volume 2https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031569791?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
90
978-3-031-24428-5DiLilloDavid DiLillo; Sarah J. Gervais; Dennis E. McChargueDavid DiLillo, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; Sarah J. Gervais, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; Dennis E. McChargue, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USAAlcohol and Sexual ViolenceXII, 216 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color.12023final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.5099.99Soft cover1Nebraska Symposium on Motivation68Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English216JMJMRSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-272023-03-272024-03-262024-03-261Chapter 1. Person, Place, and Drink: Are We Getting Closer to Understanding and Preventing Alcohol-Related Sexual Assault?.- Chapter 2. Alcohol and Sexual Assault Perpetration: Research Evidence, Gaps in our Knowledge, and Future Directions.- Chapter 3. Alcohol-Involved Sexual Aggression: Testing Mechanisms of Behavior Change. Chapter 4. Addressing Alcohol in Sexual Assault Prevention with College and Military Populations.- Chapter 5. Shifting Research Paradigms on the Alcohol-Sexual Violence Link: A Call to Action.- Chapter 6. Closing Discussions.This book provides a chronology of the 68th Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, which is focused on contemporary research knowledge about sexual violence and alcohol use. This book is more specific to dating and intimate partner sexual violence in young adult populations. The target audience is researchers, prevention agencies and policymakers within academia and military settings. Alcohol use has long been recognized as a major contributor to sexual assault, with an estimated 50% of sexual assaults in the U.S. involving drinking by the victim, perpetrator, or both. Beyond the usual harmful effects, alcohol-involved assaults are associated with unique sequelae for female victims, including increased self-blame, stigma, and greater alcohol use to cope. Moreover, heavier drinking on the part of the perpetrator is associated with more serious incidents of assault (e.g., involving physical force) that result in more severe outcomes for victims. The purpose ofthis Symposium on Motivation is to bring together a group of experts in the areas of alcohol and sexual aggression to articulate the causes, consequences, and mechanisms of alcohol-involved sexual assault. Speakers will talk about classic and contemporary research and theories on these issues using cutting-edge approaches (e.g., virtual reality, neuroscience, laboratory-based alcohol administration) from a variety of perspectives (perpetrators, victims, bystanders).
This book provides a chronology of the 68th Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, which is focused on contemporary research knowledge about sexual violence and alcohol use. This book is more specific to dating and intimate partner sexual violence in young adult populations. The target audience is researchers, prevention agencies and policymakers within academia and military settings.

Alcohol use has long been recognized as a major contributor to sexual assault, with an estimated 50% of sexual assaults in the U.S. involving drinking by the victim, perpetrator, or both. Beyond the usual harmful effects, alcohol-involved assaults are associated with unique sequelae for female victims, including increased self-blame, stigma, and greater alcohol use to cope. Moreover, heavier drinking on the part of the perpetrator is associated with more serious incidents of assault (e.g., involving physical force) that result in more severe outcomes for victims.

The purpose ofthis Symposium on Motivation is to bring together a group of experts in the areas of alcohol and sexual aggression to articulate the causes, consequences, and mechanisms of alcohol-involved sexual assault. Speakers will talk about classic and contemporary research and theories on these issues using cutting-edge approaches (e.g., virtual reality, neuroscience, laboratory-based alcohol administration) from a variety of perspectives (perpetrators, victims, bystanders).		Covers the most updated research on sexual violence and alcohol useElucidates causes, consequences and mechanisms of alcohol-involved sexual assaultIllustrates the status of contemporary research and discuss implications for future directionsDavid DiLillo, PhD is a Willa Cather Professor and Chair of Psychology. He completed his PhD in Clinical Psychology at Oklahoma State University. His primary research interests are in the area of family violence, including child maltreatment and marital and couple violence. He has a particular interest in the long-term functioning of adults who have experienced various forms of childhood trauma and maltreatment.



Sarah Gervais, PhD is a Susan J. Rosowski Professor of Psychology. She completed a dual PhD in Psychology and Women’s and Gender Studies at the Pennsylvania State University. Her research focuses on alcohol use, violence, and humanization processes and has been funded by NSF and NIH.





Dennis E. McChargue, PhD is an Associate Professor of Psychology as well as a licensed clinical psychologist. He completed his PhD in Clinical Psychology at Oklahoma State University. Dr. McChargue examines mechanisms of associated with addictive behaviors, particularly as it relates to the intersection between other mental health. His primary outcomes of interest are the reduction of harm, violence and/or relapse. He has investigated decision processes, emotion regulation and trait diatheses as targeted mechanisms.

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCognitive PsychologySocial PsychologyForensic PsychologyClinical PsychologyPersonality and Differential Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031244285Alcohol and Sexual Violencehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031244285?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
91
978-3-031-15998-5DodmanThomas Dodman; Aurélien LignereuxThomas Dodman, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA; Aurélien Lignereux, Sciences Po, Grenoble, FranceFrom the Napoleonic Empire to the Age of EmpireEmpire after the EmperorXXIII, 336 p. 37 illus., 24 illus. in color.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1War, Culture and Society, 1750–1850HistoryContributed volumeBook0English336HBGHBTQPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2024-03-302023-03-292024-03-292024-03-2911.Introduction: Opening up the Napoleonic Empire.- Part I The Napoleonic Empire, Between Imperialisms .- 2.Joseph Eschassériaux: From New Colonisation to Imperial Diplomacy—Hypotheses as to a Reconversion (1797–1803) .-3.Napoleon of Arabia? Piracy in the Persian Gulf, the French Threat to India, and British Imperial Responses.- 4.The Jacobin and the Mameluke: Islam, Race and Political Culture at the End of Empire.- 5.Korais’s Greece and Napoleon’s Empire: The Egyptian Campaign, Race Science, and the Europeanization an Idea.- 6.The Scientific Appropriation of the World: The Imperial Legacy in Naval Officer Training.- 7.Free Ports, Free Trade, Freedom: Napoleon’s Manifold Legacy in Institutions and Images.- Part IIIndividual Trajectories and Imperial Conversions.- 8.Tracing the Colonial Careers of Two Former Napoleonic Officials: Godert van der Capellen and Bernard Besier.- 9.French Colonial Governors in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century: Miniature Emperors? .- 10.From New Départements to the New World: The Colonial Itinerary of an Imperial Agent.- 11.“Contriving to Pick Up Some Sailors”: The Royal Navy and Foreign Manpower, 1815–1865.- 12.Indian Horizons: Four Officers of the Empire in the Sikh Kingdom of the Punjab (North-West India), 1822–1849.- 13.From Egypt to Algeria: General Pierre Boyer’s Counter-Insurgent and Imperial Career.- Part III New Beginnings Overseas.- 14.Algiers, the Last Napoleonic Conquest.- 15.Algeria as a New Imperial Construction: Between a Search for Abilities and a Place to Politically Relegate Foreign Veterans.- 16.The Empire of Laws After the Emperor: French Legal Domination in Nineteenth-Century Egypt
This book explores imperial entanglements to reassess the Napoleonic Empire as a missing link—or at least an important chain—in the global and longue durée history of Empires. In recent years Napoleonic studies have, belatedly but resolutely, embraced the transnational historiographical turn, vastly expanding the field’s geographical scope. Its canonical chronological boundaries, on the other hand, appear increasingly narrow against this wider backdrop, giving the impression of a parenthetical, almost anachronistic aside from 1799 to 1815. What connects, and what doesn’t connect, the Napoleonic Empire to the Age of Empire, remains by and large an open question. Put another way, this book attempts to locate the Napoleonic empire in World History.<div>
</div><div>Thomas Dodman is Assistant Professor in the Department of French at Columbia University, USA. A historian of modern Europe and empire, his research focuses on forms and experiences of social change in times of war, revolution, and colonization. He is the author of What Nostalgia Was: War, Empire, and the Time of a Deadly Emotion (2018) and a co-editor, together with Bruno Cabanes, Hervé Mazurel, and Gene Tempest, of Une histoire de la guerre, du XIXe siècle à nos jours (2018). He has prepared an issue of French Historical Studies on Epistolary Gestures (2021) with Anne Verjus and Caroline Muller, as well as several issues of Sensibilités: histoire, critique & sciences sociales, a journal he co-edits.<div>Aurélien Lignereux is Professor of History at Sciences Po Grenoble – Université Grenoble Alpes, France. His research focuses on policing and police systems, on royalist politicization, on imperial rule in Napoleonic Europe, and on the social and cultural history of expatriate French civil servants both within départements réunis under the reign of Napoleon and since their return to the country after 1814. His booksinclude La France rébellionnaire. Les résistances à la gendarmerie, 1800-1859 (2008), Servir Napoléon. Policiers et gendarmes dans les départements annexés, 1796-1814 (2012), L’Empire des Français, 1799-1815 (2012), Chouans et Vendéens contre l’Empire. 1815. l’autre guerre des Cent-Jours (2015), and Les Impériaux. Administrer et habiter l’Europe de Napoléon (2019).</div></div>		This book explores imperial entanglements to reassess the Napoleonic Empire as a missing link—or at least an important chain—in the global and longue durée history of Empires. In recent years Napoleonic studies have, belatedly but resolutely, embraced the transnational historiographical turn, vastly expanding the field’s geographical scope. Its canonical chronological boundaries, on the other hand, appear increasingly narrow against this wider backdrop, giving the impression of a parenthetical, almost anachronistic aside from 1799 to 1815. What connects, and what doesn’t connect, the Napoleonic Empire to the Age of Empire, remains by and large an open question. Put another way, this book attempts to locate the Napoleonic empire in World History.Connects the Napoleonic Empire to the Age of EmpireLocates the Napoleonic Empire in World History, from Asia to the Middle East and from North Africa to the CaribbeanExplores individual trajectories and transfers of ideas across imperial ventures and regimes of powerThomas Dodman is Assistant Professor in the Department of French at Columbia University, USA. A historian of modern Europe and empire, his research focuses on forms and experiences of social change in times of war, revolution, and colonization. He is the author of What Nostalgia Was: War, Empire, and the Time of a Deadly Emotion (2018) and a co-editor, together with Bruno Cabanes, Hervé Mazurel, and Gene Tempest, of Une histoire de la guerre, du XIXe siècle à nos jours (2018). He has prepared an issue of French Historical Studies on Epistolary Gestures (2021) with Anne Verjus and Caroline Muller, as well as several issues of Sensibilités: histoire, critique & sciences sociales, a journal he co-edits.<div>
</div><div>Aurélien Lignereux is Professor of History at Sciences Po Grenoble – Université Grenoble Alpes, France. His research focuses on policing and police systems, on royalist politicization, on imperial rule in Napoleonic Europe, and on the social and cultural history of expatriate French civil servants both within départements réunis under the reign of Napoleon and since their return to the country after 1814. His books include La France rébellionnaire. Les résistances à la gendarmerie, 1800-1859 (2008), Servir Napoléon. Policiers et gendarmes dans les départements annexés, 1796-1814 (2012), L’Empire des Français, 1799-1815 (2012), Chouans et Vendéens contre l’Empire. 1815. l’autre guerre des Cent-Jours (2015), and Les Impériaux. Administrer et habiter l’Europe de Napoléon (2019).
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41172History00World History, Global and Transnational HistoryImperialism and ColonialismHistory of FranceMilitary History/World History, Global and Transnational History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031159985From the Napoleonic Empire to the Age of Empirehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031159985?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
92
978-3-031-20696-2DoglianiPatrizia DoglianiPatrizia Dogliani, University of Bologna, Bologna, ItalyA Political History of the International Union of Socialist Youth 1907–1917XXVI, 238 p. 1 illus.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Marx, Engels, and MarxismsPolitical Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English238JPAJHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-04-092024-04-091Introduction.- Chapter 1. Proletarian Youth Organizations Before the Stuttgart Conference.- Chapter 2. The Birth of a Socialist Youth International.- Chapter 3. The Anti-Militarist Struggle.- Chapter 4. The Organization of Educational Work.- Chapter 5. Unionization and the Economic Struggles of Socialist Youth.- Chapter 6. The Function and Activities of the Vienna International Secretariat from 1907 TO 1914.- Chapter 7. The Danger of WAR: International Youth Initiatives from 1912 TO 1914.- Chapter 8.The Youth International During World War I.- Conclusions: The End of a History and the Beginning of a Historiography.“Patrizia Dogliani’s new history of the International Union of Socialist Youth draws fresh air into the often claustrophobic spaces of the history of socialism.”

—Glenda Sluga, Professor of International History,European University Institute, Florence, Italy

“With this new book, Patrizia Dogliani once again demonstrates why she is one of the preeminent scholars of modern international and transnational history…It is an impressive achievement.”

—Talbot Charles Imlay, Professor, University of Laval, Quebec, Canada

“Long recognized as a pioneering historian of youth, Patrizia Dogliani offers a rich transnational panorama of socialist youth. With an impressive command of sources, Dogliani provides an essential guide to political activism among youth across class, gender, and nationality.”

—Mary Gibson, Professor of History, City University of New York, USA

This book represents a valuable contribution to the history of European socialism between the Great Depression of the 1880s and WWI. It comes to fill a gap in the scholarship, insofar as it investigates the history of the Socialist Youth International. Capitalizing on an approach based on social, quantitative and political history, and on an analysis of mentalities and languages, the book reconstructs the many-sidedness of the “school of recruits” of the social-democratic parties and revolutionary movements. The working conditions of youth in Europe, its unionization and economic struggles, the fight against militarism, the pedagogical work, the internationalism and the commitment to maintain peace, and the attitude of young militants towards revolution are some of the themes investigated in the book. It also clarifies the role and the engagement with the issue of the new generation shown by prominent figures of Marxism such as Karl Liebknecht, Jean Jaurès, Henri De Man, Willi Münzenberg, Henriette Roland Holst, and Robert Danneberg. Finally, the book constitutes also a page of European social and political history, reconstructed through the relationship of youth working class movement with the Marxist tradition.

Patrizia Dogliani is Full Professor of Contemporary History at Bologna University, Italy, and Visiting Professor in Academic institutions in France and in USA.


This book represents a valuable contribution to the history of the Socialist Second International and, more generally, of European socialism between the Great Depression of the 1880s and WWI. It comes to fill a gap in the scholarship, insofar as it investigates the history of the Socialist Youth International. During the first phase of the making of socialist parties, this organization was in charge of the political and cultural education of the proletarian youth. Capitalizing on an approach based on social, quantitative and political history, and on an analysis of mentalities and languages, the book reconstructs the many-sidedness of the “school of recruits” of the social-democratic and revolutionary movements. The working conditions of youth in Europe, its unionization and economic struggles, the fight against militarism, the pedagogical work, the internationalism and the commitment to maintain peace, and the attitude of young militants towards Bolshevik revolution are some of thethemes investigated in the book. It also clarifies the role and the engagement with the issue of the new generation shown by prominent figures of Marxism such as Karl Liebknecht, Jean Jaurès, Henri De Man, Willi Münzenberg, Henriette Roland Holst, and Robert Danneberg. Finally, the book constitutes also a page of European social and political history, reconstructed through the history of the various youth socialisms and their relationship with the Marxist tradition.
Presents first and unsurpassed reconstruction of the socialist youth movementIncludes a new introduction on the most recent historiography on youth and generations in contemporary EuropeAdds previously neglected aspects and episodes in the political life of some prominent leaders of European MarxismPatrizia Dogliani is Full Professor of Contemporary History at Bologna University, Italy, and Visiting Professor at NYU, USA, and Academic institutions in Paris. She has authored and edited many articles and books on the European Left, History of Youth and Generations, and Fascism, including L’Europa a scuola (2002), Storia dei giovani (2003), Il fascismo degli Italiani. Una storia sociale (2014), Le socialisme municipal en France et en Europe de la Commune à la Grande guerre (2018), Internazionalismo e transnazionalismo all’indomani della Grande Guerra (2020), Un partito di giovani. La gioventù internazionalista e la nascita del Partito comunista d’Italia (2021), Continental Transfers. Cultural and Political Exchange among Spain, Italy and Argentina, 1914-1945 (2022).SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Political HistoryPolitical SociologyPolitical TheoryLabor History/Political History/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031206962A Political History of the International Union of Socialist Youth 1907–1917https://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031206962?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
93
978-981-97-2312-6DongXiaobo Dong; Jie GuoXiaobo Dong, Nanjing Normal University, Nanjing, China; Jie Guo, Nanjing Normal University, Nanjing, ChinaChinese Rule of Law Path and Cultivation of Foreign-Related Rule of Law TalentsIX, 136 p. 2 illus.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Law and CriminologyMonographBook0English136LBLAZSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore1Available2024-04-122024-04-272024-04-271Connotation and Characteristics of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- Historical Process of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- Cultural Resources of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- Overall Objectives of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- Promotion Model of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- People-oriented Nature of Chinese Thought on the Rule of Law.- Global Initiatives of Chinese Rule of Law Path.- Cultivation of Foreign-related Rule of Law Talents.This book systematically explores the historical development, connotation, characteristics and cultural resources of Chinese rule of law path based on the combination theory and practice. It also comprehensively reveals the overall objectives and promotion models of Chinese rule of law path, theoretically expounds the people-oriented nature of Chinese Thought on the Rule of Law and the global initiatives of Chinese rule of law path, and proposes the important guarantee of realizing the global initiatives of Chinese rule of law path——the cultivation of foreign-related rule of law talents. From this book, readers, not only scholars and experts specialized in relevant fields but also layman interested in legal life of modern China, can truly grasp the rich connotation of the socialist rule of law with Chinese characteristics in the new era and have a refreshing understanding of contemporary legal culture of China.This book systematically explores the historical development, connotation, characteristics and cultural resources of Chinese rule of law path based on the combination theory and practice. It also comprehensively reveals the overall objectives and promotion models of Chinese rule of law path, theoretically expounds the people-oriented nature of Chinese Thought on the Rule of Law and the global initiatives of Chinese rule of law path, and proposes the important guarantee of realizing the global initiatives of Chinese rule of law path——the cultivation of foreign-related rule of law talents. From this book, readers, not only scholars and experts specialized in relevant fields but also layman interested in legal life of modern China, can truly grasp the rich connotation of the socialist rule of law with Chinese characteristics in the new era and have a refreshing understanding of contemporary legal culture of China.Provides valuable insights into traditional Chinese legal cultureProbes into one of the important characters of Chinese Thought on the Rule of Law—the people-oriented natureConducts an in-depth analysis of global initiatives of Chinese rule of law pathXiaobo Dong is a distinguished Professor of Jilin International Studies University, professor at School of Foreign Languages and Cultures of Nanjing Normal University, Deputy Director of the Belt and Road Rule of Law Research Center at Academy of China’s Modernization of Rule of Law and Researcher at Jiangsu Academy of Talent Development Strategy . He is also the Director and Chief Expert of Jiangsu International Rule of Law Research Center, as well as the Chief Expert on major programs of the National Social Science Fund of China. His research interests include history of Sino-west civilization exchanges, legal linguistics, legal translation, language policy and planning, cross-cultural communication, as well as area studies. In recent years, he has published over 250 interdisciplinary academic papers and articles in prominent journals and more than 70 books, including academic monographs, edited volumes, and translations.

Jie Guo is Ph.D. Candidate at School of Foreign Languages and Cultures of Nanjing Normal University and Researcher at Jiangsu International Rule of Law Research Center. Her research interests include legal linguistics, legal translation, and language planning.		ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative LawLegal HistoryHigher Education/Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819723126Chinese Rule of Law Path and Cultivation of Foreign-Related Rule of Law Talentshttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819723126?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
94
978-981-97-0420-0DongYucheng Dong; Zhaogang Ding; Gang KouYucheng Dong, Sichuan University, Chengdu, China; Zhaogang Ding, Northwest University, Xi’an, China; Gang Kou, Southwestern University of Finance, Chengdu, ChinaSocial Network DeGroot ModelSupporting Consensus Reaching in Opinion DynamicsApprox. 210 p.12024approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99142.00129.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementMonographBook0English166JFDJHBSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-05-132024-05-131Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Social Network DeGroot Model: Consensus and convergence speed.- Chapter 3. Consensus reaching through adding minimum interactions.- Chapter 4. Strategic Manipulations with trust relationships.- Chapter 5. Risk control in the evolution of public opinions.- Chapter 6. Social Network DeGroot Model in uncertain contexts.This book investigates the DeGroot model in social network contexts, and proposes the social network DeGroot (SNDG) model. Specifically, this book focuses on two core research problems in the SNDG model: (i) Social network structures to reach a stable state (consensus, polarization, or fragmentation); and (ii) the convergence rate to reach a stable state. Furthermore, the authors generalize the SNDG model in an uncertain context, showing the effects of interval opinions on the SNDG model. In this book, the authors also discuss the applications of the SNDG model to support group decision making, including consensus reaching through adding minimum interactions, trust relationships manipulations, and risk control issues in the social network. Apart from theoretical analysis, detailed experimental simulations with real and random data will be applied to validate our research.This book is the first to connect opinion dynamics, social network and group decision making. The results reported can help us understand the evolution of public opinions in social network contexts and provide new tools to support consensus reaching in group decision making.This book investigates the DeGroot model in social network contexts, and proposes the social network DeGroot (SNDG) model. Specifically, this book focuses on two core research problems in the SNDG model: (i) Social network structures to reach a stable state (consensus, polarization, or fragmentation); and (ii) the convergence rate to reach a stable state. Furthermore, the authors generalize the SNDG model in an uncertain context, showing the effects of interval opinions on the SNDG model. In this book, the authors also discuss the applications of the SNDG model to support group decision making, including consensus reaching through adding minimum interactions, trust relationships manipulations, and risk control issues in the social network. Apart from theoretical analysis, detailed experimental simulations with real and random data will be applied to validate our research.This book is the first to connect opinion dynamics, social network and group decision making. The resultsreported can help us understand the evolution of public opinions in social network contexts and provide new tools to support consensus reaching in group decision making.Connect opinion dynamics, social network, and group decision makingManages consensus process and strategic manipulations in group decision makingPresents new tools for understanding the evolution of public opinion in social networksYucheng Dong received the B.S. and M.S. degrees in mathematics from Chongqing University, Chongqing, China, in 2002 and 2004, respectively, and the Ph.D. degree in management from Xi’an Jiaotong University, Xi’an, China, in 2008. He is currently a Professor with the Business School, Sichuan University, Chengdu, China. He has authored or coauthored more than 200 international journal papers in some refereed journals. He won the 2021 Clemen-Kleinmuntz Decision Analysis Best Paper Award (INFORMS) and 2022 IEEETFS Outstanding Paper Award (IEEE CIS). His current research interests include decision analysis and human dynamics. Prof. Dong is an Area Editor/Associate Editor of Computers and Industrial Engineering, Group Decision and Negotiation, IEEE Transactions on Artificial Intelligence, IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics: Systems, and Information Fusion. He has been identified by Clarivate as a Highly Cited Researcher in the two fields of computer science and engineering.Zhaogang Ding is currently an Associate professor at the School of Public Management (Emergency Management), Northwest University, China. He received his Ph.D. degree inManagement Science from Sichuan University in 2017. His research interests include opinion dynamics and social network analysis. He has published several international journal papers in IEEE Transactions on Big Data, IEEE Transactions on Computational Social Systems, Information Sciences, Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation, among others.Gang Kou is a Distinguished Professor of Chang Jiang Scholars Program in Southwestern University of Finance and Economics, managing editor of International Journal of Information Technology & Decision Making, and managing editor-in-chief of Financial Innovation. He is also editors for the following journals: Decision Support Systems, European Journal of Operational Research, Technological and Economic Development of Economy. Previously, he was a professor of School of Management and Economics, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, and a research scientist in Thomson Co., R&D. He received his Ph.D. in Information Technology from the College of Information Science & Technology, Univ. of Nebraska at Omaha; Master degree i n Dept of Computer Science, Univ. of Nebraska at Omaha; and B.S. degree in Department of Physics, Tsinghua University, China. He has published more than 100 papers in various peer-reviewed journalsScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00Organizational and Strategic CommunicationNetwork ResearchSocial Psychology/Media and Communication/Humanities and Social Sciences/Organizational and Strategic Communication/00009789819704200Social Network DeGroot Modelhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819704200?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
95
978-3-031-53195-8DueckAlvin Dueck; Louise SundararajanAlvin Dueck, Fuller Graduate School of Psychology, Pasadena, CA, USA; Louise Sundararajan, Rochester, NY, USAValues and Indigenous Psychology in the Age of the Machine and MarketWhen the Gods Have FledApprox. 450 p.12024approx.139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Indigenous PsychologyBehavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English415JMHJHMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2024-06-032024-06-031Chapter 1 - Darcia Narvaez & Mary S. Tarsha, What Happened to Species-Typical Human Nature?.- Chapter 2 - Kirk J. Schneider, Tech-vexed: The Awesome Price for Artifice.- Chapter 3 - Al Dueck and Michael Marossy, Neoliberal Influence on Religion and Spirituality.- Chapter 4 - Matthew Clemente and David M. Goodman, Technological Prosthesis: Defending Against Mortality.- Chapter 5 - Jeffrey Ansloos, Deanna Zantingh. Unsettling Suicide Research: Critically Interrogating Modernist and Neoliberal Theories of Justice in Suicide Research and Towards Justice-Doing Relations.- Chapter 6 - Pradeep Chakkarath, Has Everything Changed? Some Critical Thoughts on Western Theories of the Self and Self-development.- Chapter 7 - Kuang-Hui Yeh, Perspective of Confucian Self cultivation: The Solution to the Degradation of Global Morality and Value In The 21st Century.- Chapter 8 - Sayyed Mohsen Fatemi, When Knowledge Blocks the Path of Self-illumination (Going Beyond the Epistemic Based Psychology).-Chapter 9 - Ralph W. Hood, Jr., and W. Paul Williamson, In the Shadow of the Serpent: Whose Faith? Which Tradition?.- Chapter 10 - Louise Sundararajan & Maharaj K. Raina’ Sarasvati’s Challenge: Human Creativity at the Cross Roads of Muse and the Machine.- Chapter 11 - Arnold Groh, Indigenous Peoples and Technology: An Unbalanced Relation.- Chapter 12 - Rachel Sing-Kiat Ting & Justine Jian-Ai Thong, Do Not Pluck That Flower: The Forest and Cultural Identity for The Hunter-Gatherer Tribe (Temiars) of Malaysia.- Chapter 13 - Wenlei Huang and Jie Yang, Gongju Ren “Tool People”: Alienation, Value Degradation, and Social Work in China.- Chapter 14 - Mieke Matthyssen, Negotiating Fate in Contemporary China: The Paradoxical and Changing Role of Ming in Psychological Wellbeing.- Chapter 15 - Gezim Alpion. The Faith Pilgrimage of Mother Teresa.- Chapter 16 - Andrzej Pankalla and Konrad Kośnik, National Values Back and Forth: Polish Identity in the Faceof History, Modernity And Geopolitics.- Conclusion: Dueck and Sundararajan.<div>This interdisciplinary edited collection addresses issues at the intersection of indigenous psychology, market ideology, values, and technology. The aims of this book arise from the recognition that whereas the unfolding of the agricultural revolution over thousands of years allowed for the gradual co-evolution of values and technology to blossom, the post-industrial technological revolution is so accelerated that there has been little time for the co-evolution of values. To address this, the chapters collected here seek to initiate a conversation that will provide the conceptual space for the evolution of values that can keep pace with contemporary developments in the machine and the market. In this conversation, they argue, indigenous psychologies will necessarily play a central role for two reasons: firstly, as alternative systems of thought they enable a productive interrogation of the rationality of machine and the market; and second, examples of the impact of technology and the market on traditional societies hold lessons for potential future impacts on the society as a whole. This timely work offers fresh insights that will appeal to students and scholars of psychology, cultural and religious studies, anthropology, business and economics, and science and technology studies.</div><div>
</div><div>Alvin Dueck is Distinguished Senior Professor of Cultural Psychologies at Fuller Graduate School of Psychology, USA. He has served as a consultant to international agencies since 1984 and is actively involved in encouraging indigenous mental health awareness and services in Guatemala, Africa, and China. He is author of A Peaceable Psychology (2009).</div>
<div>Louise Sundararajan received her Ph.D. in History of Religions from Harvard University, and her Ed.D. in Counseling Psychology from Boston University, USA. She is founder and chair of the Task Force on Indigenous Psychology, which has grown to have over two hundred researchers from around the globe. She is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association. She has served as past president of the Society for Humanistic Psychology (Division 32 of the American Psychological Association) and is recipient of the Abraham Maslow Award from Division 32 of APA. </div><div>
</div>		This interdisciplinary edited collection addresses issues at the intersection of indigenous psychology, market ideology, values, and technology. The aims of this book arise from the recognition that whereas the unfolding of the agricultural revolution over thousands of years allowed for the gradual co-evolution of values and technology to blossom, the post-industrial technological revolution is so accelerated that there has been little time for the co-evolution of values. To address this, the chapters collected here seek to initiate a conversation that will provide the conceptual space for the evolution of values that can keep pace with contemporary developments in the machine and the market. In this conversation, they argue, indigenous psychologies will necessarily play a central role for two reasons: firstly, as alternative systems of thought they enable a productive interrogation of the rationality of machine and the market; and second, examples of the impact of technology and the market on traditional societies hold lessons for potential future impacts on the society as a whole. This timely work offers fresh insights that will appeal to students and scholars of psychology, cultural and religious studies, anthropology, business and economics, and science and technology studies.Addresses issues at the intersection of indigenous psychology, market ideology, values, and technologyExamines the impact of the forces of technology and the market on indigenous culturesPresents an indigenous psychology critique of the role of mainstream psychology in value degradation<div>Alvin Dueck is Distinguished Senior Professor of Cultural Psychologies at Fuller Graduate School of Psychology, USA. He has served as a consultant to international agencies since 1984 and is actively involved in encouraging indigenous mental health awareness and services in Guatemala, Africa, and China. He is author of A Peaceable Psychology (2009). </div><div>
</div><div>Louise Sundararajan received her Ph.D. in History of Religions from Harvard University, and her Ed.D. in Counseling Psychology from Boston University, USA. She is founder and chair of the Task Force on Indigenous Psychology, which has grown to have over two hundred researchers from around the globe. She is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association. She has served as past president of the Society for Humanistic Psychology (Division 32 of the American Psychological Association) and is recipient of the Abraham Maslow Award from Division 32 of APA. </div><div>
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00Cross-Cultural PsychologyAnthropologyScience and Technology StudiesIndigenous ReligionPsychology of Religion and SpiritualityCross-cultural Studies/Social Psychology/Cross-Cultural Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031531958Values and Indigenous Psychology in the Age of the Machine and Markethttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031531958?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
96
978-3-031-52098-3EggerClara Egger; Raul Magni-Berton; Eugénie de Saint-PhalleClara Egger, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Rotterdam, The Netherlands; Raul Magni-Berton, Université Catholique de Lille, Ixelles, Belgium; Eugénie de Saint-Phalle, University of Groningen, Groningen, The NetherlandsCovid-19 Containment Policies in EuropeApprox. 360 p. 50 illus.12024final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1949.99Soft cover1International Series on Public PolicyPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English389JPPJPPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-042024-06-041Chapter 1- A comparative journey into COVID-19 policies in Europe.- Part 1 - Patterns of crisis decision-making.- Chapter 2- What’s in a Name? European uses of States of Exception during COVID-19.- Chapter 3 -The role of parliaments in exceptional times.- Chapter 4 - Elections and special voting arrangements. -Chapter 4 - Elections and special voting arrangements.- Chapter 5. Varieties of democracies in the COVID-19 pandemic.- Chapter 6 - Territorial countervailing powers under the pandemic.- Part 2 - Human rights protection in crisis times.- Chapter 7 - Limits and lessons of COVID-19 apps.- Chapter 8 - The impact of measures against COVID-19 on freedom of press and expression.- Chapter 9 - Restrictions on religious worship.- Chapter 10 - Freedom of movement.- Chapter 11 - COVID-19 and Asylum Rights.- Part 3 – Non-pharmaceutical interventions.- Chapter 12- Stay at home! A comparative analysis of the implementation of lockdowns as a response to the COVID-19 pandemic.- Chapter 13. Masks and social distancing during COVID-19.- Chapter 14. Education In Times of COVID-19.- Chapter 15. Compulsory medical examinations and “green pass”.- Chapter 16 - Lockdowns and mobility rate variation in the Covid19 era.This open access book examines the diverse strategies implemented by national and local European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemic. Rather than focus on individual national case studies, it brings together leading scholars and policymakers to analyse the wide range of containment policies utilised across the continent at various levels of government. In doing so, the volume assesses Covid-19 crisis-management experiences to identify good practices based on comparative and fine-grained evidence. It argues that such a stock-taking exercise is crucial to better prepare European polities and societies for future crises, including climate change and environmental disasters. The book will appeal to scholars and students of public policy, crisis-management, public administration, international relations and comparative law.​Clara Egger is Assistant Professor of Global Governance in the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus School of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands<div>Raul Magni-Berton is Professor of Political Science and Scientific Director at the European School of Political and Social Sciences, Lille Catholic University, France.
</div><div>
</div><div>Eugenie de Saint-Phalle is Lecturer at the University of Groningen, the Netherlands.</div>		This open access book examines the diverse strategies implemented by national and local European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemic. Rather than focus on individual national case studies, it brings together leading scholars and policymakers to analyse the wide range of containment policies utilised across the continent at various levels of government. In doing so, the volume assesses Covid-19 crisis-management experiences to identify good practices based on comparative and fine-grained evidence. It argues that such a stock-taking exercise is crucial to better prepare European polities and societies for future crises, including climate change and environmental disasters. The book will appeal to scholars and students of public policy, crisis-management, public administration, international relations and comparative law.
This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessExamines the diverse strategies implemented by European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemicFocuses on both national and local levels of governmentIdentifies good practices in crisis management based on comparative and fine-grained evidence​Clara Egger is Assistant Professor of Global Governance in the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus School of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands<div>
</div><div>Raul Magni-Berton is Professor of Political Science and Scientific Director at the European School of Political and Social Sciences, Lille Catholic University, France.
</div><div>
</div><div>Eugenie de Saint-Phalle is Lecturer at the University of Groningen, the Netherlands.
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies01Public PolicyPublic AdministrationEuropean Law/Public Policy/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031520983Covid-19 Containment Policies in Europehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031520983?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
97
978-3-031-52095-2EggerClara Egger; Raul Magni-Berton; Eugénie de Saint-PhalleClara Egger, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Rotterdam, The Netherlands; Raul Magni-Berton, Université Catholique de Lille, Ixelles, Belgium; Eugénie de Saint-Phalle, University of Groningen, Groningen, The NetherlandsCovid-19 Containment Policies in EuropeApprox. 360 p. 50 illus.12024final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6859.99Hard cover0International Series on Public PolicyPolitical Science and International StudiesContributed volumeBook0English389JPPJPPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2024-06-042024-06-041Chapter 1- A comparative journey into COVID-19 policies in Europe.- Part 1 - Patterns of crisis decision-making.- Chapter 2- What’s in a Name? European uses of States of Exception during COVID-19.- Chapter 3 -The role of parliaments in exceptional times.- Chapter 4 - Elections and special voting arrangements. -Chapter 4 - Elections and special voting arrangements.- Chapter 5. Varieties of democracies in the COVID-19 pandemic.- Chapter 6 - Territorial countervailing powers under the pandemic.- Part 2 - Human rights protection in crisis times.- Chapter 7 - Limits and lessons of COVID-19 apps.- Chapter 8 - The impact of measures against COVID-19 on freedom of press and expression.- Chapter 9 - Restrictions on religious worship.- Chapter 10 - Freedom of movement.- Chapter 11 - COVID-19 and Asylum Rights.- Part 3 – Non-pharmaceutical interventions.- Chapter 12- Stay at home! A comparative analysis of the implementation of lockdowns as a response to the COVID-19 pandemic.- Chapter 13. Masks and social distancing during COVID-19.- Chapter 14. Education In Times of COVID-19.- Chapter 15. Compulsory medical examinations and “green pass”.- Chapter 16 - Lockdowns and mobility rate variation in the Covid19 era.This open access book examines the diverse strategies implemented by national and local European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemic. Rather than focus on individual national case studies, it brings together leading scholars and policymakers to analyse the wide range of containment policies utilised across the continent at various levels of government. In doing so, the volume assesses Covid-19 crisis-management experiences to identify good practices based on comparative and fine-grained evidence. It argues that such a stock-taking exercise is crucial to better prepare European polities and societies for future crises, including climate change and environmental disasters. The book will appeal to scholars and students of public policy, crisis-management, public administration, international relations and comparative law.​Clara Egger is Assistant Professor of Global Governance in the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus School of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands<div>Raul Magni-Berton is Professor of Political Science and Scientific Director at the European School of Political and Social Sciences, Lille Catholic University, France.
</div><div>
</div><div>Eugenie de Saint-Phalle is Lecturer at the University of Groningen, the Netherlands.</div>		This open access book examines the diverse strategies implemented by national and local European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemic. Rather than focus on individual national case studies, it brings together leading scholars and policymakers to analyse the wide range of containment policies utilised across the continent at various levels of government. In doing so, the volume assesses Covid-19 crisis-management experiences to identify good practices based on comparative and fine-grained evidence. It argues that such a stock-taking exercise is crucial to better prepare European polities and societies for future crises, including climate change and environmental disasters. The book will appeal to scholars and students of public policy, crisis-management, public administration, international relations and comparative law.
This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessExamines the diverse strategies implemented by European governments to contain the Covid-19 pandemicFocuses on both national and local levels of governmentIdentifies good practices in crisis management based on comparative and fine-grained evidence​Clara Egger is Assistant Professor of Global Governance in the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus School of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands<div>
</div><div>Raul Magni-Berton is Professor of Political Science and Scientific Director at the European School of Political and Social Sciences, Lille Catholic University, France.
</div><div>
</div><div>Eugenie de Saint-Phalle is Lecturer at the University of Groningen, the Netherlands.
</div>		SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies01Public PolicyPublic AdministrationEuropean Law/Public Policy/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031520952Covid-19 Containment Policies in Europehttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031520952?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
98
978-981-97-1269-4Eh HtooSaw Eh Htoo; Tony WatersSaw Eh Htoo, Payap University, Yangon, Myanmar; Tony Waters, Leuphana University of Lüneburg, Chico, CA, USAGeneral Ne Win’s Legacy of Burmanization in MyanmarThe Challenge to Peace in the Twenty-First CenturyX, 140 p. 6 illus.12024approx.109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0Political Science and International StudiesMonographBook0English228JPBJPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2024-05-222024-05-221Part I: Introduction: Why Burmanization is Important.- Chapter 1: Eh Htoo’s Auto-biography.- Chapter 2: Why Ne Win’s Burmanization Policies are Still Important Sixty Years Later: The Burmese Burden.- Part II: The Historical Origins of Burmanization.- Chapter 3: Historical Narratives and Burmanization (1824-1947).- Chapter 4: Aung San, U Nu, and Ne Win Create a New Country (1948-1962).- Chapter 5: Ne Win’s Burmanization Ideology: The Burmese Way to Socialism (1962-1966).- Chapter 6: Ne Win’s Political Ideology: One Culture, One Economy, One Military(19671989).- Chapter 7: Ne Win’s Policies after Ne Win (1988-2020) and Saw Eh Htoo’s Hopes.- Part III: The Sociology of Burmanization and the Search for Peace.- Chapter 8: The Narratives of Othering and The Sociological Consequences of Burmanization.- Chapter 9: Final Thoughts about Burmanization by Tony Waters.
This book focuses on how Burmanization created and reinforced ethnic divides since the 1962 coup d’etat. when General Ne Win concentrated all authority in the Burmese speaking army. Background research for the book includes Burmese language materials from the Burmese Socialist Party (BSP) and others that describe with what the BSP believed in their own terms. This is unique from previous works on the topic which either simply pointed out that the policies “didn’t work” and therefore are uninteresting, or to claim that they were “necessary” given the chaos of the previous regime. The authors agree that Ne Win’s policies “didn’t work.” However, the book goes further by elaborating why Burmanization policies developed in the 1960s are important for understanding Burmese society today. Most importantly, Ne Win’s ideology reflects how patterns of interethnic relationships in Myanmar lead to the “intractability” of the battles in early twenty-first century Myanmar.



Saw Eh Htoo was born in the Irrawaddy River Delta in 1976, to a Karen family. He later moved to Yangon where he studied Philosophy (B.A.), Christian Studies (M.A.) and Cultural Anthropology (M.A.). At the time of his death he was completing his PhD dissertation at Payap University, Chiangmai, on which this book is based. He founded a Myanmar NGO Kaw Lah Foundation which did applied field research in Rakhine, Chin, Shan and Kayin (Karen) States; and Bago Region in Myanmar.

Tony Waters is a Professor of Sociology currently at Leuphana University (Germany). Previously he taught at Payap University in Thailand, and at California State University, Chico, USA. He is the author of academic books and articles dealing with issues of social theory, East Africa, mainland Southeast Asia, refugees, and other sociological subjects.		This book focuses on how Burmanization created and reinforced ethnic divides since the 1962 coup d’etat. when General Ne Win concentrated all authority in the Burmese speaking army. Background research for the book includes Burmese language materials from the Burmese Socialist Party (BSP) and others that describe with what the BSP believed in their own terms. This is unique from previous works on the topic which either simply pointed out that the policies “didn’t work” and therefore are uninteresting, or to claim that they were “necessary” given the chaos of the previous regime. The authors agree that Ne Win’s policies “didn’t work.” However, the book goes further by elaborating why Burmanization policies developed in the 1960s are important for understanding Burmese society today. Most importantly, Ne Win’s ideology reflects how patterns of interethnic relationships in Myanmar lead to the “intractability” of the battles in early twenty-first century Myanmar.

Uses Burmese language sourcesRoots Myanmar's current situation around policy decisions from the 1960sFirst comprehensive description of Burmanization developed under General Ne WinSaw Eh Htoo was born in the Irrawaddy River Delta in 1976, to a Karen family. He later moved to Yangon where he studied Philosophy (B.A.), Christian Studies (M.A.) and Cultural Anthropology (M.A.). At the time of his death he was completing his PhD dissertation at Payap University, Chiangmai, on which this book is based. He founded a Myanmar NGO Kaw Lah Foundation which did applied field research in Rakhine, Chin, Shan and Kayin (Karen) States; and Bago Region in Myanmar.

Tony Waters is a Professor of Sociology currently at Leuphana University (Germany). Previously he taught at Payap University in Thailand, and at California State University, Chico, USA. He is the author of academic books and articles dealing with issues of social theory, East Africa, mainland Southeast Asia, refugees, and other sociological subjects.

SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00Comparative PoliticsAsian Politics/Comparative Politics/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009789819712694General Ne Win’s Legacy of Burmanization in Myanmarhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9789819712694?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
99
978-3-031-58682-8ErnestPaul ErnestPaul Ernest, University of Exeter, Exeter, UKEthics and Mathematics EducationThe Good, the Bad and the UglyApprox. 320 p. 19 illus., 3 illus. in color.12024approx.149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Hard cover0Advances in Mathematics EducationEducationContributed volumeBook0English550JNUHPQSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-06-062024-06-061Part I: Introduction: The Good and the Bad.- Chapter 1. The ‘Ethical Turn’ reaches Mathematics Education.- Part II: Philosophical foundations.- Chapter 2. Mathematics is indefinite: An ethical challenge.- Chapter 3. Self and other.- Chapter 4. An ethic-onto-epistemology for mathematics education.- Chapter 5. Situating “Ethics in Mathematics“ as a philosophy of mathematics ethics education.- Part III: Re-envisioning ethics and mathematics.- Chapter 6. Ethics in mathematics education: A foundation in the fullness of life.- Chapter 7. Ethics and the richness of being in/for mathematics education research.- Chapter 8. For what is an ethical mathematics education research? On Foucauldian ethics as the conscious practice of freedom.- Chapter 9. (Re) constructing the heart of mathematics education: Ethics as first philosophy in research and praxis.- Chapter 10. The ethics of mathematics knowledge: imagination and empathy towards social and ecological solidarity.- Chapter 11. Ethical engagement with mathematics: how practices of mathematics create moral orders that govern modern souls under conditions of modernity.- Part IV: Ethical critique of mathematics education.- Chapter 12. The ethics of authority and control in mathematics education: From naked power to hidden ideology.- Chapter 13. The pathology of mathematics education.- Chapter 14. Mathematics education: Is it ethical.- Chapter 15. The Death of Mathematics: A Mythopoetic Inquiry.- Part V: Ethics and social justice in mathematics.- Chapter 16. Choosing cruel optimism: What relational ethics offers equitable mathematics education.- Chapter 17. Social justice and the objectivity of mathematical reasoning: A dilemma for policy makers.- Part VI: Ethics, teachers and the teaching of mathematics.- Chapter 18. A useful ethics framework for mathematics teachers.- Chapter 19. Ethical dilemmas and professional judgement during national assessment in mathematics.- Chapter 20. Layers of ethical awareness – mathematics teachers’ concerns on including socio-political issues.- Part VII: Ethical content in the teaching and learning of mathematics.- Chapter 21. Ethical reasoning as part of mathematical modelling: young children’s work with sharing and division.- Chapter 22. Changing the dialogue: Teaching ethically-valued content and teaching ethically.- Chapter 23. A plea for research-based teaching in mathematics education (due to ethical reasons).- Part VIII: Afterword: The Ugly.- Chapter 24. The garden of ethics.This edited volume is an inquiry into the ethics of mathematics education, and to a lesser extent, the ethics of mathematics. The imposition of mathematics for all raises questions of ethics. What are the ethics of teaching school mathematics? What are the costs as well as the benefits? What are the ethical issues raised by the official aims of mathematics teaching, the planned curriculum, the pedagogies employed in school and college mathematics and the assessment systems? These questions are addressed in the book as well as what systems of ethics we might use. The volume ventures into a burgeoning new field. It offers a unique set of investigations, both theoretical and in terms of practices. It announces the ethics of mathematics education as a new subfield of research and includes valuable contributions from many of the best-known researchers in mathematics education; additionally, it is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in the field. This is an enduring and classic source book in the field. From the wisdom of leading scholars to the little heard voices of students, this collection offers the reader many striking new insights into the ethics of mathematics and education.This edited volume is an inquiry into the ethics of mathematics education, and to a lesser extent, the ethics of mathematics. The imposition of mathematics for all raises questions of ethics. What are the ethics of teaching school mathematics? What are the costs as well as the benefits? What are the ethical issues raised by the official aims of mathematics teaching, the planned curriculum, the pedagogies employed in school and college mathematics and the assessment systems? These questions are addressed in the book as well as what systems of ethics we might use. The volume ventures into a burgeoning new field. It offers a unique set of investigations, both theoretical and in terms of practices. It announces the ethics of mathematics education as a new subfield of research and includes valuable contributions from many of the best-known researchers in mathematics education; additionally, it is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in the field. This is an enduring and classic source book in the field. From the wisdom of leading scholars to the little heard voices of students, this collection offers the reader many striking new insights into the ethics of mathematics and education.Presents an emergent field of research within mathematics education (and mathematics)Extends across theory, critique and classroom practices in mathematics educationIncludes valuable contributions from the best-known international researchers in the fieldDr. Paul Ernest was appointed as the first Professor of the Philosophy of Mathematics Education at the University of Exeter, UK, where he is now emeritus professor. His books include The Philosophy of Mathematics Education, cited in more than three thousand scholarly publications, and Social Constructivism as a Philosophy of Mathematics, with over 1000 citations. He founded and edits the open access Philosophy of Mathematics Education Journal.





ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00Mathematics EducationScience EthicsEducational Philosophy/Mathematics Education/Science Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/School and Schooling/00009783031586828Ethics and Mathematics Educationhttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031586828?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list
100
978-3-031-58358-2FaghihNezameddin FaghihNezameddin Faghih, UNESCO Chair Professor Emeritus, Cambridge, MA, USADigital EntrepreneurshipExploring Alertness, Orientation, and Innovation in the Digital EconomyX, 240 p. 20 illus., 13 illus. in color.12024approx.159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Contributions to Management ScienceBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English230KJHKCSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2024-06-062024-06-0611 Introduction.- 2 Individual Entrepreneurs’ Alertness Makes Digital Economy Grow.- 3 Predicting Entrepreneurial Performance through the Lens of Entrepreneurial Orientation and Digital Adoption: A Machine Learning Approach.- 4 Social Media Analytics for Digital Entrepreneurs.- 5 Digital Pathology Ecosystem: Basic Factors to Invest for More Efficient Diagnosis and Monitoring of Diseases.- 6 How does Humane Orientation Contribute to Digital Entrepreneurship Use Intention? A Gender Perspective.- 7 Digital Social Entrepreneurship and Innovation Opportunities in Developing Economies.- 8 Digital Pentepreneurship in Nigeria: Challenges and Opportunities.- 9 Digital Pentecostal Entrepreneurship Strategies and Motivations in Nigeria: A Qualitative Exploration.- 10 The Digital Economics Literature: A Bibliometric Overview.- 11 Digital Entrepreneurship Publications in SCOPUS (2011-2021): A BibliometricAnalysis and Future Research Agenda.Focusing on emerging features of digital transformation, digital economy, digital innovation, and digital entrepreneurship, this edited volume highlights new aspects of digital transformation and research progress in the field. Chapters cover a wide range of topics such as: promoting the growth of the digital economy through the alertness of entrepreneurs; predicting entrepreneurial performance through the lens of entrepreneurial orientation and digital adoption with a machine learning approach; proposing a guide to emphasize the key aspects of social media analytics; examining the digital pathology ecosystem and key drivers for investment in more efficient disease diagnosis and monitoring; exploring how humane orientation contributes to the intention to use digital entrepreneurship with a gender perspective. Concluding with a review of the extant digital economy literature, the volume proposes a future research agenda which will be useful not only for researchers and academics, but also for entrepreneurs and policymakers.Focusing on emerging features of digital transformation, digital economy, digital innovation, and digital entrepreneurship, this edited volume highlights new aspects of digital transformation and research progress in the field. Chapters cover a wide range of topics such as: promoting the growth of the digital economy through the alertness of entrepreneurs; predicting entrepreneurial performance through the lens of entrepreneurial orientation and digital adoption with a machine learning approach; proposing a guide to emphasize the key aspects of social media analytics; examining the digital pathology ecosystem and key drivers for investment in more efficient disease diagnosis and monitoring; exploring how humane orientation contributes to the intention to use digital entrepreneurship with a gender perspective. Concluding with a review of the extant digital economy literature, the volume proposes a future research agenda which will be useful not only for researchers and academics, but also for entrepreneurs and policymakers.Discusses emerging trends in digital transformation research across economics, innovation, and entrepreneurshipProvides a brief review of the digital entrepreneurship and digital economy literatureCovers a variety of topics from social media analytics, to digital pathology, and gender in digital entrepreneurshipNezameddin Faghih is a UNESCO Chair Professor Emeritus, and the Founding Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Global Entrepreneurship Research (Springer). He has published more than 70 books and 100 research articles, and presented more than 120 invited talks in academia, industry, and professional meetings.ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00EntrepreneurshipEconomics of InnovationIT in BusinessInnovation and Technology Management/Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/00009783031583582Digital Entrepreneurshiphttps://link.springer.com/book/?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-listhttps://link.springer.com/book/9783031583582?utm_medium=catalog&utm_source=sn-bks&utm_campaign=ACPG_PRINT_LYLT_GL_PB2B_03DAJ_2024-05NBP&utm_content=excel-list